Home

12 - Océ

1. Paper View O Detailed Information M collate pS O Offset 81 2x11 Output Method Y Print x1 Save in User Box Save in User Box and Print E Proof Print Eie ID amp Print 5 PRA VL3622c VL2822c VL2222c 11 7 11 Secure Print 11 2 3 Enter the Secure Print ID and Password Secure Print a Secure Print ID 5 Password C Save Settings Default C Cancel OK 3 Selecting the Save Settings check box saves the settings In addition if the Do not show this win dow when setting check box is selected the dialog box does not appear when the function is spec ified 3 When Password Rules is enabled on the machine the passwords that can be used for secure printing are limited If a password that does not comply with the password rules is entered the job is deleted For details on the Password Rules refer to the User s Guide Copy Operations a Print the document 11 2 2 Recalling a job from the control panel The Secure Print jobs are saved in the Secure Document User Box To print a secured document the ID and password that have been specified in the printer driver are required Reference Secured documents are automatically deleted after a certain length of time has elapsed since their reg istration The default setting for this time is 1 day and the value can be specified in the administrator mode For details refer to page
2. esses 11 27 Logging in using the authentication unit eene 11 29 Printing from a cellular phone or PDA eeeeeeeeeeeeeeee ere eeeennn ener n nnnm n nnn annnm nnns n nnn 11 30 Operating environmefit ui ini iii ia en iaa bid rapa E Fara 11 30 Printirig a docutment a itat rt a 11 30 Specifying the encryption passphrase by the USEP ccccssseeeeeeeseseeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeessneneeeeeeenees 11 33 Settings for the machine PD 11 33 Setting the printer Arivar e 11 35 For WindOWS E A T EAEE TA A ETE ET T 11 35 For MacOS ii dl ii dt 11 36 Specifying the ICC profile rana 11 37 Setting th printer AV sch sic cece ee A aii 11 37 For WINGOWS 5 oie cote stems Sige 11 37 For Mac OSA E in as Sd eh ete int ei ee ee eee 11 38 Contents 4 VL3622c VL2822c VL2222c 11 10 Registering the ICC profiles in the printer driver c ss ecccesseseeeeeesseeeeeeeeenseeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeess 11 39 11 10 1 Setting the printer driver iiss iier ite E ette et pe ER Re LE d Pe Pete dude ERR ra MER ua aua 11 39 For WindOWS ii tae seta da pere OU cid det cta pedali chi phare Hog ese ea Egan epe an iEn E 11 39 FORMac OSA co o e do NO ME E E 11 40 11 11 Banner printing funca 11 42 11 11 1 Inl O 11 42 Applicable papel 2 voit te Rc HEH ERE REM ABE EAD Haase Fi estie d aeree led deu 11 42 11 11 2 Printer drivers and supported operating systems es
3. sse 12 57 12 4 17 Print Data Capture o ee Rhume noU Mq 12 58 12 4 18 Secure Print Ornly tta etat eui Ra RR a ERI E aX aa EE ERN ERR a REPE Hen Pasa Ara Rebates 12 59 12 4 19 Driver Password Encryption Setting eene 12 60 13 1 Using Web Connection aiii til nee nadas eee u ehe 13 3 13 1 1 Operating environment A 13 3 13 1 2 Accessing Web Connection 4 ipe tte aeaaaee iaa Dna khai Rate KE aso AE ka da e EXE PR ERR PR RR ERN YR ERE A 13 3 13 1 3 Web browser Cacho ei ede pe ce irse Lo d c Ue sa ade cdd 13 4 For Internet ExplOFer a cr e Ree terne dete E RN LATE sea dea cede S Es 13 4 For Netscape Navigator 221 oie eu perta traen talent hirta ERE Su EE ERE SNR IR MER HARE EE a PAREN ERRARE RR ara 13 4 ForiMozilla Firefox 2 3 nito aiii asian 13 4 13 2 Login and Eogout eene eene E Le socias ceri ecde ere rei uns 13 5 13 2 1 Egin and logout flos en arent rete aeter ere dieere tibia de 13 5 When user authentication or account track is not enabled oooooniccccnnnnnocccccnnnnnnnccnnnnnnanancnnnnnnnnnnn 13 5 When User Authentication or Account Track is enabled ooooccccccnnnicicicnnococcccnnnnanancccnnnnnnnrncnncnnnnnnnn 13 6 13 2 2 Ego Ut x o So ME ous LOI e a AIL SIUE ITUR TIED 13 7 13 2 3 LOGIN atin al iin ea dd tee 13 8 LeOGINSO PUIONS ERE 13 8 Logging inas a p blic usef ulii itt es p p Ie eet ee ebd ede ied acl 13 9 Logging in as a registered USET seara eaaa ia oaea
4. Background Pattern Specify the background pattern Pattern Reference Specify the embedding method of a pattern e The function of Acquire Device Information is available only when your computer is connected to and can communicate with the machine To use Acquire Device Information in Administrator Settings of the machine set System Connec tion OpenAPI Settings Authentication to OFF For details refer to page 12 56 e Items that can be specified vary depending on the selected Copy Security function VL3622c VL2822c VL2222c 8 21 8 Parameter details 8 4 Editing date time and page number Edit Date Time Page Number Ex V Date Time Y Page Number Format Starting Page 07 1 23 1 1 99999 Edt Starting Page Number 1 1 99999 Pages Y Cover Mode Al Pages y Print on Front and Back Cover y Text Color Text Color Bono Bono Print Position Print Position E Top Left E Top Left pas ox Canca Defaut J Heb Function Name Description Format Displays the format of the date and time to be printed Click Edit to specify the display type and presence or absence of the time display Pages Specify the pages to print the date and time Text Color Specify the text color used for printing Print Position Specify the print position Starting Page Specify the page to start printing the page number Sta
5. There may be an error in the ap plication software settings Refer to the user s manual of the application software to check the settings The file printing settings may be incorrect Change the settings and try to print again Print processing on the compu ter finished but printing does not start The printer driver specified when printing may not be sup ported by the printer controller Check the specified printer name The network or USB cable may be disconnected Check that the cable is correctly connected An error may have occurred on this machine Check the control panel of this machine Unprocessed jobs may remain on this machine and be waiting to be processed Check the processing order for the job using Job List on the con trol panel of this machine When Skip Job Operation Set tings is enabled in the Adminis trator Settings of this machine only the jobs without a problem are processed When executing the print job Save in User Box may have been specified Check from the control panel of the machine whether the intend ed print job is held in a User Box When executing the print job Secure Print Only may have been specified Check from the control panel of the machine whether the intend ed print job is held in the Secure Print User Box Secure Print Only may be specified on the machine Use Secure Print when execut ing the
6. Utility gt Printer Settings gt Paper Setting Paper Tray Auto d J Paper Size A 1 2 Sided Print OFF Binding Position Left Bind Staple OFF 10 06 2008 15 27 Memory 100 4 Press the desired button gt When selecting other paper size press 1 or to switch the page E Specify the paper size to be used when it is not specified from the printer driver Utility gt Paper Settings gt Paper Size A4 10 06 2008 15 28 Memory 100 5 Press OK VL3622c VL2822c VL2222c 12 15 12 User settings 12 2 12 2 12 2 Sided Print Configure the default 2 sided printing setting Default OFF 1 In the User Settings screen press Printer Settings gt For details on displaying the User Settings screen refer to page 12 3 Press Paper Setting Press 2 Sided Print elect item and enter setting Binding Position Left Bind Staple OFF 10 06 2008 15 27 Memory 100 shaper seinge Press the desired button Job List elect job setting Utility gt Printer Settings gt Paper Setting Job Setting Paper Tray A Auto Utility ON Paper Size A amp x11 User Settings E 2 Sided Print uw _ OFF Binding Position Left Bind Printer Settings Staple OFF 1 2 04 13 2009 15 18 E Memory 100 12 16 VL3622c VL2822c VL2222c 12 2 User settings 12 12 2
7. se the menu buttons or keypad to make a selection Utility gt Printer Settings gt PCL Setting 1 Font Settings d MEC gt MC MENTCCCHNND CR LF Mapping Z 10 06 2008 15 29 Close Memory 100 12 22 VL3622c VL2822c VL2222c 12 2 User settings 12 4 Press the desired symbol set name 3 Switch the page by pressing 1 or and then press the desired symbol set name E Select default symbol set Utility gt PCL Settings gt Symbol Set Symbol Set 3 5 T PC 850 Multilingual Utility PC 852 Latin 2 PC 858 Multilingual Job List User Settings PC 8 Turkish PC 8 Danish Norw PC 1004 PI Font PS Math PCL Settings PS Text Roman 8 Printer Settings Symbol Set 10 06 2008 Memory 5 Press OK 12 2 49 Font Size Specify the default font size value Default Scalable Font 12 00 Point Bitmap Font 10 00 Pitch e Scalable Font Specify the font size in points e Bitmap Font Specify the width of the bitmap font in pitches 1 In the User Settings screen press Printer Settings 3 For details on displaying the User Settings screen refer to page 12 3 2 Press PCL Settings 3 Press Font Size m Use the menu buttons or keypad to make a selection Utility gt Printer Settings gt PCL Setting Utility 1 Font Settings Symbol Set User Settings Printer Settings mepe PCL Settings R LF Mappin
8. 3 Specify the print range and the number of copies to print 3 When the setting items are not displayed in OS X 10 5 click on the right side of Printer Printer XXXXXX im E Presets Standard Hi Copies 11 M Collated Pages QAI SB cM Setting items Paper Size 8 1 2x11 El 8 50 by 11 00 inches Orientation B Uu TextEdit W Printer options O Print header and footer 4 lofl Ce PDF Y Cancel Print 4 Switch the setting window as necessary to change the printer driver settings 3 When you change the pop up menu of the print options another setting window of the printer driver appears allowing you to configure various functions For details refer to page 9 10 gt The printer driver settings changed in the Print window are not saved and the original settings are restored when you exit the application 5 Click Print Printing is executed and the data indicator of the machine flashes 3 When Secure Print Only is selected in Installable Options the Secure Print window appears Go to Step 6 VL3622c VL2822c VL2222c 9 3 Print operations 9 1 6 Enterthe Secure Print ID and Password of the document and then click OK Data is sent and saved in the Secure Document User Box of this machine La Secure Print ID Password O Save Settings Cancel 36 OK gt C Refere
9. 8 1 2x11 Orientation Scale 100 FS Function Name Description Paper Specify the output paper size Orientation Select the orientation for the original Scale Select an enlarge or reduce ratio Reference e To use paper of which the size is other than the standard sizes specify the custom paper size For de tails on registering the custom size refer to page 10 6 Specifying the custom page sizes Select Custom Page Sizes in the Page Setup dialog box 1 From the File menu select Page Setup or Page Setup 2 Select Custom Page Sizes Click New 9 4 Configure the following items Margins Top o Left o Right o Bottom o Paper Size Width 0 Height 0 Width offset 0 Height offset 0 Function Name Description Paper Size Specify the desired paper size Margins Specify the paper margins Custom Page Size Name Enter the registered name for the specified paper size or margins and then click OK Units Select the unit to specify the margins 10 6 VL3622c VL2822c VL2222c 10 3 Parameter details 10 5 Click OK This saves the custom page settings which can be selected from the Paper drop down list in Page Attributes 10 3 3 General From the File menu select in Print Function Name 871 Destination Printer r General
10. Configure IEEE802 1X authentication settings ting LLTD Setting Select whether to enable or disable LLTD SSDP Settings Configure the SSDP settings Bluetooth Set Select whether to enable or disable Bluetooth ting e To enable a Bluetooth communication contact your service representative in ad 13 5 6 User Box vance Logging in to the administrator mode enables you to handle a User Box without entering the password when opening it Sp Administrator Logout 12 SS Ready to Scan Kg Ready to Print e Open User Box Open User Box Public Group Personal Box is the function to save documents in the machine gt Create User Box Documents in the Box can be used for printing sending etc Open System User Box Usar Bax Nurtibar C i 1 999999999 Create System User Box oK User Box List Search from Index ALL vw Go Page Display by 50 cases 1 Go EOD User Box Name e Time Stored Number yp amp 1001 Public 09 30 2008 16 22 2 box02 Public 09 30 2008 16 22 6 box03 Public 10 01 2008 12 56 Item Description Open User Box Opens the currently created User Box Public Group or Personal User Box to en able you to change the User Box setting e Document operations are not available in the administrator mode e User Box operations are available even if a password is specified for the target User Box Create User Box Enables to create a ne
11. Job Setting PDL Setting Auto ON Number of Copies 1 Original Direction Portrait SR Ado before REP ON AGES Saree OF 1 2 Er 10 06 2008 15 20 Memory 100 VL3622c VL2822c VL2222c 12 9 12 User settings 12 2 12 2 6 Banner Sheet Setting Specify whether to print the banner page cover page showing the sender or title of the print job Default OFF 1 4 ON Select this option to print the banner page OFF Select this option to not print the banner page In the User Settings screen press Printer Settings 3 For details on displaying the User Settings screen refer to page 12 3 Press Basic Settings Switch the page by pressing 1 or and then press Banner Sheet Setting Job List E Select item and enter setting Utility gt Printer Settings gt Basic Settings Banner Sheet Setting OFF Binding Direction Adjustment Finishing Priority Line Width Adjustment Thin Fere Barreceion ON 10 06 2008 15 20 Memory 100 Press the desired button Job List E Select job setting Utility gt Printer Settings gt Basic Settings Job Setting Banner Sheet Setting ccm ON User Settings Line Width Adjustment Thin y ICKgr y Binding Direction Adjustment Finishing Priority ON Pene Esprection Printer Settings Basic Settings 10 06 2008 15 20 Memory 100 12 10 VL3622c VL2822c VL2222c 12 2 User sett
12. Manage Font Macro 1 1 Can only run on Windows Internet Explorer and Flash Player Version 9 and above environments Login Reference e If Account Track is enabled also enter the account name and password To select a user name from a list click User List e If External Server Authentication is enabled select a server e To log in to the user mode as an administrator select Administrator Administrator User Mode and enter the administrator password e If Prohibited Functions When Authentication Error in Administrator Settings is set to Mode 2 and a user enters an incorrect password the specified number of times that user is locked out and can no longer use the printer Contact your administrator to cancel operation restrictions o User List is available only when User Name List is set to ON For details refer to the User s Guide Copy Operations 13 10 VL3622c VL2822c VL2222c 13 2 Login and Logout 1 3 Logging in to the administrator mode To configure the system or network setting log in to the administrator mode gt Inthe login page select Administrator and click Login 3 Enter the administrator password in the page that appears and then click OK Web Connection Language OS Language OS Language v Login Public User Administrator View Mode amp Flash C HTML Flash Player is necessary to see in Flash form rsen User Assist I Display dialog b
13. Public Job List p A Compuilsor Hemor y Rx User Box Polling TX User Box Password f f Re Transmission Encrypted PDF i User Box l User Box Annotation User Box EN Language Selection Enter User Box No E 04 13 2009 14 54 M Memory 99 yl di cll ll VL3622c VL2822c VL2222c 11 27 1 1 ID amp Print 11 6 5 Select the document you want to print and then press Print 3 The contents and a preview of the document can be checked in Document Details Select document s and then es choose the desired function Check Job 1 Preview Selected Documents Memmi Print Settings Prim i Detail View vl wl cl ki 10 06 2008 15 00 Cancel Memory 99 3 To stop operations press Cancel 6 Whenascreen confirming the deletion of the job appears select the processing method 3 Selecting Print amp Delete prints and deletes the document in the ID amp Print User Box Job List TIMES document after printing select Print To delete after printing select Start or Print amp Delete Document _ print settings Wane Status gt e Print amp Delete Print d a Y MI 10 06 2008 15 00 vl mil cll xa Pes Ei The document is printed Reference e When System Settings User Box Settings ID amp Print Delete after Print Setting is set to Confirm w
14. gt f an incorrect printer driver is selected go to Step 7 Select the desired printer driver manually 3 When OS X 10 5 is used select the Select a driver to use from the Print Using and then select the printer driver of the desired model name from the list 3 When OS X 10 4 is used select GENERIC from the Print Using and then select the printer driver of the desired model name from the list VL3622c VL2822c VL2222c 5 7 Mac OS X 10 2 10 3 10 4 10 5 5 1 Click Add When the selected printer is registered in the Print amp Fax the setting procedure is completed 3 Ifthe Installable Options window appears proceed to change the option settings as necessary For details refer to page 9 5 Reference e For OS X 10 4 you can also add a printer by clicking Add in the Printer Setup Utility window VL3622c VL2822c VL2222c 5 1 Mac OS X 10 2 10 3 10 4 10 5 5 5 1 3 Selecting and connecting a printer OS X 10 2 10 3 In OS X 10 2 10 3 the printer can be connected with Rendezvous AppleTalk LPR LPD or IPP After configuring the network setting for the machine selecting this machine as the printer to be used in Printer Setup Utility or Print Center enables printing Configuring the Rendezvous settings Configuring the Bonjour Setting for the machine Enable Bonjour in Bonjour Setting for the machine and then enter the Bonjour name C Reference For details on the Bonjour Setti
15. 3 Inthe User Account Common Setting screen press Single Color gt 2 Color Output Management 4 Press the desired button E Specify whether to manage Single Color and 2 Color as Color or Black Administrator Settings gt User Account Common Setting Job Setting Logout Confirmation ON Screen Display Setting a color y Administrator Blak y Account Track y User Account Common Setting 10 06 2008 15 35 Memory 100 12 52 VL3622c VL2822c VL2222c 12 4 Administrator Settings 1 2 12 4 12 I F timeout setting Specify the time until a communication timeout occurs for each of the USB or network interface Default 60 sec 1 In the Administrator Settings screen press Printer Settings gt For details on displaying the Administrator Settings screen refer to page 12 40 2 Inthe Printer Settings screen press the interface to specify Select item and enter setting EZ PSWC Direct Print Yes Printer Settings 10 06 2008 15 35 Memory 100 3 Press the C key to clear the value and then use the keypad to enter the time 10 to 1 000 sec 3 f a value outside of the allowable range is specified the message Input error appears Enter a number within the allowable range Use the keypad to enter the timeout period Adninistrator Settings gt Printer Settings Job Setting USB Timeout 60 sec 60 sec Network Timeout Print XPS E
16. OFF e ID amp Print ON Select this option to save all the normal printing jobs and ID amp Print jobs performed by a registered user in the ID amp Print User Box ID amp Print OFF Select this option to save the ID amp Print jobs performed by a registered user in the ID amp Print User Box The Normal Print job is output without being saved in the User Box e Public User Print Immediately Select this option to output the public user jobs or jobs without user authentication information without saving e Public User Save Select this option to save the public user jobs or jobs without user authentication information in the ID amp Print User Box Reference A public user job is printed or saved when public user printing is enabled o A user unauthorized job is printed or saved when Print without Authentication is enabled 1 In the Administrator Settings screen press User Authentication Account Track gt For details on displaying the Administrator Settings screen refer to page 12 40 2 In the User Authentication Account Track screen press User Authentication Settings 3 Inthe User Authentication Settings screen press Administrative Setting Use the menu buttons or keypad to make a selection Booknark Administrator Settings gt User Auth Account Track gt User Auth Settings Eo o eee Utility DS 4 n n 2 User Registration A Administrator Settings 4 3 User Counter ing Use
17. OS Name Print Service Name and Workgroup C Reference For details on the network settings for the machine refer to the User s Guide Network Administrator To use SMB printing in the IPv6 environment Direct Hosting Setting for the machine must be enabled For details refer to User s Guide Network Administrator VL3622c VL2822c VL2222c 4 3 Windows Vista Server 2008 4 1 Installing the printer driver by searching for the printer using the Add Printer Wizard v v Installing the driver to Windows Vista Server 2008 based computers requires the administrator author ity Since the printer is searched for during the installation be sure to connect this machine to the network before turning it on Insert the printer driver DVD ROM for Windows into the DVD ROM drive of the computer Click Start and then select Control Panel Click Printers under Hardware and Sound The Printers window appears 3 When Control Panel is displayed in Classic View double click Printers Click Add a printer on the toolbar The Add Printer window appears Click Add a network wireless or Bluetooth printer Connected printers are detected gt f no printer is detected turn this machine off then on again In this case turn off the printer and then wait approximately 10 seconds before turning it on again If you turn this machine on immediately after turning it off it may not function correctly Select
18. Printer XXXXXX fa Presets Y Standard D Last Used Settings Copies Page SEGO Paper Size inches mmm Orientation 1E TextEdit EX Print header and footer Reference e The Per Page Setting list is not saved with the preset C Reference For details on the function and settings of the printer driver refer to page 9 10 9 6 VL3622c VL2822c VL2222c 9 3 Common Setting 9 9 3 Common Setting The following describes the common settings that are displayed when you specify in the Print window the functions unique to the machine Output Method Layout Finish Paper Tray Output Tray Cover Mode Transparency Interleave Per Page Setting Stamp Composition and Quality OSX 10 5 Printer ke fa Presets Standard Hj Copies f Collated Pages 9 All QFrom 1 to 1 Paper Size 8 1 2x11 8 50 by 11 00 inches Orientation me Ts Output Method n 9 Paper View O Detailed Information M collate AAA 81 2x11 Offset v O Ei ioti Goro 81 2x11 Output Method Print E En l User Authentication e l Account Track Sa o Cm OSX 10 4 Printer XXXXXX Presets Standard HJ Output Method HJ Paper View O Detailed Informati UW ailed Information M Collate 8 1 2x11 M Offset 8 1 2x11 Output Method Print E EH C User Authenticatio
19. tions Quality Adjust ment Click this button to adjust the image quality Select Simple to adjust entire documents or Detail to adjust the text photos figures tables and graphs in each original For PS drivers profiles can also be managed here VL3622c VL2822c VL2222c 8 23 Parameter details Function Name Option Description Color Settings Document Photo DTP Web CAD Select any of the options to print with a quality suitable for the selected original Document Select this option to print with a quality suitable for documents with many characters Photo Select this option to print with a quality suitable for photos DTP Select this option to print with a quality suitable for documents produced by DTP Web Select this option to print with a quality suitable for Web page printing CAD Select this option to print with a quality suitable for CAD data printing Pattern Fine Coarse Specify fineness of the graphic patterns Image Compres sion Best Quality Maximum Compression Specify the compression ratio for a graphic image Auto Trapping ON OFF Select this option to superimpose neighboring colors to print so as to prevent white space being generated around a picture Black Over Print ON OFF Select this check box to superimpose black color on a Text Text Figure neighboring color to print so as to
20. Binding Position Specify the binding position Print Type Perform 2 sided printing Combination Perform booklet printing Staple Perform stapling Punch Perform hole punching Fold Perform folding Front Cover Select this option to attach a front cover page Front Cover Tray Select the paper tray for the front cover sheet Back Cover Select this option to attach a back cover page Back Cover Tray Select the paper tray for the back cover sheet Transparency Interleave Select the option to insert interleaves between transparencies Interleave Tray Select the paper tray for the transparency interleaves Output Method Specify the Proof Print function that pauses the printing after one copy of the document is output so that you can check how it is printed Select Color Select whether to print in color or gray scale Glossy Mode Select this check box to print using a gloss finish Color Settings Select any of the options to print with a quality suitable for the original Auto Trapping Select this option to superimpose neighboring colors to print so as to pre vent white space being generated around a picture Black Over Print Select this check box to superimpose black color on a neighboring color to print so as to prevent white space being generated around black char acters or figures You ca
21. Bispiay y OFF utility as 4 Secure Print Only Settings Security Settings Security petits Web browser contents access Allow gt NN 06 13 2009 15 31 M E Memory 100 Whether the printing should be limited to security documents is specified VL3622c VL2822c VL2222c 12 59 12 Administrator Settings 12 4 12 4 19 Driver Password Encryption Setting For the common encryption key to be added to print jobs specify whether to use the factory default setting or to change to a user defined encryption passphrase Default Use Factory Default e User Defined Specify an encryption passphrase Enter an encryption passphrase of 20 characters Use Factory Default Select this option to use the encryption passphrase lt a preset encryption key common key that is not exposed gt preset at shipping Reference e An encryption passphrase must be specified using 20 characters User account and secure document passwords are encrypted by the common encryption key e When User Defined is selected for the encryption passphrase select the check box for the encryption passphrase in the printer driver to enable it and then enter the same value If different values are used for the encryption passphrase for the machine and the printer driver the ma chine cannot decrypt the encrypted user password account password or secure document password and printing cannot be performed For details refer to page 1
22. Enterthe paper size name Be sure to use paper size names other than existing names such as A4 and Custom 5 Configure the following items 3 Page Size Paper Size Specify the paper size gt Printer Margins Specify the paper margins iui Custom Page Sizes Page Size 8 26 in 11 69 in Width Height Printer Margins User defined E 0 25 in 0 25 in gop 0 25 in Left 0 57 in Right Bottom Duplicate 0 _ Cancel OK 6 Click OK for OS X 10 4 10 5 or click Save for OS X 10 2 10 3 This saves the custom paper size which can be selected from the Paper Size drop down list in Page Attributes Reference e For Mac OS X 10 5 you can also select Manage Custom Sizes with Paper Size in the Print win dow VL3622c VL2822c VL2222c 9 9 Parameter details 9 5 9 5 1 Parameter details The printer driver functions are specified in the following windows Page Attributes specified in the Page Setup window and Output Method Layout Finish Paper Tray Output Tray Cover Mode Transpar ency Interleave Per Page Setting Stamp Composition and Quality specified in the Print window Page Attributes From the File menu select in Page Setup or Page Setup Settings Page Attributes t Format for Paper Size 8 1 2x11 a 8 50 by 11 00 inches FN Orientation Hf f Scale 100 X Function Name Option Description Pape
23. LPR and then enter Print in the Queue Name box 3 You must discriminate between upper and lower case letters when entering it 3 For Port9100 select Raw and then enter a RAW port number initial setting 9100 in the Port Number box gt f both LPR and Port9100 are enabled on this machine the printer driver is connected to this ma chine using LPR Click Next The Install the printer driver page appears Click Have Disk Click Browse Select a desired printer driver folder in the DVD ROM and then click Open 3 Select a folder according to the printer driver operating system and language to be used Selecta ble printer drivers PCL driver PS driver XPS driver and fax driver Click OK The Printers list appears VL3622c VL2822c VL2222c 4 5 Windows Vista Server 2008 4 1 Click Next Follow the instructions on the pages that follow 3 Ifthe User Account Control window appears click Continue 3 If the Windows Security window for verifying the publisher appears click Install this driver soft ware anyway Click Finish After finishing the installation make sure that the icon for the installed printer is displayed in the Print ers window Remove the DVD ROM from the DVD ROM drive This completes the printer driver installation 4 1 2 For network connection IPP IPPS Settings for the machine To use IPP printing you must configure the network
24. More Details Os Printing Preferences f My Tab Basic Layout Finish Cover Mode Stamp Composition Quality Other Favorite Setting Defaut Setting v Edt a This tab allows you to arrange setting items as you like More Details Do not show again Original Orientation al Portrait iai Landscape Copies E 1 1 9999 Original Size Offset 8127 Print Type A Y Paper Size E 1508 ve Same as Original Size El P o1 E Output Method Staple Ea pint i T is Printer View Printer information f ERM T oe Cok cance Hep Option Description Click this button to display the Help of My Tab Do not show again ON OFF Select this check box to hide the comment field con taining More Details from the next time Edit My Tab Reference Click this button to register or delete the functions dis played on My Tab For details refer to page 8 10 e Items other than the above are customized on Edit My Tab and the specific display contents vary depending on the registered contents VL3622c VL2822c VL2222c 8 Parameter details 8 4 Edit My Tab 1 On My Tab click Edit My Tab 2 Select the function you want to register on My Tab and then click to the LEFT or to the RIGHT 3 Select the desired function from those indicated in the respective tabs in Setting Item List 3
25. PS Setting 10 06 2008 15 30 Memory 100 ICC Profile Settings Configure the default profile setting to be displayed in the printer driver ER Reference For details on selecting the ICC profiles on the printer driver refer to page 11 37 1 In the User Settings screen press Printer Settings 3 For details on displaying the User Settings screen refer to page 12 3 2 Press PS Setting 3 Press ICC Profile Settings Select item and enter setting Utility gt Printer Settings gt PS Setting Print PS Errors Utility ICC Profile Settings OFF y OFF y JobList Black Overprint Printer Settings PS Setting 04 13 2009 15 19 M Memory 100 VL3622c VL2822c VL2222c 12 27 12 User settings 12 2 4 Press the desired setting item E Select job setting gt PS Setting gt ICC Profile Settings Photo RGB Color A Device Color Photo Output Profile Auto ZA User Settings Text RGB Color Device Color Text Output Profile Auto Printer Settings y A AA Device Color PS Setting y ICC Profile Settings 04 13 2009 15 19 M Memory 100 Job List U Y Profile Settings gt Photo Output Profile No Profile Name wd o Auto 10 06 2008 15 30 Memory 100 6 Press OK 12 28 VL3622c VL2822c VL2222c 12 2 User settings 12 12 2 24 Auto Trapping Select this option to superimpose neighboring colors to
26. Specify the paper tray used to print banner pages Default Auto 1 In the User Settings screen press Printer Settings gt For details on displaying the User Settings screen refer to page 12 3 Press Paper Setting Switch the page by pressing 1 or and then press Banner Paper Tray Press OK y y y y Banner Paper Tray Select item and enter setting Utility gt Printer Settings gt Paper Setting Punch OFF Banner Paper Tray 4 Auto 10 06 2008 15 29 Memory 100 Specify the banner paper tray to be used when it is not specified from the printer driver Utility gt Paper Setting gt Banner Paper Tray 1 A4D 4 Cx c l 2 A4D 3 axl D 04 13 2009 15 18 M Memory 100 12 20 VL3622c VL2822c VL2222c 12 2 User settings 12 12 2 17 Font Settings Configure the default font setting 1 gt For details on displaying 2 Press PCL Settings JobList Default Courier In the User Settings screen press Printer Settings the User Settings screen refer to page 12 3 Use the menu buttons or keypad to make a selection sco Jp gt Yser Settings gt Printer Settings 3 Press Font Settings Job List 1 Basic Settings A 6 Paper Setting 7 10 06 2008 Memory 15 20 100 Use the menu buttons or keypad to make a selection J Utility gt Printer Settings gt PCL Setting y PCL Se
27. Time 8 77 9 20 Timeout 72 53 Toner Save 8 24 9 23 Troubleshooting 74 3 U Uninstalling 7 3 USB 2 8 3 6 User authentication 77 77 73 6 User authentication account track 73 23 User box 73 76 13 25 User box administrator 73 72 User mode 73 75 User settings 72 3 Verifying XPS digital signatures 72 37 Viewing information 73 75 Watermark 8 76 8 78 Web browser 73 4 Web Connection 73 3 Web Connection direct printing 72 55 Web service 3 6 4 8 Windows 2 7 7 3 Windows 2000 3 7 4 77 Windows NT 4 0 3 8 4 22 Windows Server 2003 3 7 4 77 Windows Server 2008 3 6 4 3 Windows Vista 3 6 4 3 Windows XP 3 7 4 77 Y A XPS driver 3 4 8 3 Zoom 8 77 VL3622c VL2822c VL2222c 16 5 16 Index by button 16 2 16 2 Index by button Numerics L 2 Sided Print 72 76 Line Width Adjustment 72 72 Line Page 72 24 T Login 77 26 73 9 A4 A3 lt gt LTR LGR Auto Switch 72 9 Logout 13 7 Account Track 9 72 Acquire Device Information 8 5 8 17 8 19 8 21 IVi Add a printer 4 4 Mobile PDA 77 31 Administrator Settings 72 40 M Auth Unit 77 26 l Authentication 12 56 Nene Timeout 14 23 Authentication Account Track 8 12 11 20 Number of Copies qe Auto Delete Secure Document 72 45 O Auto Trapping 12 29 OpenAPI Settings 72 56 B Original Direction 72 7 Banner Paper Tray 12 20 Output Tray Settings 72 43 Banner Printing 77 43 p Banner Sheet Setting 72 70 Paper Setting 12 14 Basic Settings 72 5 Paper Size 72 75 Bi
28. VL3622c VL2822c VL2222c 5 3 Mac OS X 10 2 10 3 10 4 10 5 5 1 5 1 2 Selecting and connecting a printer OS X 10 4 10 5 In OS X 10 4 10 5 the printer can be connected with Bonjour AppleTalk LPR LPD or IPP After configuring the network setting for the machine selecting this machine as the printer to be used in the Print amp Fax window enables printing Configuring the Bonjour settings Configuring the Bonjour Setting for the machine Enable Bonjour in Bonjour Setting for the machine and then enter the Bonjour name C Reference For details on the Bonjour Setting for the machine refer to the User s Guide Network Administrator Adding a printer In the Apple Menu select System Preferences Z Click the Print amp Fax icon 3 Click on the Print amp Fax window Click Default Connected printers are detected 3 f no printer is detected turn this machine off then on again In this case turn off this machine and then wait approximately 10 seconds before turning it on again If you turn the printer on immediately after turning it off it may not function correctly From the Printer Name list select the desired Bonjour connected model name The printer driver corresponding to the selected printer name is automatically selected 3 After the printer driver is selected go to Step 7 3 f an incorrect printer driver is selected go to Step 6 6 Selectthe desired printer driver manual
29. X la m Overlay Print Setting Pages Overwrte All Pages v Back y OK J Cancel _Defaut Heb Description Browse Files Click this button to load the overlay file Delete Click this button to delete the selected overlay Change 2nd Page and Lat er Select this check box to change the overlay files of the 2nd and subse quent pages File Information Displays the information of the selected overlay Pages Specify the pages to be printed Overwrite Specify the sequence for printing the overlay on top of the original When Print Device Image is selected You can specify the overlay printing conditions by specifying the overlay registered in the machine Function Name Edit Print In Overlay aza Overay info Acquire Device Information Front Side Back Side Overlay Name over over Original Size 81 211 81 211 Original Orientation Portrait Portrait Color Full Color Full Color Resolution 600dpi 600dpi Date 2009 3 12 2009 3 12 Y Print on Front Side Y Print on Back Side Overlay Name over X Browse Select Color Same as Stored Densty 100 20 100 Overwrite Overlay Brightness Y Same as Front Side Pages All Pages OK J _ Cancel D Hee Description Acquire Device Informa tion Select this option to communicate with the machine to read the overlay settings configured on the machine VL3622c VL2
30. being shorter than the width Y 1 6 VL3622c VL2822c VL2222c Overview 2 1 Printer controller 2 2 2 1 2 1 1 Overview This chapter describes the overview and connection environment of the printer controller that provides the printer function Printer controller The printer controller is a device that enables the printing and network printing functions on this machine Roles of the printer controller Incorporating the printer controller enables this machine to function as a printing system allowing printing using applications on the computer connected to this machine When using this machine as a network print er you can print using applications on the computer c OLI m Ed 5 1 This machine 2 Printer controller 3 Printing system The printer controller provides the following functions e Printing data sent from a printer driver on a computer e Support of network protocols including TCP IP IPv4 IPv6 IPX SPX and AppleTalk e Printing via a network using Web service Windows Vista Server 2008 SMB Windows LPR or IPP printing o Configuring settings for this machine and the printer controller from a client computer via the network using a Web browser Control of the number of pages to be printed the User Authentication and Account Track functions Fax operations using a computer PC FAX tran
31. offset 81 2x11 O Output Method y Print Secure Print Save in User Box Save in User Box and Print Eh Proof Print FR Va Printer Information Fan gt If User Authentication Account Track User Authentication Settings Administrative Setting ID amp Print Settings ID 8 Print is set to ON in the Administrator Settings of the machine general print jobs are also saved in the ID amp Print User Box For details refer to page 12 49 5 Print the document 11 6 2 Recalling a job from the control panel Reference e For a public user a document can be printed by opening the ID amp Print User Box after logging in as a public user Entering the user information and printing 1 Enter the User Name and Password from the control panel of the printer 3 Ifthe control panel shows a screen that appears after logging in for example when public user ac cess is allowed without requiring to log in logging out by pressing the Access key brings up a login screen To print document s in the ID amp Print User Box enter user name and password and then touch Begin Printingl To check document s prior to printing touch Login Ra e Status User Name Password A Print amp Logi Job Details WU 04 13 2009 14 53 E Memory 1007 11 26 VL3622c VL2822c VL2222c 11 6 ID amp Print 1 1 2 Press Begin Printing Once the
32. 1 1 Banner printing function 11 11 11 46 VL3622c VL2822c VL2222c 1 2 Settings on the Control Panel 12 1 Basic operations of User Settings 12 2 12 Settings on the Control Panel This chapter describes the printer related functions that can be specified from the control panel 12 1 Basic operations of User Settings 12 1 1 Displaying the User Settings screen 1 Press the Utility Counter key Utility Counter EJ 2 Press User Settings Job List Use the menu buttons or keypad to make a selection E utility Meter Count AA IS Banner Printing Total 4 2 User Settings A Black 0 3 Administrator Settings Y 8 Device Information A Color 4 Check Consumable Life 4 Check Details e 04 13 2009 Memory 15 13 100 VL3622c VL2822c VL2222c 12 3 1 2 Basic operations of User Settings 12 1 The User Settings screen appears Use the menu buttons or keypad to make a selection Utility gt User Settings 1 System Settings i 2 Custom Display Settings 3 Copier Settings A 4 Scan Fax Settings 5 Printer Settings P 04 13 2009 15 13 I Menory 100 3 It can also be selected by pressing the key in the keypad of the number indicated on the desired button For User Settings press the 2 key in the keypad 3 To finish configuring the Utility mode settings press the Utility Counter key You can als
33. 1 20 http 192 168 1 20 ipp 3 When specifying to use IPPS printing enter https lt IP address for the machine gt ipp 3 f a confirmation dialog box appears after clicking Next gt click OK Click Have Disk Click Browse Select a desired printer driver folder in the DVD ROM and then click Open 3 Selecta folder according to the printer driver operating system and language to be used Selecta ble printer drivers PCL driver PS driver and fax driver Click OK The Printers list appears 12 Click OK Follow the instructions on the pages that follow Click Finish gt Ifthe Windows logo testing or Digital Signature window appears click Continue Anyway or Yes 5 After finishing the installation make sure that the icon for the installed printer is displayed in the Printers and Faxes window Remove the DVD ROM from the DVD ROM drive This completes the printer driver installation Once the settings for the printer have been configured you can use the printer in the same way as a general local printer VL3622c VL2822c VL2222c 4 15 Windows XP Server 2003 4 2 4 2 4 For local connection When this machine is connected via a USB port the printer driver can be installed with plug and play Reference When a USB connection is used the printer driver is installed easily with the plug and play feature How ever it can also be installed using the Add Printer Wiz
34. 10 4 10 5 XPS Driver XPS XPS Windows Vista Business driver Windows Vista Enterprise Windows Vista Home Basic Windows Vista Home Premium Windows Vista Ultimate Windows Server 2008 Standard Windows Server 2008 Enterprise Supports 32 bit x86 64 bit x64 environment VL3622c VL2822c VL2222c 3 2 Printer drivers compatible with respective operating systems 3 Printer driver Page de scription lan guage Supported Operating Systems Fax driver Reference Windows NT Workstation Version 4 0 Service Pack 6 or later Windows NT Server Version 4 0 Service Pack 6 or later Windows 2000 Professional Service Pack 4 or later Windows 2000 Server Service Pack 3 or later Windows XP Home Edition Service Pack 1 or later Windows XP Professional Service Pack 1 or later Windows Server 2003 Standard Edition Service Pack 1 or later Windows Server 2003 Enterprise Edition Service Pack 1 or later Windows Server 2003 R2 Standard Edition Windows Server 2003 R2 Enterprise Edition Windows XP Professional x64 Edition Windows Server 2003 Standard x64 Edition Windows Server 2003 Enterprise x64 Edition Windows Server 2003 R2 Standard x64 Edition Windows Server 2003 R2 Enterprise x64 Edition Windows Vista Business Windows Vista Enterprise Windows Vista Home Basic j Windows Vista Home Premium Windows Vista Ultimate Windows Server 2008 Standard Windows Server 2008 Enterprise Supports 32 bit x86 6
35. 10 VL3622c VL2822c VL2222c 8 4 Parameter details 8 8 4 2 Basic tab The Basic tab allows you to configure the basic printing functions such as paper size and type as well as output method Printing Preferences Ex f My Tab Basic Layout Finish Cover Mode Stamp Composition Quality Other Favorite Setting f Default Setting Eat Original Orientation Output Method Portrait FA En gt JA Landscape E Pint Original Size User Setings 81 21 A Authentication Account Track Y Paper Size a Same as Original Size gt Copies x 1 1 9999 Zoom 25 400 B Ato 100 Cth Y Collate A Manual EX A A Paper Tray A Offset A E va Auto lt EZ Paper Type E x E Plain Paper Paper Settings for Each Tray Printer View Printer Information ESSERE l OK Cancel Help Function Name Option Description Original Orienta tion Portrait Landscape Select the orientation for the original Original Size The paper sizes regis tered as the standard pa per sizes and custom sizes Select the paper size of the original Custom Size Register custom sizes Paper Size The paper sizes regis Specify the output paper size If it is different from the tered as the standard pa original size and the zoom is set to Auto the output per sizes and custom image will be enlarged or reduced to fit the size sizes that can be
36. 12 45 e To manually delete a secured document that has been printed operate in administrator mode For de tails refer to page 12 44 EQ Reference For details on the functions of the keys on the control panel refer to the User s Guide Copy Operations For details on the User Box functions of the machine refer to the User s Guide Box Operations For details on specifying the Confidential Document Access Method refer to the User s Guide Copy Oper ations 11 8 VL3622c VL2822c VL2222c 11 2 Secure Print 1 1 When the Confidential Document Access Method is set to Mode 1 1 Press the User Box key on the control panel 3 Press User Box when the application menu is displayed 2 Select Secure Document User Box in System User Box and then press Use File Job List iE Select the desired User Box to use or file document Use the keypad to input and specify the box number to use User Box Information Compulsory Memory Hx User Box Bulletin Board Polling TX User Box User Box Annotation Re Transmission EAcrupted PDF User Box User Box User Box External Memory Enter User Box No Use File 04 13 2009 14 38 M Language Selection yl ml cll ll Memory 99 Language Selection 3 Enter the ID for the secure print document and then press OK Enter the ID for the secure print document To clear your entry press the C key 04 13 2009 14 38 Ki Memory 99
37. 18 for Custom Size To print on custom sized paper use the bypass tray select Change Tray Settings Wide Paper to specify 8 1 2 x 11W and enter the desired paper size to be used for Change Size For Mac OS X 10 5 you can specify Paper Size and Orientation also from the Print window C Reference For details on the paper sizes loadable in the paper trays refer to the User s Guide Copy Operations VL3622c VL2822c VL2222c 9 5 Parameter details 9 9 5 2 Copies amp Pages From the File menu select in Print or Print Printer E fa Presets Standard Hl Copies 1 C Collated Pages 9 All OFrom 1 to 1 Paper Size 8 1 2x11 F4 8 50 by 11 00 inches Orientation Te fa TextEdit B f Print header and footer Cancel Print gt Function Name Option Description Copies 1 to 9999 Specify the number of copies to be printed Collated ON OFF Do not specify this function Specify this function at Collate in Output Method Pages Specify the page range to print Reference e For OS X 10 5 Paper Size and Orientation are also displayed but the function is the same as that available from Page Attributes e When the setting items are not displayed in OS X 10 5 click onthe right side of Printer 9 5 3 Output Method f Output Method W 9 Paper View O Detailed Information fV
38. 2 14 irre d 12 18 12 2 15 PUGH E 12 19 12 2 16 Banner Sheet P per Tray t eet kaaran eaaa Taaa ataa etena Saa oaea Aaa aandaa 12 20 12 2 17 SN 12 21 12 2 18 SYMON diia 12 22 12 2 19 A O NN 12 23 12 2 20 BATH T A id di 12 24 12 2 21 GR LF Mapping E E 12 25 12 2 22 Print PS Errors Hee e E e E e E Ee ERR ee EE Eee ebur eee 12 26 12 2 28 ICSC Protile Settings EE 12 27 12 2 24 Auto Tirap ping taria e a te eel ee el E ai 12 29 12 2 25 Black Overprlnt us da 12 30 12 2 26 Verity XPS Digital Signature aa 12 31 12 2 27 Print REO Si a A ond tated 12 32 12 2 28 TIFF Image Paper Setting ais ariana aseeni neaparat aana taanoa ankede doaa Ca Ea CEREM A FEANEN AE asa aaiae 12 33 12 2 29 Link FileEiror Notification s is Er ro Re RU ate 12 35 12 2 30 Use Proxy Servat sciet te ira te o E PRRR E HR FR AREE EXE RR REEL E Sa RECEN R RSEN RAE EKR A ER THREE ci n 12 36 12 2 31 i MT O rmm er rere 12 38 12 3 Basic operations in Administrator Settings eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee eene nnmnnn nnmnnn 12 40 12 3 1 Displaying the Administrator Settings SCTEeEN oooooconccccnncccnnoncncnononnnnnrnnnnnrr nn rnnrnn nn nennen 12 40 12 4 Administrator Settings es 12 42 12 4 1 Print Fax Output Setting ii A abia id 12 42 12 4 2 OUTPUT Tray Settings u
39. 3 http lt IP address for the machine gt ipp Example When the IP address for the machine is 192 168 1 20 http 192 168 1 20 ipp 3 When specifying to use IPPS printing enter https lt host name gt lt domain name gt ipp lt Host name gt For lt domain name gt specify the host name and domain name registered for the DNS server being used gt Ifthe certificate for the machine is not the one issued by the certifying authority you must register the certificate for the machine on the Windows Vista Server 2008 system as the certificate by Trusted Root Certification Authorities for the computer account 3 When registering a certificate to the machine confirm that host name gt lt domain name is dis played as the common name of the certificate Click Have Disk Click Browse Select a desired printer driver folder in the DVD ROM and then click Open 3 Select a folder according to the printer driver operating system and language to be used Selecta ble printer drivers PCL driver PS driver XPS driver and fax driver Click OK The Printers list appears Click OK Follow the instructions on the pages that follow gt Ifthe User Account Control window appears click Continue gt Ifthe Windows Security window for verifying the publisher appears click Install this driver soft ware anyway Click Finish After finishing the installation make sure that the icon for the install
40. 4 Enterthe password for the secure print document and then press OK If the specified ID and password match the list of secure print documents appears Type in the password for the Secure Print document T Press C to erase the entered password 04 13 2009 14 38 M Memory 99 VL3622c VL2822c VL2222c 11 9 11 Secure Print 5 7 Select the document to be printed on the Print tab and then press Print The contents and a preview of the document can be checked in Document Details 1 i Select document s and then Lee choose the desired function Selected Documents document 1 Print Settings Print 10 06 2008 14 55 Memory 99 To change document print settings choose from the following options If you are ready to print touch Start or press Start Print gt Print Details Application Page Margin 4 S8yect P 100 0 Copies Print Sheet Cover Chapter Insert y Color Stamps Composition 4 NETS 10 06 2008 Memory 14 55 99 vll dd cll ll Press Start or the Start key in the control panel The document is printed 3 To stop operations press Cancel 11 10 VL3622c VL2822c VL2222c 11 2 Secure Print 1 1 When the Confidential Document Access Method is set to Mode 2 1 Press the User Box key on the control panel 3 Press User Box when the application menu is displayed 2 Sele
41. Background Text Correction Letters or lines on a gray background may look thicker than those on a non gray background This feature allows you to correct the line width setting ON Select this option to make the width of letters and lines on a gray background identical to that of those letters and lines on a non gray background e OFF Select this option to not make a correction 1 In the User Settings screen press Printer Settings gt For details on displaying the User Settings screen refer to page 12 3 2 Press Basic Settings 3 Switch the page by pressing 1 or and then press Gray Background Text Correction E Select item and enter setting Utility gt Printer Settings gt Basic Settings Banner Sheet Setting OFF Utility y Job List Binding Direction Adjustment Finishing Priority User Settings Line Width Adjustment Thin y Pet Borreceion ON Printer Settings y Basic Settings Bec EN NN 10 06 2008 15 20 Memory 1007 4 Press the desired button fi Job List E Select job setting Utility gt Printer Settings gt Basic Settings z Job Setting Banner Sheet Setting OFF Utility y Binding Direction Adjustment Finishing Priority User Settings Line Width Adjustment Thin OFF y Printer Settings Basic Settings A ce EN 10 06 2008 15 21 Memory 1007 VL3622c VL2822c VL2222c 12 13 12 12 2 10 Paper Tray Specify the default pap
42. Cannot print according to the settings 14 5 14 2 1 The printer driver settings have no effect ssssssssssssssseeeeeeeeeeen een eene 14 5 14 2 2 Others ee eene te eL eee etse cuero tees E E oe e ess 14 6 14 2 3 Error Message p rereana eaa eaaa ai ra nA aaea aaae aaea aa ri EAE Paia Aaa Taa AES Aaah aaia 14 6 lt Appel 15 1 Product specificat OAS r r eere reine e cues cerei ciere eee westecedeceeltee 15 3 15 2 Printing reports TETT TT A A T 15 7 15 2 1 Configuration PAGE AREP EEA TETT 15 7 15 2 2 POL font e set A HER Ek E a 15 8 15 2 3 PS font list A A A TEE EE A FE e E dea ri 15 9 15 2 4 lejbl Ko Cinan PAI MER 15 10 15 3 PPD driver For Linux and applications ooomccnnnonnnnncccccnnnnnncnnn rn 15 11 15 3 1 PPD driver Pes e a a pa Ee A a E 15 11 15 3 2 PRD driver Tor Aus Sec E E ETE T A grt ten tudo ts 15 11 Registering the PPD driver for LiNUX ococoncccccnnonoccccccccnnnccccnnnnnnnnnnconnnnnnnn cn nennen nc cnn nn neret nnne n nnne nsns 15 11 Configuring the PPD driver for Linux ccooooccnnncccnnonnncnonnnononnnonaroncnnnr nn narrar enne nnns 15 11 Registering the PPD driver for OpenOffice nennen 15 11 Printing With OpenQTiCO wccecvseccbissteaseckeshasacecnssddvsgeststaeceneshstesteascasdiccavssenancesaavaaashangecdenssdansacanstuests 15 12 15 3 3 PPD driver for applicatiorisz o A a dde 15 12 AA ON 15 12 15 4 A e 15 13 Inc 16 1 INd
43. Citrix MetaFrame Presentation Server 3 0 Citrix MetaFrame Presentation Server 4 0 Client OS Windows 2000 Windows XP ICAClient ICA32bit For operating in an environment other than those described above con sult the dealer 15 6 VL3622c VL2822c VL2222c 15 2 Printing reports 1 5 15 2 Printing reports 15 2 1 Configuration page Configuration Page Print Operation Menu M Basic Setting Default Paper Size Paper Tray Output Tray Binding Position Double Sided Staple Hole Punch Orientation of Sets No Matching Paper in Tray Setti Spool Setting Convert PDL Setting Banner Setting Banner Paper Tray PCL Setting Font Source Font Number Font Point Font Pitch Symbol Set Line Page CR LF Mapping PS Setting Print Reports Text RGB Source Text Destination Profile Image RGB Source Image Destination Profile Graphics RGB Source Graphics Destination Profile Simulation Profile XPS Settings Verify XPS Digital Signature Test Print Configuration PCL Font List PS Font List Demo Page 1 F Setting Network Rx Timeout USB Timeout Print XPS Errors A m ug m W d Wow uw wg A4 Auto Elevate Tray Left Binding Off Off Off Portrait 1 ng Stop Printing Tray Fixed On Off Auto Disable Auto l 0 12 00 10 00 PC 8 Code Page 437 64 Line Page Off Disable 4 Auto 4 Auto 4 Auto None Disable 60 sec 60 sec Enable Installed Printe
44. Clicking to the LEFT places the selected function on the left side of My Tab and likewise clicking to the RIGHT places it on the right side of My Tab 3 At the left of the functions currently registered to My Tab the icons indicating the LEFT side RIGHT side appear Edit My Tab Exe Setting kem List Basic Layout Finish Cover Mode Stamp Compostion Quaity Other Staple Carie egle ond Fuld Fold Output Tray Paper Arrangement V tothe LEFT Y tothe RIGHT My Tab EJLEFT side RIGHT side Original Orientation Copies Original Size Offset rm mm Output Method Staple Select Color O Left Right OK Cancel Defaut Heb 3 The following describes how to change the layout of the registered functions 3 Select the function whose position you want to move and click Up Down Left Right as needed 3 To delete a function from My Tab select the function you want to delete and then click Remove Edit My Tab s Setting kem List Basic Layout Finish Cover Mode Stamp Compostion Quaity Other Staple Center Staple and Fold CB Punch AAA Output Tray Paper Arangement Y tothe LEFT Ev tothe RIGHT My Tab EJLEFT side RIGHT side Original Orientation Copies Original Size Offset ag Output Method Staple Select Color ih 4 Left Right OK Cancel Defaut Heb 4 Click OK 8
45. Login and Logout 1 3 Logging in as a public user If user authentication is not enabled on the machine you will be logging in as a public user In the login page select Public User Access and click Login Web Connection Language OS Language OS Language he Login Public User Administrator View Mode Flash C HTML Flash Player is necessary to see in Flash form ssa Ze User Assist F Display dialog box in case of warning Starting up Data Management Utility Flash Player is required to use the Data Management Utility Mana e Copy Protect Data eS Manage Stamp Data Manage Font Macro 1 71 Can only run on Windows Internet Explorer and Flash Player Version 9 and above environments VL3622c VL2822c VL2222c 13 9 13 Login and Logout 13 2 Logging in as a registered user Specify the registered user name and password to log in when User Authentication is enabled in this ma chine gt Inthe login page enter the user name and the password and click Login Web Connection Language OS Language OS Language Login Public User Registered User User Name Password Administrator View Mode Flash C HTML Flash Player is necessary to see in Flash form fsseptaverd User Assist F Display dialog box in case of warning Starting up Data Management Utility Flash Player is required to use the Data Management Utility Manage Copy Protect Data Manage Stamp Data
46. Name and Workgroup QQ Reference For details on the network settings for the machine refer to the User s Guide Network Administrator To use SMB printing in the IPv6 environment Direct Hosting Setting for the machine must be enabled For details refer to User s Guide Network Administrator Installing the printer driver by specifying the printer using the Add Printer Wizard v Installing the driver to Windows XP Server 2003 based computers requires the administrator authority Insert the printer driver DVD ROM for Windows into the DVD ROM drive of the computer Click Start and then select Printers and Faxes 3 f Printers and Faxes is not displayed in the Start menu open Control Panel from the Start menu click Printers and Other Hardware then click Printers and Faxes In Windows XP select Add a printer from the Printer Tasks menu In Windows Server 2003 double click Add Printer Add Printer Wizard starts Click Next gt Select Local printer attached to this computer and then click Next gt 3 Clear the Automatically detect and install my Plug and Play printer check box The page for Select a Printer Port appears Click Create a new port select Local Port as the Type of port and then click Next gt Enter NetBIOS name print service name in the Port Name box 3 Enter the same NetBIOS name and print service name specified in Print Settings in SMB Setti
47. O After installing the printer driver perform test print to make sure that the connections are made prop erly C Reference For details on the connectable interfaces refer to page 2 8 For details on the network settings refer to the User s Guide Network Administrator The procedure for installing the printer driver varies depending on the connection method operating system of the computer and printer driver For details refer to page 3 3 To update an existing printer driver uninstall it first For details refer to page 7 3 Configure the interface timeout settings in the Utility menu on the control panel if necessary For details refer to page 12 53 VL3622c VL2822c VL2222c 2 9 2 Setup procedure 2 3 2 3 2 For local connection Connect this machine to the computer Install the printer driver Install the screen fonts 3 The DVD ROM contains the European TrueType fonts as screen fonts The ScreenFont or Screen Fonts folder in the DVD ROM contains the screen fonts 3 Install the screen fonts using the standard function for the OS of adding fonts For details refer to Help of the Operating System VL3622c VL2822c VL2222c 3 Precautions for Installation 3 1 Introduction 3 O 3 Precautions for Installation The following describes the information necessary for selecting a printer driver 3 1 Introduction This chapter describes the information you should keep in mind before installi
48. Oc organisations Oc Espafia SA Business Park Mas Blau Osona 2 08820 El Prat de Llobregat Barcelona Spain http www oce es Oc Svenska AB Sollentunav gen 84 191 27 Sollentuna Sweden http www oce se Oc Schweiz AG Oc Thailand Ltd S gereistrasse 10 B B Building 16 Floor CH8 152 Glattbrugg 54 Asoke Road Schweiz Sukhumvit 21 http www oce ch Bangkok 10110 Thailand Oc Nederland B V Oc UK Limited P O Box 800 Oc House 5201 AV s Hertogenbosch Chatham Way The Netherlands Brentwood Essex CM14 4DZ http www oce nl United Kingdom http www oce co uk Oc North America Inc 5450 North Cumberland Avenue Chicago IL 60656 USA http www oceusa com Note The web site http www oce com gives the current addresses of the local Oc organisations and distributors Note The addresses of local Oc organisations for information about the Wide Format Printing Systems and the Production Printing Systems can be different from the addresses above Refer to the web site http www oce com for the addresses you need Beyond the Ordinary 2009 Oc Illustrations and specifications do not necessarily apply to products and services offered in each local market Technical specifications are subject to change without prior notice All other trademarks are the property of their respective owners 2009 09 Printing for Professionals Oc helps the people who make ou
49. S r l o E O AN 8 5 SENS taD aaa pa a a a id 8 6 Registering the default settings ocoononncccccnnnnocccccnnnnonccccnnnnnnnnconcnnnnnnn cnn nana nn cnn anna nn cnn nnnnn cnn nn nn cnn 8 7 COMMON SOUUING 2 oi fase oe Et E 8 8 Parameter detallS iiciccstcviscctcsiesieedsessnreesecttenseicenctvesdoucaseseesectacueusoessdencdsdenseucnuadeseueueescbecesauui encesdeeutis 8 9 My slab atten cia A as 8 9 EdibIMy Talaia 8 10 Basic ta iii a tidad 8 11 PAYOUT tab 8 1o te ee d bu ds Bt c e ss 8 13 FINISH tab cocer A th ter pe rac oe ve ter dee vc cod vec de onte expect ege cv et 8 14 Cover Mode ta a n ir timed teile delta li dean aa 8 15 Stamp Composition tab earn enin prata etae pe heat Pao S E RR Aamos aba Aara iiaa eund 8 16 Editing watermark Huici ta nietas 8 18 Editing overlay ocio eee dad ve aee eee edem ee edat 8 19 Editing the copy sec tity eoo eee tene fe fd dte iste 8 20 Editing date time and page number cceseceeeesseeeeeeeeeeceeeeeseneeeseeeeneseeeseaeeeeeeaseseseseeseeeeeeeensenees 8 22 Chait y prz ToC 8 22 Other tab 22 EL ede eat d ERES 8 25 Print operation Ie 9 3 Default settings of the printer driver ccccssseeeeceseseeeeeeeseseeeeeeeeseneeeeeeeeseneeeesseaneeeessesneeeeenseeeneas 9 5 Option settings enin eee eda eed evade 9 5 Registering the default settings cnet itid trn een Ene death pase E RE RRRR EERRn uo tR
50. Settings Photo E Edge Enhancement Toner Save DTP Web CAD Font Settings Default 0k cance Help Printing Preferences Ext f My Tab Basic Layout Finish Cover Mode Stamp Compostion Quality Other Favorite Setting f Default Setting y LER Select Color Full Color Gray Scale Be em Ed Come E Quality Adjustment Glossy Mode Color Settings Toner Save E Photo Edge Enhancement ex DTP Web El va CAD E 2 E Printer View Printer information oa OK _ Cancel Heb Option Description Select Color Auto Color Select this option to identify the colors used in the print data to use them in printing Full Color Select this option to print in full color processes YMCk regardless of the print data color gray scale Gray Scale Select this option to print in gray scale 2 Color Select this option to print in 2 colors 2 Color Black Red It can be specified when you have selected 2 Color in Black Green Select Color Black Blue The color area and gray scale area are printed in the Black Cyan specified 2 colors Black Magenta Black Yellow Print with Black ON OFF It can be specified when you have selected Gray Scale Text Text Figure All in Select Color It protects the tinted characters lines and figures from being printed lighter according to the selected condi
51. The menu that appears in this area varies depending on which icon was selected 10 Information and settings Displays the details of the item selected in the menu 13 14 VL3622c VL2822c VL2222c 13 4 Overview of the user mode 13 13 4 13 4 1 Overview of the user mode After logging in to Web Connection in the user mode the following functions can be specified Information Ea Reference For other information on the user mode refer to Web Connection Help in Utilities DVD ROM 2 userO1 Logout Change Password 2 3 Ready to Scan amp g Ready to Print 2 Ey E A s Ep eset ns E To Main Menu Device Information Device Information Configuration Summary Device Name Device Location Option Engine Serial Number AOPOO10000011 V Cammie Device Type Print Copy ScaniF ax Meter Count Toner Status Yellow 98 Online Assistance Magenta 99 Change User Password Cyan 99 Function Permission Black 9896 Information Network Setting Information Print Setting Information Paper Tray Print Information Select rey Paper Size Paper Type Paper Status e Bypass 8 1 2 x 11 LEF Plain Paper Empty cC Tray 1 8 1 2 x 11 SEF Plain Paper Ready cC Tray 2 8 1 2 x 11 LEF Plain Paper Ready C Tray 3 8 1 2 x 11 SEF Plain Paper Ready C Tray 4 8 1 2 x 11 LEF Plain Paper Ready Detail Output Tray Tray 1 Administrator Information Administrator Name admin Extension No Adm
52. Tray Default PB Default Option Cancel Print Description Paper Tray Auto Tray 1 to Tray 4 Select a paper tray to be used LCT Bypass Tray Selectable items vary depending on the option installa tion status Paper Type Paper types available for Select a paper type to be used for printing the machine It can be changed only when Paper Tray is set to Auto When Paper Tray is not set to Auto the paper types registered in Paper Settings for Each Tray are avail able Paper Settings Paper Tray Select a paper tray to be specified for Each Tray Selectable items vary depending on the option installa tion status Paper Type Select the type of paper to be loaded onto the paper tray Output Tray Reference Default Tray 1 and Tray 3 Specify the tray to output the printed pages Selectable items vary depending on the option installa tion status e Specify Duplex Side 2 when printing on the back side of paper o User of Paper Type is the frequently used paper type registered on the machine side For details on registering the user paper refer to the User s Guide Copy Operations VL3622c VL2822c VL2222c 9 5 Parameter details 9 5 6 Cover Mode Transparency Interleave The Cover Mode setting window and the Transparency Interleave window can be switched Cover Mode Transparency Int 9 Paper View Cover Mode Tra
53. Use the keyboard or keypad to enter the new encryption Ssphra Se prou must enter the encryption passphr as ice to confirm Press Ci to erase the encryption SSphrase Administrator Settings gt Driver Passuord Encryption Settings gt Encryption Passphrase 04 13 2009 15 01 M Memory 100 3 Enter the Encryption Passphrase with 20 alphanumeric letters Specify the same Encryption Pass phrase for the machine and the printer driver 3 Anencryption passphrase using a series of the same letters for example 1111 is invalid Press Encryption Passphrase Confirmation and then enter the encryption passphrase again he keyboard or keypad to enter the neu encryption hrase You must enter the encryption passphrase neg gontirm Press Ci to erase the encryption rase i e ord Encryption IS gt Encryption Passphrase 04 13 2009 15 01 M Memory 100 Press OK This sets the encryption passphrase 11 34 VL3622c VL2822c VL2222c 11 8 Specifying the encryption passphrase by the user 1 1 11 8 2 Setting the printer driver The following four printer drivers support this feature e PCL Printer Driver for Windows PCL driver PostScript Printer Driver for Windows PS driver XPS Printer Driver for Windows XPS driver e PostScript PPD Printer Driver for Mac OS X For Windows 1 Display the Properties window 3 The Properties window can be display
54. User s Guide Copy Operations Text or an image is repeatedly printed on all pages In the User Settings screen press Cellular Phone PDA Setting gt For details on displaying the User Settings screen refer to page 12 3 3 Cellular Phone PDA Setting is displayed in the 2 2 screen Press Forward to switch the screen Job List Use the menu buttons or keypad to make a selection Bookmark E ility gt User Settings 2 2 x TEES v Cellular Phone PDA Setting User Settings 04 13 2009 15 21 E Memory 1007 12 38 VL3622c VL2822c VL2222c 12 2 User settings 12 2 Press Print E Select item and enter setting No A y lar PDA Setting 04 13 2009 15 20 E Memory 100 3 Press the desired button Job List E Settings for Print from Cellular Phone PDA can be changed e PDA gt Print Settings Basic Application s User Settings ru coir JESCT SN Cellular Phone PDA Setting Full Color lt ep e Paper a Print Settings inishing 4 04 13 2009 15 21 M Cancel OK Memory 100 VL3622c VL2822c VL2222c 12 39 1 2 Basic operations in Administrator Settings 12 3 123 Basic operations in Administrator Settings 12 8 4 Displaying the Administrator Settings screen 1 Press the Utility Counter key Utility Counter Ll 2 Press Administrator Settings Job List Meter Count A 1 Lt 6 B
55. When you change the menu of General another setting window of the printer driver appears al lowing you to configure various functions For details refer to page 10 6 gt The printer driver settings changed in the Print window are not saved and the original settings are restored when you exit the application 5 Click Print Printing is executed and the data indicator of the machine flashes VL3622c VL2822c VL2222c 10 3 10 Default settings of the printer driver 10 2 10 2 Default settings of the printer driver When you have installed the printer driver you need to change the initialization conditions such as options and enable functions of the machine from the printer driver NOTICE Any options that are installed in the machine but not configured cannot be used by the printer driver Be sure to configure the settings for the installed options 10 2 1 Option settings 1 In the Apple Menu menu select Chooser 2 Select the printer name 3 Click Setup 4 Click Configure The option setting window appears ral Current Printer Description File PPD Selected XXXXXXUVXXX ppd Installable Options Paper Source Unit PC 207 Finisher Punch Unit Saddle kit SD 509 3 When the printer is specified as the LPR printer double click the LPR printer icon on the desktop click Change Setup in the Printer menu to display the option setting window 5 Specify the options installed in the
56. a SE daa 9 6 COMMON Se BE 9 7 Addinig c stom SlIZe eric idea tartas 9 9 Parameter deals i 9 10 Page Attributes si tt tt et a 9 10 Gopies S Pages iii sia Pau amer dci EA 9 11 Output Method Pre 9 11 Checking the Output Method detail settings o oocnonicnnnnncnnnnnncnnnnrnnnnnanannnrnnnnorn rn narrar 9 13 yo bs d 9 14 Paper Tray Output Tray area re eds n tait me orte e gene 9 16 Cover Mode Transparency Interleave oooooccnncccnnnniccnononononcnnnancnnnnnrnnnnnnrnn nano nnne eren 9 17 Per Page Settirig isis ePi I ERU Ee TR ERR dd 9 18 Editing Per Page Setting nein inert nenne enin dee rire Dean Fa ear dere rade Pee dae Poe Cue Ya eel 9 19 Stamp GomposSitlon ratios nie epic eq eee ete EE De Re E a 9 19 Editing the copy security 5 12 1 2 rrr e retentis Ter eed ene edem eed E etre ed este renes ct 9 20 Editing Date Titmie o t te e Od tec 9 22 Editing Page Number trennt teen i asini RR cae pe Fe aaa RAE EUR AR e KE HR R LAS na Rega ara 9 22 Editing Fleader Footer irent cec daten araa rena aa aa AEA ra aee e nnb e Rua e ERR eg Va ea PER kao CER PRA YR UID 9 23 eis e P EEES 9 23 VL3622c VL2822c VL2222c Contents 3 10 1 10 2 10 2 1 10 2 2 10 3 10 3 1 10 3 2 10 3 3 10 3 4 10 3 5 11 1 11 1 1 11 1 2 11 2 11 2 1
57. as Original Size Ey Save in User Box Zoom 25 400 E Save in User Box Print O Auto pcan Secure Print 100 Manual Esas Proof Print En 7 e Paper Tray Es D8Print E wa bre Al de EZ Paper Type p gi x E Plain Paper m Paper Settings for Each Tray Printer View Printer information Default OK jJ Cancel J Hee VL3622c VL2822c VL2222c 11 13 11 Save in User Box 11 3 3 Enter the File Name of the document and the User Box Number for the save location User Settings Secure Print Operate the followings on the printer s control VJ panel in order to use the documents which is W printed by secure print m User Boxbutton gt System gt Secure 4 Save in User Box File Name Max 30 User Box Number Max 9 y Type in File Name and User Box Number that are y used with Save in User Box Es OK Cancel Defaut Help 4 Print the document 3 The file name and the User Box number required for saving data in the User Box can be registered in advance on User Setting of the Basic tab To use the same file name and User Box number whenever you save documents register them in advance so that the screen to prompt entering the file name and User Box number does not appear when you select Save in User Box For Mac OS X 1 Display the Output Method window 2 Select Save in User Box or Save in User
58. connected to the Internet LAN The acronym for Local Area Network This is a network constructed by connect ing computers on the same floor in the same building or in neighboring build ings LPD The acronym for Line Printer Daemon This is a platform independent printer pro tocol running on the TCP IP network The protocol was originally developed for BSD UNIX and has become one of the printing protocols typically used among general computers LPR LPD The acronym for Line Printer Request Line Printer Daemon This is a printing method implemented via networks used for Windows NT or UNIX based sys tems It uses TCP IP to output printing data from Windows or UNIX to a printer on the network MAC address MAC is the acronym for Media Access Control A MAC address is an ID number unique to each Ethernet card enabling sending or receiving data to or from other Ethernet cards A Mac address is a 48 bit number The first 24 bits are controlled by IEEE and used to allocate a unique number to each manufacture whereas the latter 24 bits are used by each manufacturer to assign a unique number to each card NDPS The acronym for Novell Distributed Print Services This provides a high perform ance printing solution in NDS environments Using NDPS for the print server sim plifies and automates complicated management activities related to printer use For example you can print to a desired printer or automatically downl
59. for simple reasons such as paper in a specific paper tray 3 4 running out No If a single job is stopped all other jobs are queued for processing as well All jobs are processed after the problem is solved In the Administrator Settings screen press System Settings gt For details on displaying the Administrator Settings screen refer to page 12 40 In the System Settings screen switch the page by pressing or and then press Skip Job Operation Settings Use the menu buttons or keypad to make a selection ministrator Settings gt System Settings 6 Default Bypass Paper Type Setting A Stamp Settings A 7 Page Number Print Position A y 3 Blank Page Print Settings System Settings 4 Application Key Settings 9 Advanced Preview Setting Skip Job Operation Settings 04 13 2009 15 25 M Memory 100 Press Fax or Other than Fax Press the desired button __ 1ouch the button for the desired setting administrator settings gt system Settings gt Job Skip Settings Job Setting MENU other than Fax MMC Job Skip Settings 10 06 2008 15 33 Memory 1007 12 48 VL3622c VL2822c VL2222c 12 4 Administrator Settings 1 2 12 4 8 ID amp Print Settings Specify whether to use the ID amp Print function on the machine that performs user authentication or account track Default
60. in User Box or Save in User Box and Print in Output Method User Authentication This is the same window as that appears when you select the User Au thentication check box in Output Method Account Track This is the same window as that appears when you select the Account Track check box in Output Method Administrator Settings Select this option to display the window for changing the display settings of the User Authentication Settings window and changing the Encryption Passphrase Administrator Settings User Authentication Account Track Popup Authentication Dialog when printing User Authentication Account Track Encryption Passphrase Encryption Passphrase User Authentication Server Settings Enhanced Server f off H Cancel J OK VL3622c VL2822c VL2222c Parameter details 9 5 Function Name Description Popup Authentication Dia log when printing Select this check box to display the User Authentication Account Track or Secure Print window when specifying printing prompting entering the user name account name document ID and password Encryption Passphrase Any string used to encrypt communication with this machine If the encryption passphrase for the machine was changed from Use Fac tory Default to User Defined enter the same encryption passphrase as for the machine An encryption key is automatically create
61. machine in the URL field and then press Enter http lt IP address of the machine gt Example When the IP address of this machine is 192 168 1 20 e http 192 168 1 20 When IPv6 is set to ON while a browser other than Internet Explorer is used e Enter the IPv6 address enclosed in brackets to access Web Connection http IPv6 address of this machine Example When the IPv6 address of this machine is fe80 220 6bff fe10 2f16 e http fe80 220 6bff fe10 2f16 e If IPv6 is set to ON while Internet Explorer is used add fe80 220 6bff fe10 2f161Pv6 IPv6_MFP_1 to the hosts file in advance and specify the address with the domain name The main menu or login page appears VL3622c VL2822c VL2222c 13 3 13 Using Web Connection 13 1 13 13 Web browser cache The Web browser has the cache function therefore the latest information may not be shown in the page dis played using Web Connection Using the cache function may result in an operation failure When using Web Connection disable the cache function on the Web browser Reference e Some Web browser versions may provide different menus and item names For details refer to the Help for the Web browser e With the cache function enabled timeout occurs in the administrator mode and after that how many time you try to access just timeout recurs It results in the control panel of this machine being locked and you cannot handle the control panel In
62. prevent white space being generated around black characters or figures You can specify to cause the overlapping on the char acters alone or on characters and figures Glossy Mode ON OFF Select this check box to print using a gloss finish Toner Save ON OFF Select this check box to adjust the printing density in order to save the amount of toner consumed Edge Enhance ON OFF Select this check box to enhance the edges of charac ment ters graphics and images so that thin lines and small letters become clearly visible Font Settings Reference The 2 Color option of Select Color is available only for the PCL driver 2 Color allows you to specify a combination of two colors The Full Color option of Select Color is available for the PS XPS driver The Print with Black function that becomes available when you select Gray Scale in Select Color is available for the PCL XPS drivers The Pattern function is available for the PCL XPS drivers The Image Compression function is available only for the PCL driver The Auto Trapping and Black Over Print functions are available only for the PS drivers For the PS drivers profile management with Quality Adjustment is also available For details refer to page 11 37 and page 11 39 The Font Settings function is available for the PCL PS drivers Select whether to use the TrueType fonts or printer fonts when printing In addition select whe
63. print job When the account track is ena bled you may have entered an unregistered account track code or password Enter the correct account track code and password VL3622c VL2822c VL2222c 14 3 14 Cannot print 14 1 Problem Possible Cause Remedy When the user authentication is enabled you may have entered an unregistered user name or password Enter the correct user name or password Different encryption passphras es may be specified for the printer driver and the machine Specify the same encryption passphrase for the machine and the printer driver Memory of the computer may be insufficient Perform a test printing to check whether printing is possible Network connection with the printer controller is not estab lished when connecting via the network Contact your network administra tor This machine may be in the en hanced security mode Configure authentication settings in the enhanced security mode For details contact the printer ad ministrator Printing order is disturbed a job sent later is printed before the preceding jobs An error may have occurred on the printer for a reason such as running out of paper When Skip Job Operation Set tings is enabled in the Adminis trator Settings of the printer only the jobs without a problem are processed and those with any problem are held in queue Secure print is not availa
64. print so as to prevent white space being generated around a picture Default OFF e ON Adjacent colors are overprinted If white lines appear at borders of colors on a graph or figure select ON e OFF The data is printed as is without being trap processed Reference e If color dulling results at the border of colors when ON is selected change it to OFF Trapping process is sometimes specifiable with the application When the trapping process is specified in the application specify OFF on the machine side 1 In the User Settings screen press Printer Settings 3 For details on displaying the User Settings screen refer to page 12 3 2 Press PS Setting 3 Press Auto Trapping Job List Select item and enter setting Utility gt Printer Settings gt PS Setting gt Print PS Errors OFF Utility ICC Profile Settings User Settings Auto Trapping y Black Overprint Printer Settings PS Setting 04 13 2009 15 19 E Memory 1007 4 Press the desired button Job List Select job setting 2 Utility gt Printer Settings gt PS Setting Job Setting Print PS Errors OFF y ICC Profile Settings OFF User Settings Auto Trapping Black Overprint OFF Printer Settings y PS Setting 10 06 2008 15 30 Memory 100 VL3622c VL2822c VL2222c 12 29 12 User settings 12 2 12 2 25 Black Overprint Select this option to print with no white
65. program address book registered in this ma Touch chine or to register and change an address Subject Registers up to 10 subjects when sending E mails Text Registers up to 10 body messages to be used when sending E mails Application Reg Registers application settings and server addresses when using the applications istration such as RightFax Server registered in the external server Registering applications and servers enables you to automatically connect to the server of the selected ap plication e Application Registration is not displayed when the optional Fax Kit is installed Prefix Suffix Registers Prefix or Suffix to be added as destination information when E mailing VL3622c VL2822c VL2222c 13 27 13 Administrator mode overview 13 5 9 Fax Settings Se Administrator Logout 2 Sp Ready to Scan eB Ready to Print 2 Header Footer Position Header Footer Position Line Parameter Setting Header Position Outside Body Text v TX RX Settings Print Receiver s Name ON Function Setting Footer Position OFF M PBX Connection Setting Report Settings Lox _Cancel_ Multi Line Settings Network Fax Setting Header Information Item Description Header Footer Configure the setting to print the sender or receiving information Position Line Parameter Specify the fax line such as Dialing Method Setting TX RX Settings Configure the pa
66. settings for the machine in advance Items to be configured Description IP address In TCP IP Settings of the machine specify the IP address IPP Setting In IPP Settings for the machine enable IPP printing MA Reference For details on the network settings for the machine refer to the User s Guide Network Administrator Before you can use IPPS printing you must register a certificate with this machine You can use the self signed certificate that is preinstalled in this machine For details refer to User s Guide Network Administra tor Installing the printer driver manually using the Add Printer Wizard v Installing the driver to Windows Vista Server 2008 based computers requires the administrator author ity Insert the printer driver DVD ROM for Windows into the DVD ROM drive of the computer Click Start and then select Control Panel 3 Click Printers under Hardware and Sound The Printers window appears 3 When Control Panel is displayed in Classic View double click Printers Click Add a printer on the toolbar The Add Printer window appears 5 Click Add a network wireless or Bluetooth printer Connected printers are detected In the window showing the search result click The printer that want isn t listed 4 6 VL3622c VL2822c VL2222c 4 1 Windows Vista Server 2008 4 16 In the Select a shared printer by name box enter the URL for the machine in the following format and then click Next
67. source The user authentication or ac count track setting field is grayed out and cannot be spec ified 14 2 2 Others Problem User authentication or account track may be disabled on the Windows printer driver Possible Cause In the Configure tab enable user authentication or account track Remedy Cannot install the printer driver 14 2 3 Error message Message It has already been installed in Windows Vista Server 2008 as a printer compatible with the Web service print function Cause and remedy If you try to install a printer driver in Windows Vista Server 2008 by use of the Web service print func tion it is recognized as installed before the actual installation is completed Uninstall the printer in the Network Window and then install it again Cannot connect to the network A connection to the network was not able to be established Make sure that the network cable is correctly connected In addition make sure that Network Settings in Administrator Settings have been cor rectly configured VL3622c VL2822c VL2222c 14 2 1 5 Appendix 15 1 Product specifications 15 15 Appendix 15 1 Product specifications Item Specifications Type Built in printer controller Power supply Common with the machine RAM 2 048 MB HDD VL3622c VL2822c 250GB VL2222c Option VF Ethernet 1000Base T 100Base TX 10Base T USB 2 0 Frame type
68. space around black characters or figures Default OFF e Text Figure Adjacent portion between a text and figure is overprinted with black Use this setting when a white line appears e Text Black is overprinted appears around the text around the black portion in a graph or figure on the adjacent colors in the text portion Use this setting when a white line e OFF The data is printed as is without overprinting with black Reference e If color dulling results around the black portion when ON is selected change it to OFF o The black overprinting process is sometimes specifiable with the application When the trapping proc ess is specified in the application specify OFF on the machine side 1 In the User Settings screen press Printer Settings 3 For details on displaying the User Settings screen refer to page 12 3 2 Press PS Setting 3 Press Black Overprint Job List Utility User Settings Printer Settings PS Setting 4 Press the desired button Job List E Select item and enter setting Utility gt Printer Settings gt PS Setting 04 13 2009 15 19 E Memory 100 Select job setting J Utility gt Printer Settings gt PS Setting Utility User Settings Printer Settings PS Setting Job Setting Print PS Errors OFF Text Figure ICC Profile Settings auto Trapping OFF Black Overprint CT a 10 06 2008 15 30
69. support this feature e PostScript Printer Driver for Windows PS driver e PostScript PPD Printer Driver for Mac OS X For Windows v The Color Profile Management function communicates with the machine to read the ICC profiles avail able to the machine This function is available only when your computer is connected to and can com municate with this machine v If connected via a USB connector the ICC profiles available to the machine cannot be read 1 Click to display the Quality tab 2 Click Quality Adjustment The Quality Adjustment dialog box appears Click Manage Profile Quality Adjustment xs Simple Manage Profle Detail Cn le Figure Table G Color Matching ICC Profile Other Type Auto Defeat OK _ Cancel Help The Color Profile Management dialog box appears 3 Clicking Download Manager launches the Download Manager application This function is avail able only when Download Manager is installed VL3622c VL2822c VL2222c 11 39 1 1 Registering the ICC profiles in the printer driver 11 10 4 Check that a list of available profiles that are additionally registered on the machine is displayed Color Profile Management Ex FGB Color Simulation Destination Available Profile Driver Profile List File Name Profle Name L Add Sel gt Fie N Profil Location profle ice ICCprofie1 D E ik Ey
70. the Add Printer Wizard select the USB port to be connected in the Select the Printer Port page Connect this machine to the computer using a USB cable and then start the computer NOTICE When starting up the computer do not plug in or unplug the cable Insert the printer driver DVD ROM for Windows into the DVD ROM drive of the computer Turn on the main power of this machine The Found New Hardware Wizard window appears gt Ifthe Found New Hardware Wizard window does not appear turn the machine off then on again In this case turn off this machine and then wait approximately 10 seconds before turning it on again If you turn the printer on immediately after turning it off it may not function correctly Click Next Select Search for a suitable driver for my device recommended and then click Next gt Select Specify a Location and then click Next gt Click Browse Select a desired printer driver folder in the DVD ROM and then click Open 3 Select a folder according to the printer driver operating system and language to be used Selecta ble printer drivers PCL driver PS driver and fax driver Click OK and then follow the instructions on the pages that follow Click Finish gt f the Digital Signature window appears click Yes After finishing the installation make sure that the icon for the installed printer is displayed in the Print ers window VL3622c VL2822c VL
71. the DVD ROM and then click Open 3 Select a folder according to the printer driver operating system and language to be used Selecta ble printer drivers PCL driver PS driver and fax driver Click OK The Printers list appears Click Next gt Follow the instructions on the pages that follow gt To use a network connection perform a test print after the network settings have been configured Click Finish gt Ifthe Windows logo testing or Digital Signature window appears click Continue Anyway or Yes After finishing the installation make sure that the icon for the installed printer is displayed in the Printers and Faxes window Remove the DVD ROM from the DVD ROM drive This completes the printer driver installation VL3622c VL2822c VL2222c 4 2 Windows XP Server 2003 4 4 2 2 For network connection SMB To use SMB printing specify the port by specifying the printer while installing the printer driver The printer can be specified either by searching for the printer on the network or by entering the printer name directly Settings for the machine To use SMB printing you must configure the network settings for the machine in advance Items to be configured Description IP address In TCP IP Settings of the machine specify the IP address SMB Setting To use SMB printing At Print Settings in SMB Settings for the machine specify NetBI OS Name Print Service
72. the User Box from the control panel this function can also be used for document distribu tion The Save in User Box function can be specified using the printer driver when printing and printing or distri bution can be performed from the control panel RA Reference For details on the User Box functions of the machine refer to the User s Guide Box Operations 11 3 4 Setting the printer driver The following four printer drivers support this feature o PCL Printer Driver for Windows PCL driver e PostScript Printer Driver for Windows PS driver XPS Printer Driver for Windows XPS driver o PostScript PPD Printer Driver for Mac OS X Perform printing with the following settings specified e Output Method Save in User Box or Save in User Box Print Reference Create the User Box for saving the data in advance with the User Box function of the machine For de tails on the User Box functions of the machine refer to the User s Guide Box Operations For Windows 1 Click to display the Basic tab 2 Select Save in User Box or Save in User Box Print in Output Method 3 To save data in a User Box and print at the same time select Save in User Box Print Printing Preferences a f My Tab Basic Layout Finish Cover Mode Stamp Compostion Quality Other Favorte Setting FR Defaut Setting E Original Orientation Output Method a Ba z Original Size Print 81 211 Paper Size Same
73. the machine in the Address box enter Print in the Queue Name box and then click OK 3 You must discriminate between upper and lower case letters when entering it Select the created port and then click Next gt Click Have Disk Click Browse Select a desired printer driver folder in the DVD ROM and then click Open gt Select a folder according to the printer driver operating system and language to be used Selecta ble printer drivers PCL driver and fax driver Click OK The Printer list appears 4 22 VL3622c VL2822c VL2222c 4 4 Windows NT 4 0 4 A Click Next gt 15 Follow the instructions on the pages that follow 16 Click Finish After finishing the installation make sure that the icon for the installed printer is displayed in the Print ers window 18 Remove the DVD ROM from the DVD ROM drive This completes the printer driver installation VL3622c VL2822c VL2222c 4 23 4 Windows NT 4 0 4 4 4 24 VL3622c VL2822c VL2222c 5 Installation on Macintosh Computers 5 1 Mac OS X 10 2 10 3 10 4 10 5 5 O C 5 Installation on Macintosh Computers This chapter describes the settings necessary when using Macintosh and the procedure for installing printer drivers for Macintosh 5 1 Mac OS X 10 2 10 3 10 4 10 5 5 1 1 Installing the printer driver 1 2 C Ol O N 8 Start the Macintosh computer Insert the printer driver DVD ROM for Macintosh i
74. the number of User Boxes User Account Common Setting Specify whether to print data in single color or two color mode Scan to Home Settings Configure the setting to send a file to the Home folder Scan to Author ized Folder Set tings Configure settings to restrict manual transmission destination VL3622c VL2822c VL2222c 13 23 13 Administrator mode overview 13 5 13 5 5 Network de Administrator Logout 12 Sp Readly to Scan amp g In Menu Admin Mode 2 Display To Main Menu is reflected after reset IP Filtering TCPAP ON Y gt IPsec Turn the main switch OFF and then ON when changing settings E mail Setting Network Speed Auto v LDAP Setting IP Address Setting Method Auto Setting gt IPP Setting i Eus FTP Setting ARP PING SNMP Setting M AutolP SMB Setting eos P Subnet Mask Pss265 2550 Web Service Settings e Bonjour Settin Default Gateway lt A gt d IPv6 ON ABUSA Auto IPw6 Setting ON y AppleTalk Setting DHCP 6 Setting ON v Network Fax Setting Link Local Address WebDAV Settings fe80 220 6bff fe10 3480 Global Address E7777 OpenAPI Setting Prefix Length gt TCP Socket Setting L 1 1EEE802 1X Authentication Gateway Address HI Setting RAW Port Number LLTD Setting Port 1 po 1 85535 SSDP Settings I Port 2 m2 1 65535 Bluetooth Setting IV P
75. the user 11 8 For Mac OS X 1 Display the Output Method window 2 Click Detail Settings The Detail Settings window appears 3 Select Administrator Settings and then click Settings Detail Settings Settings Secure Print gt Save in User Box gt User Authentication gt Account Track Administrator Settings Expand All C CollapseAl The Administrator Settings dialog box appears 4 Selectthe Encryption Passphrase check box and then enter the encryption passphrase gt If you do not specify a user defined Encryption Passphrase clear the Encryption Passphrase check box Administrator Settings User Authentication Account Track Popup Authentication Dialog when printing l User Authentication M Account Track secure Print Encryption Passphrase Encryption Passphrase User Authentication Server Settings Enhanced Server f Off Cancel OK 3 Enter the Encryption Passphrase with 20 alphanumeric letters Specify the same Encryption Passphrase for the machine and the printer driver 3 An encryption passphrase using a series of the same letters is invalid 5 Click OK 11 36 VL3622c VL2822c VL2222c 11 9 Specifying the ICC profile 1 1 11 9 Specifying the ICC profile The printer driver has a function to specify the ICC profile registered on the machine when printing Reference e The default setting for t
76. this case turn the main power off and then turn it on again To avoid this problem disable the cache function For Internet Explorer Select Internet Options in the Tools menu In the General tab select Temporary Internet files Settings Select Every visit to the page and click OK For Netscape Navigator Select Preferences in the Edit menu In Category on the left select Advanced Cache In Document in cache is compared to document on network select Every time For Mozilla Firefox Select Options in the Tools menu Select Privacy and then click Settings in the Private Data section Select the Cache check box under Private Data select the Clear private data when closing Firefox check box under Settings and then click OK 13 4 VL3622c VL2822c VL2222c 13 2 Login and Logout 13 13 2 Login and Logout 13 2 4 Login and logout flows Accessing with Web Connection displays the login page when User Authentication or Account Track is en abled and displays the login page in the public user mode when User Authentication or Account Track is not enabled When re logging in to this machine as a different user or as an administrator log out once and log in again When user authentication or account track is not enabled You are automatically logged in as a public user The top menu page appears amp Public GH Reay to Scan GG reso to Prt Device Information Online Ass
77. used with the machine Custom Size Register custom sizes Zoom 25 to 400 Select an enlarge or reduce ratio Paper Tray Auto Tray 1 to Tray 4 Select a paper tray to be used LCT Bypass Tray Selectable items vary depending on the option installa tion status Paper Type Paper types available for Select a paper type to be used for printing the machine It can be changed only when Paper Tray is set to Auto When Paper Tray is not set to Auto the paper types registered in Paper Settings for Each Tray are availa ble VL3622c VL2822c VL2222c Parameter details 8 4 Function Name Option Description Output Method Print Select this option to print immediately Secure Print Select this option to save the document to be printed in Secure Document User Box of the machine When printing entering the ID and Password is required from the control panel of the machine Select this op tion when printing highly confidential documents Save in User Box Select this option to save the document to be printed in a User Box of the machine Save in User Box Print Select this option to save the document in a User Box and print at the same time Proof Print After one copy of the document is printed the machine stops printing temporarily Select this option to avoid misprinting a large volume of print jobs ID amp Print Select this option to save the do
78. users is permitted When the above troubleshooting does not eliminate the problem refer to the User s Guide Copy Operations 14 4 VL3622c VL2822c VL2222c 14 2 Cannot configure the settings Cannot print according to the settings 14 14 2 14 2 1 Cannot configure the settings Cannot print according to the set tings Check the following items when you cannot configure settings of the printer driver or cannot print according to the settings you have configured Reference Some items for the printer driver may not be configured simultaneously The printer driver settings have no effect Problem Cannot select items in the print er driver Possible Cause Some functions cannot be com bined Remedy Grayed out items cannot be con figured A conflict message saying unable to configure or func tion will be canceled appears You are trying to configure the functions that cannot be com bined Check carefully the functions you have specified and then specify the functions that can be com bined Cannot print according to the settings you have configured The settings may not be config ured correctly The selected functions can be combined in the printer driver but may not be combined in this machine Check the setting of each item of the printer driver The paper size or paper orienta tion specified in the application may take precedence over the set
79. via the Internet an intranet or other TCP IP network HTTP The acronym for HyperText Transfer Protocol This is a protocol used to send or receive data between a Web server and a client such as a Web browser HTTP can exchange files such as images sounds and movies that are associated with documents including their presentation formats and other information IPP The acronym for Internet Printing Protocol This is a protocol used to send or re ceive print data or control printers via the Internet or other TCP IP network IPP can also send and print data to printers in remote areas via the Internet IPX One of the protocols used for NetWare IPX runs in the network layer of the OSI reference model VL3622c VL2822c VL2222c 15 13 15 Glossary 15 4 Term Description IPX SPX The abbreviation for Internetwork Packet Exchange Sequenced Packet Ex change This is a protocol developed by Novell Inc typically used in NetWare environments IP Address An address or a code used to identify an individual network device on the Inter net IPv4 Internet Protocol version 4 a protocol widely used today adopts a 32 bit number for an IP address separated into four sections An example of an IPv4 IP address is 192 168 1 10 On the other hand IPv6 Internet Protocol version 6 the next generation protocol adopts 128 bit IP addresses An IP address is as signed to every computer or other device
80. 00 12 4 10 Print without Authentication Specify whether to allow the print jobs without authentication specified when the machine is performing user authentication or account track Default Restrict Allow Select this option to allow the print jobs to be printed when an ID and password for user au thentication or an account name and password for account track are not specified Printing is counted as a public job Restrict Select this option not to allow the print jobs to be printed when an ID and password for user authentication or an account name and password for account track are not specified Reference 4 If the print jobs without authentication specified are permitted to be printed printing can be performed on this machine performing user authentication or account track even if user authentication or account track is not specified in the printer driver Select Restrict if you want to control usage for the counter management or security reasons A print job without authentication specified means a job that performed printing without enabling User Authentication or Account Track in the printer driver In Windows it means a job for which User Authen tication or Account Track is set to Disable in Configure tab Device Option in the Properties window In Macintosh OS X it means a job for which the User Authentication or Account Track check box is not selected in the Output Method window In the Administrator
81. 008 based computers requires the administrator author ity Since the printer is searched for during the installation be sure to connect this machine to the network before turning it on Insert the printer driver DVD ROM for Windows into the DVD ROM drive of the computer Click Start and then select Control Panel Click Printers under Hardware and Sound The Printers window appears 3 When Control Panel is displayed in Classic View double click Printers Click Add a printer on the toolbar The Add Printer window appears Click Add a local printer The page for Choose a printer port appears Click Create a new port and then select the port type 3 To use the LPR Port9100 protocol select Standard TCP IP Port 3 To use the SMB connection select Local Port Click Next Specify the IP address and port 3 To use the LPR Port9100 protocol select TCP IP Device and then enter the IP address 3 To use the SMB connection enter NetBIOS name print service name in the Port Name box 3 Enter the same NetBIOS name and print service name specified in Print Settings in SMB Settings Click Next gt If the Additional Port Information Required dialog box appears go to Step 10 3 Ifthe Install the printer driver dialog box appears go to Step 13 Select Custom and then click Settings Change the settings according to the port and then click OK 3 For LPR connection select
82. 1 211 Authentication Account Track Y Paper Size wy te ora qp Copies 1 1 9999 Zoom 25 400 C O Ohio ae EA Same as Original Size y Manual E Al A Paper Tray A Offset de E VA Auto EZ Paper Type A El 2 Er Plain Paper WakepenselicosfosEsciu li Printer View Printer Infomation Defaut OK _ Cancel Help VL3622c VL2822c VL2222c 11 17 11 Printing a document on the machine for which user authentication is specified 11 4 3 Select Recipient User and then enter a User Name and Password that are registered with the ma chine 3 The user name and password can each contain up to 64 characters 3 f Public User access is allowed on the printer the printer can be used by Public User 3 The password can also be specified in the printer driver in advance as the default value and indi vidual jobs do not require password entry User Authentication Account Track xs User Authentication Account Track Public User Department Name Recipient User User Name Paon Password OK Cancel Help gt When user authentication is performed with the Authentication Manager you must enter the user information specified by the server administrator The windows and input items that appear vary ac cording to the settings For details contact your server administrator Click OK to determine the settings and start printing If t
83. 1 33 e When OpenAPI is used and SSL is enabled it is possible for the machine to obtain the common en cryption key provided that the device information of the printer driver can be obtained automatically 1 In the Administrator Settings screen press Security Settings gt For details on displaying the Administrator Settings screen refer to page 12 40 2 Inthe Security Settings screen press Driver Password Encryption Setting 3 Press the desired button 2 To change the encryption passphrase of the printer driver select User Specified and then set the encryption passphrase Bookmark Utility y Administrator Settings Administrator Settings gt Security gt Driver Password Encryption Set il Settings ng User Defined Use Factory Default CNN Bassphrase A Settings Driver Password Eneryprion 04 13 2009 15 00 M Cancel Memory 100 C Reference For details on selecting User Defined for the encryption passphrase refer to page 11 33 12 60 VL3622c VL2822c VL2222c 1 3 Web Connection 13 1 Using Web Connection 1 3 OO 13 Web Connection 13 1 Using Web Connection Web Connection is a device control utility provided by the HTTP server built in the printer controller Using a Web browser on a computer connected to the network you can change machine settings and check the status of the machine Using this utility you can configure some settings
84. 11 2 2 11 3 11 3 1 11 3 2 11 4 11 5 11 5 1 11 6 11 6 1 11 6 2 11 7 11 7 1 11 7 2 11 8 11 8 1 11 8 2 11 9 11 9 1 Print operations 5 nae decet iilius 10 3 Default settings of the printer driver eeeeeieeeeee esie cerrar 10 4 Opti m SOUS Mc 10 4 Registering the default settings coonnnnccccnnnnnonccccnnncoocccconnnnnnnnncnnnnnnnnn cnn nnnnnnn nn cnn anne cnn cnn nnnn ennnen nnn 10 5 Parameter d t il ii is 10 6 Page AttribUtes torn ia a li ad cta 10 6 Specifying the custom page SIZES oooccconnconinnccnnnnnnnn rra 10 6 Coalicion aiii el ias 10 7 Layout Combination 2 ed e eee nen een eate Sec ERE eee Hug 10 7 Printer specific options Finishing Option 1 to B oconncccccnnnnncccccncnnnananncnnnnnnnnncnnnnnnnnnnccncnnnnnn cora nnnnnnnes 10 8 n Details PRO O8 PRIN ccc 25 occc donne dais 11 3 Setting the printer driVer in ark eu iata anda ge ane Una 11 3 For WindOWS uim eeepc de Qi a ice ect E 11 3 For Mac OS X4 uenti ede atre tdeo tied ee ct tentes aa Hee vested eee eel ade 11 4 Recalling a job from the control panel oocccccc noniccccccccnancnccnncnnonnncnnnnnnnnnccnnnnnnnn nn nn anne n nn nne nn nnne rnnt nnn 11 4 Er LN em 11 6 Setting the Printer driver t m 11 6 For WIDdOWS eot od ted tette cmm horda 11 6 For MacOS Aci meti tefte pes d aq Ee eben Tues 11 7 Recalling a job fr
85. 12 33 12 User settings 12 2 2 3 4 Press TIFF Image Paper Setting Press Paper Selection Job List Use the menu buttons or keypad to make a selection gt User Settings gt Printer Settings Basic Settings Print Reports J 6 Paper Setting A 7 TIFF Image Paper Setting PCL Settings PS Setting XPS Settings 10 06 2008 15 20 Memory 100 Select item and enter setting aI dd er Settings gt TIFF Image Paper Setting TIFF Image Paper Setting Press the desired button Booknar TIFF Image Paper Setting Paper Sele n Auto Paper Select 10 06 2008 15 31 Memory 100 JobList List T Select job setting Utility gt Printer Settings gt TIFF Image Paper Setting Paper Selection Auto Paper Select Paper Select 10 06 2008 15 31 Memory 100 Job Setting Auto Paper Select Priority Paper Size 12 34 VL3622c VL2822c VL2222c 12 2 User settings 12 12 2 29 Link File Error Notification This function enables you to specify processing to be performed if the machine cannot access a link file when attempting to print an XHTML file from a cellular phone or PDA Default ON e ON Prints a link file part in a black frame e OFF Does not print a link file part Reference Cellular Phone PDA Setting is displayed when the optional Local Interface Kit EK 605 is installed while Bluetooth Setting is enabled in t
86. 13 Binding Position Specify the default binding position for 2 sided printing Default Left Bind 1 2 3 4 In the User Settings screen press Printer Settings 3 For details on displaying the User Settings screen refer to page 12 3 Press Paper Setting Press Binding Position elect item and enter setting Utility gt Printer Settings gt Paper Setting Paper Tray A Auto Utility Paper Size A 1 User Settings 2 Sided Print OFF Binding Position Left Bind Printer Settings Staple OFF Paper Setting v NN 10 06 2008 15 27 Memory 100 Press the desired button 1 Job List elect job setting Utility gt Printer Settings gt Paper Setting Job Setting l Paper Tray A Auto Top Bind Paper Size A 8x11 2 Sided Print OFF Left Bind E Binding Position left Bind Right Bind Staple OFF 04 13 2009 15 18 M Memory 100 Paper Setting VL3622c VL2822c VL2222c 12 17 12 User settings 12 2 12 2 14 Staple Configure the staple setting when the data to be printed has no staple setting information Default OFF 1 In the User Settings screen press Printer Settings gt For details on displaying the User Settings screen refer to page 12 3 2 Press Paper Setting 3 Press Staple shaper seinge 4 Press the desired button Job List Reference elect item and enter setting Binding P
87. 2 Memory 1007 The Output Tray Settings screen appears 4 Press the desired button EDT The default setting for each function can be specified Copy Print Utility Tray 2 J Administrator Tray 2 Settings Print Reports System Settings Fax Tray 1 J Tray 1 J Output Settings Output Tray Settings 04 13 2009 15 23 M Memory 100 5 Press OK The output tray is set VL3622c VL2822c VL2222c 12 43 12 Administrator Settings 12 4 3 Delete Secure Print Documents This function deletes all the secure print documents saved 1 In the Administrator Settings screen press System Settings 3 For details on displaying the Administrator Settings screen refer to page 12 40 2 Inthe System Settings screen press User Box Settings 3 Inthe User Box Settings screen press Delete Secure Print Documents Use the menu buttons or keypad to make a selection I vette une ver oon 2 a ESTEE ID a Print Delete Time Betting neiere Tine EL 03 26 2009 16 09 Henory 100 4 To delete the secure print documents press Yes A Are you sure you want to delete all secure print documents Administrator Settings 10 06 2008 15 32 Memory 100 5 Press OK 12 44 VL3622c VL2822c VL2222c 12 4 Administrator Settings 12 12 4 4 Auto Delete Secure Document Specify the length of time for deleting a secure d
88. 2222c 4 21 Windows NT 4 0 4 4 Remove the DVD ROM from the DVD ROM drive This completes the printer driver installation 4 4 Windows NT 4 0 4 4 1 For network connection LPR To use LPR printing specify the port while installing the printer driver Settings for the machine To use LPR printing you must configure the network settings for the machine in advance Items to be configured Description IP address In TCP IP Settings of the machine specify the IP address LPD Setting To use LPR printing In LPD Setting for the machine enable LPD printing EA Reference For details on the network settings for the machine refer to the User s Guide Network Administrator Installing the printer driver manually using the Add Printer Wizard v X Installing the driver to Windows NT 4 0 based computers requires the administrator authority v In Windows NT4 0 to use the LPR port you must have the Microsoft TCP IP Printing service installed in your computer Insert the printer driver DVD ROM for Windows into the DVD ROM drive of the computer Click Start and then select Settings Printers Double click the Add Printer icon Add Printer Wizard starts 4 Onthe page for specifying how the printer is attached select This computer Click Next gt A page for selecting a port appears Click Add Port 1 From the Available Printer Ports list select LPR Port and then click New Port Enter the IP address of
89. 4 48 M Memory 99 4 elect document s and then E hoose the desired function Check Job Preview Selected Documents Print Settings Betania A ae ll l I 10 06 2008 14 57 Cance J Memory 99 3 Documents saved in User Boxes can be transmitted via E mail or fax For details on the User Box functions of the machine refer to the User s Guide Box Operations 5 Change the print conditions as necessary T job List To change document print settings choose from the following options E If you are ready to print touch Start or press Start Print gt Print Details Preview Application o 100 0 Print 1 Sided 2 Sided Full Color Black EBSor tto lt Composition A os oc a Basic Copies ij Color Ema E 10 06 2008 14 57 Memory 99 vl ml cll ll 6 Press Start or the Start key in the control panel The document is printed 3 To stop operations press Cancel 11 16 VL3622c VL2822c VL2222c 11 4 Printing a document on the machine for which user authentication is specified 1 1 11 4 Printing a document on the machine for which user authentica tion is specified When User Authentication is specified on the machine a user name and password must be entered when printing The following four printer drivers support this feature e PCL Printer Driver for Windows PCL driver e PostScript Printer
90. 4 bit x64 environment Select the page description language according to the application used for printing e Either of the installer or Add Printer Wizard can be used for installing the PCL driver PS driver and XPS driver for Windows RA Reference For details on the fax drivers refer to the User s Guide Fax Driver Operations VL3622c VL2822c VL2222c Connection methods selectable in each operating system 3 3 3 3 Connection methods selectable in each operating system The connection method for this machine varies depending on the operating system of the computer The printer driver installation method also varies depending on the connection method This machine can be con nected via a network or a USB interface In network connection the printer driver installation method varies depending on the protocol to be used Network connection Ethernet This machine is connected as a network printer This printing system supports 1000Base T 100Base TX and 10Base T standards In addition TCP IP LPD LPR IPP SMB IPX SPX NetWare AppleTalk EtherTalk protocols are supported The applicable protocols vary depending on the operating system of the computer USB interface This machine is connected as a local printer The USB interface can be connected to a computer running Windows For USB connection this manual covers only the plug and play based setup procedures 3 3 1 Windows Vista
91. 8 Fax window can be opened from the System Preferences in the Apple Menu OS X 10 3 10 4 10 5 3 The Printer Setup Utility Print Center window can be opened from Macintosh HD Applications Utilities OS X 10 2 10 3 10 4 Select the printer name to be deleted and then click or Delete The selected printer is deleted Close the Print amp Fax or Printer Setup Utility Print Center window Drag the following installed files which are located in Macintosh HD Library Printers PPDs Contents Resources Resources en Iproj for OS X 10 2 10 3 10 4 to the Trash icon gt GENERIC36C 1 gz gt GENERIC28C 1 gz gt GENERIC22C 1 gz Delete unnecessary files from Library Printers 3 Drag the 36C 1 folder which is located in Library Printers GENERIC to the Trash icon gt In addition for Mac OS X 10 2 drag all the 36C 1 folders which are located in Library Printers PPDPlugins to the Trash icon Restart the computer This completes removing the printer driver 7 2 2 For Mac OS 9 2 Drag the printer icon on the desktop to the Trash icon Drag the PPD file 36C 1UVxxx ppa which is located in Macintosh HD System Folder Exten sion Printer Descriptions to the Trash icon The related printer driver files are deleted Restart the computer This completes removing the printer driver VL3622c VL2822c VL2222c 7 5 Ma
92. 822c VL2222c Parameter details 8 4 Function Name Description Overlay Info Displays the information of the selected overlay Print on Front Side Print on Back Side Select the check box to specify whether printing is done or not for each of the front side back side Overlay Name Select the overlay name registered in the machine Browse Click this button to display the detailed information of the selected over lay Select Color Select the overlay printing color Density Select the overlay printing density Overwrite Specify the sequence for printing the overlay on top of the original Same as Front Side Clear this check box to specify the same value for both the front and back sides Pages Reference Specify the pages to be printed e Print Device Image of the Overlay function is available only for the PCL driver e The function of Acquire Device Information is available only when your computer is connected to and can communicate with the machine To use Acquire Device Information in Administrator Settings of this machine set System Connection OpenAPI Settings Authentication to OFF For details refer to page 12 56 Editing the copy security Function Name Edit Copy Security CE Jem Copy Security ij Cony Pretec y Print Item Detail Settings Y Characters Serial Number Invalid co
93. Add Sel Click Delete to delete an unnecessary ICC profile 3 To register the current driver settings as the profile click New and then enter the File Name and Profile Name The profile name can be changed in New Edit The selected profile is added to Driver Profile List and it can be selected in the ICC Profile entries in the Quality Adjustment dialog box Click OK VL3622c VL2822c VL2222c 11 41 1 1 Banner printing function 11 11 11 11 Banner printing function On this machine paper size up to 47 1 4 inches 1200 mm in length can be loaded into the bypass tray for printing by configuring on the control panel In the following sections loading long paper and printing on it are referred to as banner printing 11 11 1 Paper Applicable paper Paper width Paper length Paper weight 8 1 4 to 11 11 16 inches 18 to 47 1 4 inches 457 3 to 33 13 16 to 55 7 8 lb 127 g m to 210 to 297 mm 1200 mm 210 g m Using the printer driver select the paper type appropriate for the weight of the banner paper to be used 33 13 16 Ib to 41 3 4 Ib 127 g m to 157 g m Thick 1 Thick 1 Side 2 42 Ib to 55 5 8 lb 158 g m to 209 g m Thick 2 Thick 2 Side 2 55 7 8 Ib 210 g m Thick 3 Thick 3 Side 2 11 11 2 Printer drivers and supported operating systems The following drivers support banner printing e PCL Driver for Windows PCL driver e PostScript Driver for Windows PS driver e XPS Printer Driv
94. AppleTalk tab to enable AppleTalk Click the close button at the top left corner of the window 3 When the This service has unsaved changes message appears click Apply Adding a printer In the Apple Menu select System Preferences Click the Print amp Fax icon Click on the Print amp Fax window Click Default Connected printers are detected 3 f no printer is detected turn this machine off then on again In this case turn off this machine and then wait approximately 10 seconds before turning it on again If you turn the printer on immediately after turning it off it may not function correctly From the Printer Name list select the desired AppleTalk connected model name The printer driver corresponding to the selected printer name is automatically selected 3 After the printer driver is selected go to Step 7 3 f an incorrect printer driver is selected go to Step 6 Select the desired printer driver manually 3 When OS X 10 5 is used select the Select a driver to use from the Print Using and then select the printer driver of the desired model name from the list 3 When OS X 10 4 is used select GENERIC from the Print Using and then select the printer driver of the desired model name from the list Click Add When the selected printer is registered in the Print amp Fax the setting procedure is completed gt Ifthe Installable Options window appears proceed to c
95. Box and Print in Output Method Output Method E Paper View O Detailed Information M collate BirzxTt Offset 81 2x11 Output Method Y Print Secure Print fu Co Save in User Box Save in User Box and Print Proof Print ID amp Print Printer Information Detail Settings 11 14 VL3622c VL2822c VL2222c 11 3 Save in User Box 1 1 3 Enter the File Name of the document and the User Box Number for the save location Save in User Box File Name Ba User Box Number C Save Settings C Default C Cancel J OK 3 Selecting the Save Settings check box saves the settings In addition if the Do not show this win dow when setting check box is selected the dialog box does not appear when the function is spec ified 4 Print the document 11 3 2 Recalling a job from the control panel The Save in User Box and Save in User Box Print jobs are saved in a User Box of the specified number To print a document saved in a User Box open the specified box to retrieve the document If a password is specified for the User Box the User Box password is required Reference o User Box documents are automatically deleted after a certain length of time has elapsed since their reg istration The default setting for this time is 1 day and the value can be specified when creating a User Box RA Reference For details on the f
96. C DetalSetings C Default Cancel Print 3 Select Recipient User and then enter a User Name and Password that are registered with the ma chine 3 The user name and password can each contain up to 64 characters gt f Public User Access access is allowed on the printer the printer can be used by Public User User Authentication O Public User 10 Recipient User User Name User01 Password User Authentication Server Setting C Save Settings Default C Cancel J OK 3 Selecting the Save Settings check box saves the settings In addition if the Do not show this win dow when setting check box is selected the dialog box does not appear when the function is spec ified 3 When user authentication is performed with the Authentication Manager you must enter the user information specified by the server administrator The windows and input items that appear vary ac cording to the settings For details contact your server administrator 4 Click OK to determine the settings and start printing If the entered user name is a name enabled on the machine the job is printed and counted as a job for the specified user Reference e It is necessary to configure server settings when user authentication is performed with the server Click User Authentication Server Setting and then select a server e When authentication is performed with the Authenti
97. CP IP protocol IPPS is an for the IPPS connec IPP for SSL encrypted communi tion method cation USB A connection using a USB port Connection meth LPR A network connection using the Windows XP Server od in which setup LPR Line Printer Remote print 2003 p 4 11 is possible using service It uses a TCP IP protocol Windows 2000 p 4 17 Add Printer Wizard and the LPR printing port Port9100 A network connection using the PORT9100 print service It uses a TCP IP protocol and the RAW printing port SMB A network connection using SMB Server Message Block for shar ing files or printers in Windows It supports the TCP IP protocol IPP IPPS A network connection using the IPP Internet Printing Protocol print service Printing via the In ternet is possible with the HTTP HyperText Transfer Protocol of the TCP IP protocol IPPS is an IPP for SSL encrypted communi cation USB A connection using a USB port Connection meth USB A connection using a USB port Windows XP Server od in which plug 2003 p 4 16 and play based Windows 2000 p 4 21 setup is possible Reference o To use Windows 2000 XP Server 2003 log on to the computer using a user name with the Administra tor privileges and then install the printer driver e The installer does not support installation in the IPv6 environment of Windows XP Server 2003 C Reference Before you can use this machine in the network environment you must configure network setti
98. Copies 4 Collated Pages 6 All O From To Paper Source 6 All pagesfrom Auto Select O First page from Tray j Remaining from Tray1 Description Copies Specify the number of copies to be printed Collated Select this check box to collate pages sequentially when printing multiple sets of copies Pages Specify the page range to print Paper Source Select the paper tray and paper type to be used 10 3 4 Layout Combination Specify this item to print multiple pages on one page Function Name 824 Destination Printer Layout Layout direction Hh 21 2 1 Save Settings Description Pages per sheet Multiple pages can be combined on a single page Layout direction Specify the page combination order Border Specify the borders between pages VL3622c VL2822c VL2222c 10 7 10 Parameter details 10 3 10 3 5 Printer specific options Finishing Option 1 to 5 Specify the printer specific options These options can be specified when functions of the machine such as stapling and punching are to be used Function Name 871 Destination Printer Finishing Options 1 Offset Output Tray Binding Position Print Type Combination Punch Save Settings Description Offset Specify offset Output Tray Select the output tray
99. Default Setting v Eat C Watemark m Copy Securty E IA E cpm amp NO REPRODUCTIO ae 2 Date Time Page Number Overlay None E ex A Header Footer A a z va E ERE a a G reer eoe hose funciona nie gt E OK Cancel Heb Function Name Option Description Watermark ON OFF Select this check box to print the document with a wa termark character stamp overlapped Clicking Edit allows you to create change or delete watermarks Edit For details refer to page 8 18 8 16 VL3622c VL2822c VL2222c 8 4 Parameter details Function Name Option Description Overlay None The overlay function is not used Create Host Image Printing the original with this setting creates the overlay data Created data is saved in the computer Print Host Image Select this option to print the original on top of the over lay data created with Create Host Image Selecting this setting displays the overlay data stored in the computer in the list below allowing you to select it Clicking Edit allows you to specify the overlay print ing conditions Print Device Image Select this option to print the original on top of an over lay data of the machine Clicking Edit allows you to specify the overlay data and conditions registered in this machine Edit For details refer to page 8 19 Copy Security ON OFF Copy Pro Specify the special pattern or password to prevent tect Repeat
100. Defaults The Printing Preferences dialog box of the printer appears AS Change the settings of the function and then click OK to exit the function The changed settings are applied when the printer is used by all of the application software C Reference For details on the function and settings of the printer driver refer to page 8 9 The printer driver has the function to save the setting as a Favorite Setting For details refer to page 8 8 VL3622c VL2822c VL2222c 8 7 8 Common Setting 8 3 8 3 Common Setting This section describes the settings and buttons common to tabs Tm Printing Preferences My Tab Basic Layout Finish Cover Mode Stamp Composttion Quaity Other p e Favorite Setting 2 Defaut Setting Add eo Original Orientation Output Method rpm Eno Original Size User Settings i 7 Baterticaton Account Track Y Paper Size Same as Original Size Copies Zoom 25 400 1 zj 1 99991 es 100 El x BEN V Collate e Paper Tray E Offset A E VA Auto m P o1 En Phe Paper Settings for Each Tray Printer View P nterinfomation Core Item Name Functions OK Click this button to enable changed settings and close the properties win g dow Cancel Click this button to disable cancel changed settings and close the proper ties window Hel Click this button to displ
101. Driver for Windows PS driver XPS Printer Driver for Windows XPS driver e PostScript PPD Printer Driver for Mac OS X Reference If you enter an incorrect user name or password for the User Authentication settings of this machine or have not enabled User Authentication you will not be authenticated by this machine and the job will be discarded when printing If an incorrect password is entered the specified number of times while User Authentication settings are configured on the machine and Prohibited Functions When Authentication Error is set to Mode 2 the user may be locked and access to the machine may be blocked e Even a registered user cannot print a document if the user is not allowed to print In addition color print ing is not available for a user who is not authorized for color printing For user authentication contact the administrator of the machine Even when using an optional Authentication Unit for User Authentication enter the user name and password For details refer to the User s Guide Copy Operations For Windows 1 Click to display the Basic tab 2 Click Authentication Account Track Printing Preferences Ex f My Tab Basic Layout Finish Cover Mode Stamp Composition Quality Other Favorite Setting f Default Setting a Edt Original Orientation Output Method Portrait rm E Print El Landscape a Original Size User Settings 8
102. Ethernet 802 2 Ethernet 802 3 Ethernet II Ethernet SNAP Supported protocols TCP IP IPv4 1Pv6 BOOTP ARP ICMP DHCP DHCPv6 AutolP SLP SNMP FTP LPR LPD RAW Socket SMB over TCP IP IPP HTTP POP SMTP LDAP NTP SSL IPX SPX AppleTalk Bonjour NetBEUI WebDAV DPWS S MIME IPsec DNS DynamicDNS LLMNR LLTD Printer language PCL5 c6 Emulation PCL XL ver 2 1 Emulation PostScript 3 Emulation 3016 XPS ver 1 0 Operating environment conditions Temperature 10 to 30 degrees Centigrade Humidity 15 to 85 RH Resolution Data 600 x 600 dpi Print and Fax functions processing 400 x 400 dpi Fax function 200 x 200 dpi Fax function Print 600 dpi x 600 dpi Supported paper sizes Maximum standard size For banner printing Paper width 8 1 4 to 11 11 16 inches 210 to 297 mm x paper length 18 to 47 1 4 inches 457 3 to 1200 mm Fonts Built in fonts lt PCL gt European 80 fonts lt PostScript 3 Emulation gt European 137 fonts Compatible computer IBM PC or compatible and Macintosh PowerPC Intel Processor Intel Processor is for Mac OS X 10 4 10 5 only VL3622c VL2822c VL2222c 15 3 15 Product specifications 15 1 Item Specifications Printer driver PCL Driver PCL driver Windows NT Workstation Version 4 0 Service Pack 6 or later Windows NT Server Version 4 0 Service Pack 6 or later Windows 2000 Professional Service Pack 4 or later Wi
103. F 2 Hole Left 2 Select this check box to specify hole punching Hole Right 2 Hole From the drop down list specify the number of punch Top 3 Hole Left 3 es and the punching position Hole Right 3 Hole Top 4 Hole Left 4 Hole Right 4 Hole Top Fold ON OFF Half Fold Select this check box to specify folding From the drop down list specify the folding condition 8 14 VL3622c VL2822c VL2222c Parameter details Function Name Option Description Output Tray Default Tray 1 and Tray Specify the tray to output the printed pages 3 Selectable items vary depending on the option installa tion status Paper Arrange Prioritize Arranging Pa Specify the method for paper arrangement adjusting ment pers Prioritize Produc the binding position for 2 sided printing When Priori tivity tize Arranging Papers is selected the paper arrange ment process is performed after receiving all data When Prioritize Productivity is selected the paper ar rangement process is performed while receiving and printing data Reference e The Staple function is available only if the optional Finisher FS 527 or Finisher FS 529 is installed e The Punch function is available only when the Punch Kit is installed on the optional Finisher FS 527 o The Center Staple and Fold and Fold functions are available only when the Saddle Stitcher is in stalled on the optional Finisher FS 527 Cover Mode tab Func
104. Green UM Blue Print Position Top Left El El lt gt 65 C Do not show this window when setting Default Cancel C OK gt Description Format Displays the format of the date and time to be printed Pages Specify the pages to print the date and time Text Color Specify the text color used for printing Print Position Editing Page Number Function Name Specify the print position Page Number Starting Page nm 8 1 99999 Starting Page Number A f2u 99995 M Cover Mode Print on Front and Back Cover 4 Text Color Black inc 0 Green MB Rue Print Position El Bottom led C Do not show this window when setting Default Cancel Gok Description Starting Page Specify the page to start printing the page number Starting Page Number Specify the start number for printing the page number Cover Mode Specify whether the page number is printed on the front cover page and the back cover page when attaching the cover pages Text Color Specify the text color used for printing Print Position Specify the print position 9 22 VL3622c VL2822c VL2222c 9 5 Parameter details Editing Header Footer Header Footer Function Name Recall Header Footer Machine Setting1 H4 Distribution Control Number Print in Header IM Print in F
105. IFF Image Paper Setting 72 33 To Login Screen 73 7 Uninstall 7 5 USB Timeout 72 53 User Authentication 9 72 User Box 77 8 11 26 User Settings 8 72 12 3 Utility Counter 72 3 Verify XPS Digital Signature 72 37 XPS Setting 72 37 VL3622c VL2822c VL2222c 16 7 1 6 Index by button 16 2 16 8 VL3622c VL2822c VL2222c Reader s comment sheet Reader s comment sheet Questions Have you found this manual to be accurate O Yes O No Were you able to operate the product after reading this manual O Yes O No Does this manual provide sufficient background information O Yes O No Is the format of this manual convenient in size readability and arrangement page layout chapter order etc O Yes O No Could you find the information you were looking for O Always O Most of the times O Sometimes O Not at all What did you use to find the required information O Table of contents O Index Are you satisfied with this manual O Yes O No Thank you for evaluating this manual If you have other comments or concerns please explain or suggest improvements overleaf or on a separate sheet Comments Reader s comment sheet Date This reader s comment sheet is completed by If you prefer to remain unknown please do fill in your occupation Name Occupation Company Phone Address City Country Please return this sheet to Oc Technologies B V For the attention of ITC User Docume
106. Internet Explorer and Flash Player Version 9 and above environments When User Authentication or Account Track is enabled If Authentication Manager is used for authentication ask your server administrator about the login proce dure The User Authentication or Account Track page appears Enter the required items to log in Language Login View Mode User Assist Web Connection OS Language OS Language v Public User amp Registered User User Name Password Administrator Flash C HTML Flash Player is necessary to see in Flash form flssirptaver F Display dialog box in case of warning Starting up Data Management Utility Flash Player is required to use the Data Management Utility Manage Copy Protect Data B Manage Stamp Data nManage Font Macro 1 1 Can only run on Windows Internet Explorer and Flash Player Version 9 and above environments Login y To log in as a different user or as an administrator log out once 13 6 VL3622c VL2822c VL2222c 13 2 Login and Logout 13 13 2 2 y Log in again Language Login View Mode User Assist Web Connection OS Language OS Language sj Public User Registered User User Name Password Administrator e Flash C HTML Flash Player is necessary to see in Flash form papoa 5 F Display dialog box in case of warning Starting up Data Manageme
107. L3622c VL2822c VL2222c Parameter details 9 5 Function Name Option Description Copy Security ON OFF Specify the special pattern or password to prevent copying Click Settings to specify items to be print ed positions composition method and password Settings For details refer to page 9 20 Date Time ON OFF Select this check box to print the date and time Click Settings to specify items and pages to be printed and positions Settings For details refer to page 9 22 Page Number ON OFF Select this check box to print page number Click Set tings to specify items and pages to be printed and positions Settings For details refer to page 9 22 Header Footer ON OFF Select this check box to print the header and footer Select the header footer from the list specified in the main unit Click Settings to specify items and pages to be printed Settings For details refer to page 9 23 Editing the copy security Copy Security Copy Security i 2 Copy Protect Print tem Detail Settings M Characters Invalid copy H Date Time 7 1 2 C Serial Number C Distribution Control Number 1 PL Job Number C Do not show this window when setting Default Cancel y C OK Function Name Description Copy Security Select a function to prevent unauthorized copying Copy Protect Composes the specified
108. Macintosh Operating system Mac OS 9 2 O8 X 10 2 8 10 3 10 4 10 5 CPU PowerPC Intel Processor Intel Processor must be Mac OS X 10 4 10 5 only Memory Memory capacity as recommended for your operating system Drive DVD ROM drive VL3622c VL2822c VL2222c Operating environment 2 2 2 2 2 Interfaces used for connection To connect this printing system to a computer the following interfaces can be used Ethernet Use this interface to use this printing system via a network connection It supports 1000Base T 100Base TX and 10Base T standards In addition TCP IP LPD LPR IPP SMB Web services IPX SPX NetWare AppleTalk EtherTalk protocols are supported USB interface Use this interface to use this printing system via a USB connection The USB interface can be connected to a computer running Windows A USB cable is required for connection Use a type A 4 pin male or type B 4 pin male USB cable A USB cable measuring three meters or less is recommended Connection diagram The printer cables are connected to each port on this machine Back side of the machine 1 Ethernet port 1000Base T 100Base TX 10Base T 2 USB port 2 8 VL3622c VL2822c VL2222c 2 3 Setup procedure 2 2 3 Setup procedure To use this printing system you must complete the setup in advance The setup refers to a series of procedures for connecting t
109. Memory 1007 12 30 VL3622c VL2822c VL2222c 12 2 User settings 12 12 2 26 Verify XPS Digital Signature Specify whether to perform digital signature verification in XPS printing When ON is specified for the sig nature verification the document without a valid digital signature is not printed Default OFF 1 In the User Settings screen press Printer Settings gt For details on displaying the User Settings screen refer to page 12 3 2 Press XPS Settings gt If an error is detected in the signature verification while Print XPS Errors is specified to print the information the error information is printed For details refer to page 12 54 Use the menu buttons or keypad to make a selection Utility gt User Settings gt Printer Settings 1 Basic Settings Print Reports i 6 Paper Setting 7 TIFF Image Paper Setting y Printer Settings PS Setting XPS Settings 4 4 PCL Settings 3 4 4 10 06 2008 15 20 Memory 100 3 Press Verify XPS Digital Signature Job List Select item and enter setting Utility gt Printer Settings gt XPS Setting a verify XPS Digital Signature OFF Utility y y y XPS Setting 04 13 2009 15 20 Ki Memory 100 4 Press the desired button Job List E Select job setting A Utility gt Printer Settings gt XPS Setting Job Setting Verify XPS Digital Signature an Utility y EEES y Printer Settings y XPS Setti
110. NetWare operation manual To use the machine in the NetWare environment you must configure the network settings for the machine in advance For details refer to User s Guide Network Administrator VL3622c VL2822c VL2222c Connection methods selectable in each operating system 3 3 VL3622c VL2822c VL2222c Manual Installation Using the Add Printer Wizard 4 1 Windows Vista Server 2008 4 4 4 1 4 1 1 Manual Installation Using the Add Printer Wizard This chapter describes the procedure for installing the Windows printer driver using the standard Windows Add Printer function without using the installer Windows Vista Server 2008 For network connection LPR Port 9100 SMB In Windows Vista Server 2008 you can install the printer driver either by searching for the printer on the net work or by creating a new printer port Settings for the machine Before using Port9100 LPR or SMB printing you must configure the network settings for the machine Items to be configured Description IP address In TCP IP Settings of the machine specify the IP address RAW port number To use Port9100 printing In TCP IP Settings for the machine enable the RAW port number initial setting 9100 LPD Setting To use LPR printing In LPD Setting for the machine enable LPD printing SMB Setting To use SMB printing At Print Settings in SMB Settings for the machine specify NetBI
111. ON OFF Select this check box to insert interleaves when printing terleave transparencies It can be specified when Transparency is selected for Paper Type Off Blank It is specified so that the transparency interleave is out put in blank this setting cannot be changed Off Tray 1 to Tray 4 LCT Select the paper tray for the transparency interleaves Selectable items vary depending on the option installa tion status 9 5 7 Per Page Setting The print type and paper tray can be specified for each page This function is convenient if you want to change the paper tray while printing multiple pages The settings can be registered in the list and used as necessary Per Page Setting he 9 Paper View O Detailed Information C Per Page Setting pias 8 1 2x11 x1 a al PX Va Printer Information C De ak Cancel Print Function Name Option Description Per Page Set ON OFF Select this check box to insert paper between pages ting and switch the paper and tray for each page Ada Click this button to display the Per Page Setting dialog box to create a list specifying conditions Delete Click this button to delete the list Edit Click this button to display the Per Page Setting dialog box to edit a list specifying conditions 9 18 VL3622c VL2822c VL2222c 9 5 Parameter details Editing Per Page Setting Function Name List Name ListO1 Per Page Setting Page Number Print Type Paper T
112. OTICE f the model name installed options user authentication and account track functions for the machine are not specified on the Configure tab the option functions cannot be used from the Printing Preferences window of the printer driver Be sure to contigure the settings for the installed options 8 2 1 Displaying the Properties window Open the Printers window or Printers and Faxes window 3 In Windows Vista Server 2008 click Start open Control Panel and then click Printers in Hard ware and Sound When Control Panel is displayed in Classic View double click Printers 3 In Windows XP Server 2003 click Start then Printers and Faxes 3 In Windows XP Server 2003 if Printers and Faxes is not displayed in the Start menu open Con trol Panel from the Start menu select Printers and Other Hardware then Printers and Faxes When Control Panel is displayed in Classic View double click Printers 3 In Windows 2000 NT 4 0 click Start and then select Settings then Printers N 8 2 2 Configure tab Right click the icon of the installed printer and click Properties PCL Properties za General Sharing Ports Advanced Color Management Security Configure Settings Device Option BHD Paper Source Unt PC 207 Finisher FS 527 J5 603 E Punch Unit PK517 2 3Hole Saddle Kt SD 509 Hard Disk Installed Secure Print Only paet User Authentication ON Device S Sett
113. Oc VarioLink 2222c VarioLink 2822c VarioLink 3622c User manual Print Operations Thank you for selecting an Oc solution for your document production and management needs The following information will help you get the most productive and reliable use out of your system Oc brand supplies are designed for Oc multi function copy print fax systems to ensure maximum product performance and quality Substituting other supplies may result in inferior image quality and machine malfunction To order supplies call the Oc Supply Line 1 800 462 6797 US 1 866 462 4478 CAN 01277 846 146 UK Should your system develop a problem that cannot be remedied by using the maintenance or troubleshooting procedures outlined in this manual please contact Oc Technical Support by calling 1 800 243 5556 US 1 866 462 4478 CAN 08708 500 749 UK For faster service please have your machine model and serial number available before calling Meter Reading Overview If your monthly Oc invoices are calculated based on your product usage You can help ensure accurate billing by providing us with accurate meter reads every month There are three methods to enter meter readings 1 If your equipment is networked and your organization has an SMTP mail server you can set up the product to automatically share the meter information with Oc This is the most popular and least time intensive method for you Your service repres
114. OpenOffice PPD and then click OK From the Please Select a Suitable driver list select 36C 1 OpenOffice PPD and then click Next 8 In the Choose a command line window select the printer registered to CUPS and then click Next 9 Click Finish VL3622c VL2822c VL2222c 15 11 15 PPD driver For Linux and applications 15 3 Printing with OpenOffice In OpenOffice select File Print Select 36C 1 OpenOffice PPD in Printer name Click Properties Select the desired setting in Page size and then click OK To configure settings other than Page Size click Configure Printer in CUPS Click OK in the OpenOffice print window to print 15 3 3 PPD driver for applications PPD registration destination Example Adobe PageMaker e For PageMaker 6 0 Copy the PPD file to RSRCPPD4 under the folder to which PageMaker is installed e For PageMaker 6 5 and 7 0 Copy the PPD file to RSRC lt Language gt PPD4 under the folder to which PageMaker is installed How to print Select File Print From the PPD box in the print window select this machine 3 Configure the Paper and Features settings for the printer Click the Print button to print 15 12 VL3622c VL2822c VL2222c Glossary 15 Glossary Term Description 10Base T Aset of specifications under the Ethernet standards Those cables that consist of 100Base TX twisted copper wire pairs are used The transmission rates of 10Base T 1000Ba
115. Otherwise normal printing may be interfered 1 In the User Settings screen press Printer Settings 3 For details on displaying the User Settings screen refer to page 12 3 2 Press Basic Settings 3 Press Spool Print Jobs in HDD before RIP JobList Select item and enter setting 10 06 2008 15 20 Memory 100 4 7 Select job setting SR Ro barre RFP SSS 1 2 JobList 10 06 2008 15 20 Memory 100 12 8 VL3622c VL2822c VL2222c 12 2 User settings 12 12 2 5 A4 A3 lt gt LTR LGR Auto Switch When the paper of the size specified with the printer driver is not loaded on the tray size conversion between A4 and Letter or A3 and Ledger is executed to use paper of the next most similar size Default OFF Reference e The image may be affected since printing is forced 1 In the User Settings screen press Printer Settings 3 For details on displaying the User Settings screen refer to page 12 3 2 Press Basic Settings 3 Select A4 A3 lt gt LTR LGR Auto Switch 4 Job List Utility User Settings y Printer Settings Basic Settings Select job setting Utility gt Printer Settings gt Basic Settings Utility y User Settings y Printer Settings Basic Settings E Select item and enter setting Utility gt Printer Settings gt Basic Settings 10 06 2008 15 20 Memory 100
116. Page Print System Settings Output Settings Print Fax Output Settings 10 06 2008 15 32 Memory 100 The timing for printing data is set gt If Batch Print is selected printing starts after all the data is received If Page Print is selected print ing starts when the data for the first page is received Reference e If the Administrator Security Levels is set to Level 2 this setting item can be specified in the User Settings as well Press User Settings System Settings Output Settings Print Fax Output Set tings to display the Print Fax Output Setting screen e For details on the administrator security levels refer to the User s Guide Copy Operations 12 42 VL3622c VL2822c VL2222c 12 4 Administrator Settings 12 12 4 2 Output Tray Settings Configure the default output tray settings Default Print Tray 2 1 In the Administrator Settings screen press System Settings 3 For details on displaying the Administrator Settings screen refer to page 12 40 2 Inthe System Settings screen press Output Settings 3 Inthe Output Settings screen press Output Tray Settings Use the menu buttons or keypad to make a selection Administrator Settings gt System Settings gt Output Settings Utility 1 Print Fax Output Settings 2 2 Output Tray Settings Administrator Settings System Settings 4 Shift Output Each Job Output Settings 10 06 2008 15 3
117. Proof Print in Output Method Output Method Paper View O Detailed Information M collate d Offset 8 1 2x11 Output Method Y Print Secure Print Save in User Box zm Save in User Box and Print By Proof Print e ID amp Print st a Fane 3 Specify the desired number of copies and print One copy is printed for checking 3 In OS 9 2 the proof printing can be selected at Output Method in Finishing Options 3 screen 11 1 2 Recalling a job from the control panel Reference e For details on the functions of the keys on the control panel refer to the User s Guide Copy Opera tions 1 Press Job List on the control panel and then press Job Details Delete vl ud cd d A The Print window appears 11 4 VL3622c VL2822c VL2222c 11 1 Proof Print 2 While Current Jobs is displayed press Release Held Job Allows you to check jobs currently running or those in queue Receive Job History No Name Status Document Nane Storea Org e5 Delete Increase Priority y Release Held Job 4 F Job Details 06 2008 14 52 The Release Held Job screen appears 3 From the job list select the job you want to print gt To print the remaining number of copies continue with Step 6 3 To change the printing conditions continue with Step 4 JobList Select desired job to print and press Start To copy 1 set for proofing pre
118. QQ Reference For details on specifying the IP address for the machine refer to the User s Guide Network Administrator For details on the IPP Settings for the machine refer to the User s Guide Network Administrator Configuring the TCP IP settings for the computer Configure the TCP IP settings for the Macintosh computer connected to the printer 1 Inthe Apple Menu select System Preferences Click the Network icon The Ethernet setting window appears 3 For OS X 10 5 select Ethernet and then click Advanced 3 For OS X 10 4 select Built in Ethernet and then click Configure 4 Click the TCP IP tab Configure the settings including the IP address and subnet mask according to the settings of the net work to which the Macintosh computer is connected 6 Click the close button at the top left corner of the window 3 When the This service has unsaved changes message appears click Apply Adding a printer In the Apple Menu select System Preferences Click the Print amp Fax icon Click on the Print amp Fax window Printer Browser appears Click IP or IP Printer In Protocol select Internet Printing Protocol IPP In Address enter the IP address for the machine In Queue enter ipp The printer driver corresponding to this machine being identified with its IP address is automatically se lected 3 After the printer driver is selected go to Step 8
119. Server 2008 Setup procedures Connection method Reference page Connection meth Port 9100 A network connection using the e Select a connection od in which install PORT9100 print service It uses a method during instal er based setup is TCP IP protocol and the RAW lation procedures possible printing port Select Normal Print IPP A network connection using the EN IPP Internet Printing Protocol method or Internet print service Printing via the In Printing for the IPP ternet is possible with the HTTP connection method HyperText Transfer Protocol of the TCP IP protocol USB A connection using a USB port Connection meth LPR A network connection using the p 4 3 od in which setup LPR Line Printer Remote print is possible using service It uses a TCP IP protocol Add Printer Wizard and the LPR printing port Port9100 A network connection using the PORT9100 print service It uses a TCP IP protocol and the RAW printing port SMB A network connection using SMB Server Message Block for shar ing files or printers in Windows It supports the TCP IP protocol IPP IPPS A network connection using the IPP Internet Printing Protocol print service Printing via the In ternet is possible with the HTTP HyperText Transfer Protocol of the TCP IP protocol IPPS is an IPP for SSL encrypted communi cation Web service It is a connection corresponding print to Web Service function of Win dows Vista Server 2008 and ca pable of automatica
120. Settings screen press User Authentication Account Track gt For details on displaying the Administrator Settings screen refer to page 12 40 In the User Authentication Account Track screen press Print without Authentication Press the desired button Touch Allow to allow printing without authentication Bookmark Administrator Settings gt User Account gt Print without Authentication Utility Administrator Settings Cena User y Print without Authentication 10 06 2008 15 35 Memory 1007 Press OK The print without authentication is specified VL3622c VL2822c VL2222c 12 51 12 Administrator Settings 12 4 12 4 11 Single Color gt 2 Color Output Management Configure whether to manage the output of a single color or 2 colors as color print or black print When managing it as black print even a user who is restricted from performing color printing can create a single color or 2 color output Default Color Color Select this option to count the printing done in a single color or 2 colors as color printing Black Select this option to count the printing done in a single color or 2 color as black printing 1 In the Administrator Settings screen press User Authentication Account Track gt For details on displaying the Administrator Settings screen refer to page 12 40 2 Inthe User Authentication Account Track screen press User Account Common Setting
121. Text Q use dX Ready to Scan L1 Ready to Print Address Book List New Registration The other party who wants to transmit data can be registered Logout Change Password 12 2 En To Main Menu E mail Ns Fareon Name Search by number Search from Index 1 50 Tokyo S MIME Edit Delete Delete Head Office 1F Head Office 2F Delete Delete 200006 Inc Delete yyyy Co LTD User Box 2 Eas Delete Delete Item Description Address Book Enables you to check the address book registered in this machine or to register and change an address Group Enables you to check the group address book registered in this machine or to reg ister and change an address Program Enables you to check the program address book registered in this machine or to register and change an address Temporary One Enables you to check the temporary program address book registered in this ma Touch chine or to register and change an address Subject Allows you to register or change up to 10 subjects when sending E mails Text Allows you to register or change up to 10 body messages when sending E mails 18 18 VL3622c VL2822c VL2222c 13 4 Overview of the user mode 13 13 4 6 Customize This function enables you to specify the initial screen after logging in a user Logout Change Pa
122. When Authentication Error in Administrator Settings is set to Mode 2 and a user enters an incorrect password the specified number of times the document is locked To re lease from the operation prohibition status contact your administrator 6 Select the document to be printed on the Print tab and then press Print The contents and a preview of the document can be checked in Document Details lob list elect document s and then ts hoose the desired function Check Job Preview Selected Documents Print Settings Print 4 Document Details y 10 06 2008 14 55 Cancel Memory 99 7 Change the print conditions as necessary To change document print settings choose from the following options If you are ready to print touch Start or press Start Print gt Print Details Preview Basic Application m REST Full Color Black Ehape r insert aiit YScE Pe 100 0 Page Margin 4 ij Color Stamps Composition 4 Combine ES 10 06 2008 14 55 Memory 99 Ema RE vl ml cll ll 8 Press Start or the Start key in the control panel 3 The document is printed 3 To stop operations press Cancel 11 12 VL3622c VL2822c VL2222c 11 3 Save in User Box 1 1 11 3 Save in User Box The Save in User Box function saves print jobs in a User Box of the machine Because the print jobs are print ed by specifying
123. Windows XP select Add a printer from the Printer Tasks menu In Windows Server 2003 double click Add Printer Add Printer Wizard starts Click Next Select Local printer attached to this computer and then click Next gt 3 Clear the Automatically detect and install my Plug and Play printer check box The Select a Printer Port page appears Select Create a new port and then select Standard TCP IP Port as the Type of port Click Next gt Add Standard TCP IP Printer Port Wizard starts Click Next gt In the Printer Name or IP Address box enter the IP address for the machine and then click Next gt gt If the Additional Port Information Required dialog box appears go to Step 10 3 Ifthe Finish screen appears go to Step 13 Select Custom and then click Settings Change the settings according to the port and then click OK 3 For LPR connection select LPR and then enter Print in the Queue Name box 3 You must discriminate between upper and lower case letters when entering it 3 For Port9100 select Raw and then enter a RAW port number initial setting 9100 in the Port Number box VL3622c VL2822c VL2222c 4 11 Windows XP Server 2003 4 2 12 13 14 15 16 17 19 N 22 Click Next gt Click Finish Add Printer Wizard appears Click Have Disk Click Browse Select a desired printer driver folder in
124. X Dy MEM iii 16 3 16 2 Index by Dutt ee ces 16 6 VL3622c VL2822c VL2222c Contents 7 Contents 8 VL3622c VL2822c VL2222c 1 Introduction 1 1 Welcome k 1 Introduction 1 1 Welcome Thank you for purchasing this machine This User s Guide describes the functions operating instructions precautions for correct operation and sim ple troubleshooting guidelines of this machine In order to obtain maximum performance from this product and use it effectively please read this User s Guide as necessary 1 1 1 User s guides Printed manual Quick Guide Copy Print Fax Scan Box Opera tions User s guide DVD manuals Overview This manual describes operating procedures and the functions that are most frequently used in order to en able you to begin using this machine immediately This manual contains notes and precautions that should be followed to ensure safe usage of this ma chine Please be sure to read this manual before using this machine This manual describes details on trademarks and copyrights e Trademarks and copyrights Overview User s Guide Copy Operations This manual describes details on copy mode opera tions and the settings of this machine e Specifications of originals and copy paper e Copy function e Maintaining this machine e Tro
125. XP Vista Server 2003 Server 2008 go on to uninstall the printer driver from the server properties 5 Open Server Properties 3 In Windows Vista Server 2008 right click on the area that has nothing displayed in the Printers window click Run as administrator Server Properties 3 In Windows 2000 XP Server 2003 click the File menu then Server Properties 3 Ifthe User Account Control window appears click Continue 6 Click the Driver tab Fromthe Installed printer drivers list select the printer driver to be removed and then click Re move 3 In Windows Vista Server 2008 go to Step 8 3 In Windows 2000 XP Server 2003 go to Step 9 8 Inthe dialog box for confirming the items to be removed select Remove driver and driver package and then click OK 9 Inthe dialog box for confirming if you are sure to remove the printer click Yes 3 In Windows Vista Server 2008 the dialog box appears to reconfirm if you are sure Click Uninstall 10 Close the open windows and then restart the computer gt Be sure to restart the computer This completes removing the printer driver Reference e In Windows 2000 XP Server 2003 even if the printer driver is deleted using the preceding method the model information file will remain in the computer For this reason when reinstalling the same version of the printer driver the driver may not be rewritten In this case remove the following files as well Check the C WINDOWS s
126. aaa aaa aa iaaa ar aa reai a nn anna narran 13 10 Logging in to the administrator mode esssssssssesssssseseeeee eene nennen rnnt nennen nn 13 11 Logging in as the User Box Administrator eesessssssssssssssssesseeeeeeenn enne 13 12 13 3 Structure Of Pages ii 13 13 13 4 Overview of the User MOC coincide 13 15 13 4 1 A Leroi 13 15 13 4 2 Noon RA 13 16 13 4 3 Us BOX tada 13 16 13 4 4 Direct Printa e eke keene ets han A Ads 13 17 13 4 5 Address Registration conie ri in derit in a e E bad dn dees 13 18 13 4 6 GUSfOITIIZG 5 o sedan Eee d Mads ele Oe Me did 13 19 13 5 Administrator mode overview eeeeeeeeeeeieeeeeee nennen nena nnn nnttn anas nnne nnns nnmnnn nnmnnn nnmnnn 13 20 13 5 1 Maintenance tinto aia 13 20 13 5 2 SAI NO 13 21 13 5 3 DOCU nica MEE 13 22 13 5 4 User authentication Account track 0 cccesecceeseceeeseeeeeeeaeeecnsneeeceneeeseaaeeeseaeecscaeeeseeeesecaeeeeenneeeneaness 13 23 13 5 5 unge dM 13 24 13 5 6 Usar BOX sa ct ten Mese RE RT Leo EDI eet eec d 13 25 13 5 7 Printer Set cs A A is 13 26 13 5 8 Address Begisttration x a iia a OE Ce Reg 13 27 13 5 9 Fax Settings DA He este co I d aM ie rra es ne S DT ea s Ite ep eee 13 28 13 5 10 Setting tor Gach PUNDOSE PL 13 29 Contents 6 VL3622c VL2822c VL2222c ubleshooting 14 1 Carnot O 14 3 14 2 Cannot configure the settings
127. able copying Click Edit to specify items to be printed Stamp Copy positions composition method and password Guard Password Copy If you select Password Copy the Edit screen ap pears where you can specify a password Edit For details refer to page 8 20 Date Time ON OFF Select this check box to print the date and time Click Edit to specify items and pages to be printed and positions Page Number ON OFF Select this check box to print page number Click Ed it to specify items and pages to be printed and posi tions Edit For details refer to page 8 22 Header Footer Machine Setting 1 to Ma Select this check box to print the header and footer chine Setting 20 Select the header footer from the list specified in the main unit Clicking Edit allows you to specify items and pages to be printed Edit Acquire Device Informa Select this option to communicate with the machine to tion read the header settings configured on the machine Distribution Control When printing multiple copies this function prints the Number number of copies in the header footer Edit Specify the distribution control number conditions Pages Specify the pages to be printed Text Color Specify the text color used for printing Reference e Print Device Image of the Overlay function is available only for the PCL driver e The function of Acquire Device Inform
128. acity storage device for storing data The data is retained even after the power is turned off Peer to peer A type of network where the connected devices can be communicate with each other without using a dedicated server Plug and play A mechanism used to immediately detect a peripheral device when it is plugged into a computer and search for an appropriate driver automatically so that the device becomes operable Printer driver Software that works as a bridge between a computer and a printer Printer buffer A memory area temporarily used for processing data of print jobs Print queue A software system used by a spooler to save generated print jobs Frame type A type of communication format used in NetWare environments For mutual com munication the same frame type is required Preview A function allowing you to view a result image before being actually processed for printing or scanning Protocol A rule enabling a computer to communicate with other computers or peripherals Property Attribute information When using a printer driver different functions can be con figured by utilizing its properties By using properties of a file you can check the attribute information about the file Profile A color attribute file This contains overall input and output correlation data of pri mary colors specifically used by the color input and output devices to reproduce colors Host name The na
129. ake full advantage of your printer s options confirm that they are accurately shown here For information on your printer and its optional hardware check the printer s documentation Paper Source Unit _PC 207 B Finisher FS 527 JS 603 SD 509 B Punch Unit _PK 517 2 3 Hole i Hard Disk Installed 83 O Secure Print Only Cancel OK 3 Click OK or Apply Changes and then close the Printer Info window VL3622c VL2822c VL2222c 9 5 9 Default settings of the printer driver 9 2 9 2 2 Registering the default settings The settings for the machine functions configured when printing can only be applied while using the applica tion When you exit the application the settings return to their default settings To register the settings save the printer driver settings For Mac OS X you can register the paper setting as the default setting Settings for other print functions can be saved using the Presets function and used by recalling them as necessary Settings configured in the Page Setup dialog box are saved by selecting Save As Default in Settings Settings V Page Attributes R Save As Default Format fors Paper Size 8 1 2x11 E 8 50 by 11 00 inches Orientation de Scale 100 The functions of the printer driver configured in the Print window are saved by selecting Save As in Pre sets These settings can be used by selecting them in Presets
130. anced protocol based on BOOTP is typically used today Byte A byte indicates a unit of information data quantity handled by a computer or printer A byte consists of eight bits CMYK The acronym for Cyan Magenta Yellow and Black The colors in the toner or ink used for color printing Changing the mixing ratio of the four CMYK colors allows creating any type of full colors Default Gateway A device such as a computer or router used as a gateway to access comput ers on different LANs DHCP The acronym for Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol The protocol is used for a client computer on the TCP IP network to load network configuration automat ically from a server Just using a DHCP server to centrally manage IP addresses of the DHCP clients enables you to construct a network without IP address con flicts or other troubles DNS The acronym for Domain Name System DNS allows for obtaining the IP address corresponding to a host name in network environments This system enables a user to access other computers on the network by specifying host names instead of elusive and non intuitive IP addresses DPI dpi The acronym for Dots Per Inch A unit of resolution used for printers and scan ners This indicates the number of dots used to represent an inch The higher this value the higher the resolution FTP The acronym for File Transfer Protocol This is a protocol used for transferring files
131. anner Printing A TT Use the menu buttons or keypad to make a selection Meter Count Total 4 2 User Settings A Black 0 3 Administrator Settings 4 8 Device Information A Color 4 4 Check Consumable Life Check Details 04 13 2009 15 13 u Close Memory 100 3 Enter the password and then press OK 3 For details on setting or changing the password refer to the User s Guide Copy Operations Use the keyboard or keypad to type in the Administrator Password Press C to clear the entered Administrator Password 04 13 2009 15 22 M Memory 100 12 40 VL3622c VL2822c VL2222c 12 3 Basic operations in Administrator Settings 1 2 The Administrator Settings screen appears Use the menu buttons or keypad to make a selection 1 12 xl t 1 System Settings A 6 Copier Settings Z 2 AAA s 3 Regizevenacr ox s 4 9 ICAC 10 06 2008 Memory 15 31 100 3 It can also be selected by pressing the key in the keypad of the number indicated on the desired button For Administrator Settings press the 3 key on the keypad 3 To finish configuring the Utility mode settings press the Utility Counter key You can also exit the Utility screen by pressing Close until either the Copy Fax Scan or User Box screen appears gt To return through the hierarchy of the Utility menu press Close until the desired screen appears Alte
132. ard To use the Add Printer Wizard select the USB port to be connected in the Choose a printer port page Connect this machine to the computer using a USB cable and then start the computer NOTICE When starting up the computer do not plug in or unplug the cable Insert the printer driver DVD ROM for Windows into the DVD ROM drive of the computer Turn on the main power of this machine The Found New Hardware Wizard window appears 3 Ifthe Found New Hardware Wizard window does not appear turn the machine off then on again In this case turn off this machine and then wait approximately 10 seconds before turning it on again If you turn the printer on immediately after turning it off it may not function correctly gt If a page with a message saying Windows connect to Windows Update appears select No not this time Select Install from a list or specific location Advanced and then click Next gt Under Search for the best driver in these locations select Include this location in the search and then click Browse Select a desired printer driver folder in the DVD ROM and then click OK gt Select a folder according to the printer driver operating system and language to be used Selecta ble printer drivers PCL driver PS driver and fax driver Click Next gt and then follow the instructions on the pages that follow Click Finish gt Ifthe Windows logo testing or Digital Signatur
133. ardware dialog box appears gt If the Found New Hardware dialog box does not appear turn this machine off then on again In this case turn off this machine and then wait approximately 10 seconds before turning it on again If you turn this machine on immediately after turning it off it may not function correctly Click Locate and install driver software recommended The dialog box requesting the disk DVD ROM appears 3 If you do not have the disk DVD ROM click I don t have the disc show me other options On the next page select Browse my computer for driver software advanced and then specify a desired printer driver folder 3 Select a folder according to the printer driver operating system and language to be used IA Insert the printer driver DVD ROM for Windows into the DVD ROM drive of the computer The information on the disk is searched for and then the list of the software supported by this machine appears Select a desired printer driver name and then click Next 3 Selectable printer drivers PCL driver PS driver XPS driver and fax driver 6 Follow the instructions on the pages that follow gt If the User Account Control window appears click Continue When the installation completes click Close 8 After finishing the installation make sure that the icon for the installed printer is displayed in the Print ers window 2 If the Windows Security window for verifying the publisher a
134. arts 4 Inthe port settings browse the network and specify the name of the created queue or NDPS printer name 5 Fromthe printer model list specify the desired folder in the DVD ROM that contains the printer driver 3 Select a folder according to the printer driver operating system and language to be used Selectable printer drivers Windows 2000 XP Server 2003 PCL driver PS driver Windows Vista Server 2008 PCL driver PS driver XPS driver Windows NT4 0 PCL driver O Follow the instructions on the pages that follow to complete the installation VL3622c VL2822c VL2222c 6 3 NetWare 6 1 VL3622c VL2822c VL2222c Uninstalling the Printer Driver Windows mmm Uninstalling the Printer Driver 7 7 1 This chapter describes the procedure for uninstalling the printer driver Windows When you have to remove the printer driver for example when reinstallation of the printer driver is necessary remove the driver using the following procedure 1 Open the Printers window or Printers and Faxes window 2 Select the icon for the printer to be uninstalled 3 Press the Delete key on the computer to uninstall the printer driver 4 From then on follow the instructions on the pages that follow When the printer driver has been deleted the icon disappears from the Printers or Printers and Faxes window In Windows NT 4 0 this completes the uninstallation process Go to Step 10 In Windows 2000
135. as changed from Use Factory Default to User Defined enter the same encryption passphrase as for the machine An encryption key is automatically created for the entered text and used for communication with the machine Software Tools Reference Be sure to select a model and options in Device Option When Secure Print Only is set to On in Device Option only the secure print jobs are allowed For details on secure printing refer to page 11 6 In Encrypt Passphrase enter the encryption passphrase that matches the one that configured in Driv er Password Encryption Setting of the machine The function of Acquire Device Information is available only when your computer is connected to and can communicate with the machine To use Acquire Device Information in Administrator Settings of this machine set System Connec tion OpenAPI Settings Authentication to OFF For details refer to page 12 56 RA Reference For details on allowing the user to specify Encrypt Passphrasej refer to page 11 33 8 2 3 Settings tab Allows you to start up the software tools such as Web Connection PCL Properties ES General Sharing Pots Advanced Color Management Security Configure Settings 3 J EMF Spool HOD 7 Display Constraint Message Display paper set in Print Server Properties Verify Authentication settings before printing Popup Authentication Dialog when printi
136. asic Settings gt Number of Copies 1 Copies 255159999 10 06 2008 15 20 Memory 100 12 6 VL3622c VL2822c VL2222c 12 2 User settings 12 5 Press OK The number of sets is specified 12 2 3 Original Direction Specify the default image direction Default Portrait e Portrait Select this option to print the image vertically e Landscape Select this option to print the image horizontally 1 In the User Settings screen press Printer Settings 3 For details on displaying the User Settings screen refer to page 12 3 2 Press Basic Settings 3 Press Original Direction 3 Select item and enter setting SA Ro b re RTP ON AG A3 9LTR ALGR Auto Seiten OFF 10 06 2008 15 20 Memory 100 4 Select job setting Utility gt Printer Settings gt Basic Settings Job Setting PDL Setting Auto Utility Portrait Nunber of Copies A 1 User Settings Original Direction y y y SR Ado bearers REP Printer Settings RALAS TRLLOR Auto Sui Basic Settings 10 06 2008 15 20 Memory 1007 VL3622c VL2822c VL2222c 12 7 12 User settings 12 2 12 2 4 Spool Print Jobs in HDD before RIP Specify the spool function Default ON e ON When the next job is received while processing a job the print data is stored in HDD e OFF The print data is not stored in HDD Reference e Normally do not change this setting to OFF
137. ation is available only when your computer is connected to and can communicate with the machine To use Acquire Device Information in Administrator Settings of the machine set System Connec tion OpenAPI Settings Authentication to OFF For details refer to page 12 56 VL3622c VL2822c VL2222c 8 Parameter details 8 4 Editing watermark Edit Watermark EJ Current Watermark uns Watermark Name 2 CIRCULAR URGENT 4 WITHDRAW E NO REPRODUCTION Watermark Text e TOP SECRET URGENT INTERNAL USE IMPORTANT Ad jJ 9 Down Font Name Size d Arai y 72 S Point 7 600 100 100 Posttion 100 100 ps Jm n a legular None er Text Color Center Red Wl Treneparent rode 1st Page Only 0 Degrees 180 180 lA ok cese Defaut Hee Function Name Description Watermark Name Enter the name of the watermark You can enter up to 30 characters Watermark Text Enter the text to be printed as the watermark You can enter up to 30 characters Add Click this button to create a new watermark Delete Click this button to delete the selected watermark 17M 1 Click the button to change the order of items displays in the list This al lows you to move the frequently used items upward Position Select the vertical and lateral positions You can specify the positions us ing the scroll bars provided on the right of and un
138. ay Help of the items in the displayed window P play help Add Favorite Setting Click this button to save current settings so that they can be recalled later Edit Favorite Setting Click this button to change saved settings Default Click this button to return to the default settings View Selecting Paper View displays the sample page layout based on current set tings for checking the output result image Selecting Printer View displays a printer figure showing the options installed in the machine such as the paper tray Paper Printer C360 Printer Information Click this button to start Web Connection and check the printer information This button is enabled only when your computer can communicate with this machine VL3622c VL2822c VL2222c 8 4 Parameter details 8 4 8 4 1 Parameter details The Printing Preferences window is the window to configure the printer driver functions Click Properties or Preferences in the Print dialog box or right click the printer icon in the Printers or Printers and Faxes win dow and then specify Printing Preferences Document Defaults for Windows NT 4 0 to open it My Tab My Tab allows you to customize the display contents By registering frequently used setting functions to My Tab the printer driver can be easier to use and you can modify various settings from a single window Function Name
139. ble The password rules may be en abled on the machine Specify a password according to the password rules Different encryption passphras es may be specified for the printer driver and the machine Specify the same encryption passphrase for the machine and the printer driver Jobs saved in a User Box have disappeared Jobs saved in a User Box may be deleted due to the settings on the machine Check the User Box settings for the machine For details refer to the User s Guide Box Opera tions Printing in the user authentica tion or account track mode is not available The user name account name or password is incorrect Enter the correct user name ac count name and password User authentication or account track may be disabled on the printer driver Enable user authentication or ac count track on the printer driver Different encryption passphras es may be specified for the printer driver and the machine Specify the same encryption passphrase for the machine and the printer driver The entered user name or ac count name may not be author ized Check with the administrator whether the user name or ac count name concerned is author ized for printing Printing is not available when you have selected Public User in user authentication Printing by public users may be prohibited on the machine Check with the administrator whether printing by public
140. c VL2822c VL2222c 12 37 12 User settings 12 2 12 2 31 Print Specify print conditions to print a document from a cellular phone or PDA Default 1 Sided Full Color Finishing None Basic Print Select 1 Sided or 2 Sided Basic Full Color Select Full Color or Black Basic Paper Select the printing paper size if the sent data does not contain paper size information Basic Finishing Specify Fold Bind Staple or Punch Application Margin Select the margin position Application Stamp Composition Composes the following contents when printing Item Description Date Time The date and time of printing are printed on the pages Page Number A page number is printed on all pages of a document Stamp A preset character string such as URGENT is printed on pages Copy Security A pattern to prevent unauthorized copying is printed on pages Copy Protect Prints hidden text Copy Guard Prints a Copy Guard pattern Password Copy Prints a password for Password Copy Stamp Repeat Reference Cellular Phone PDA Setting is displayed when the optional Local Interface Kit EK 605 is installed while Bluetooth Setting is enabled in this machine and Cellular Phone PDA Setting is enabled in Ad ministrator Settings For details refer to page 12 57 Copy Guard or Password Copy is displayed when the optional Security Kit SC 507 is installed For details refer to the
141. can be viewed using Adobe Acrobat Reader a free viewer software PDL The acronym for Page Description Language This is a language used to instruct a page printer about images being printed on each page PostScript A typical page descriptive language developed by Adobe and commonly used for high quality printing PPD The acronym for PostScript Printer Description This is a file with the description of resolution available paper sizes and other information specific to a PostScript printer model 15 14 VL3622c VL2822c VL2222c Glossary 15 Term Description Proxy server Aserver that is installed to act as an intermediary connection between each client and different servers to effectively ensure security over the entire system for In ternet connections PServer A print server module available in NetWare environments This module monitors changes pauses restarts or cancels print jobs RIP The acronym for Raster Image Processor RIP extracts picture images from text data created using PostScript or other page description language This processor is usually integrated into a printer RGB The acronym for Red Green and Blue The RGB are the primary three colors used for monitor and other devices producing any of the full colors by changing their brightness ratio Samba UNIX server software which uses SMB Server Message Block to make UNIX system resources availabl
142. cation Manager in Administrator Settings of this machine set System Connection OpenAPI Settings Authentication to OFF For details refer to page 12 56 VL3622c VL2822c VL2222c 11 19 11 Printing a document on the machine for which Account Track function is enabled 11 5 11 5 Printing a document on the machine for which Account Track function is enabled When the Account Track settings are configured on the machine you must enter the account track code access code when printing The following four printer drivers support this feature PCL Printer Driver for Windows PCL driver e PostScript Printer Driver for Windows PS driver e XPS Printer Driver for Windows XPS driver e PostScript PPD Printer Driver for Mac OS X Reference e Ifyou enter an incorrect access code for the Account Track settings on the machine or have not ena bled Account Track you will not be authenticated by the printer and the job will be discarded when printing If an incorrect password is entered the specified number of times while the Account Track setting is configured on the machine and Prohibited Functions When Authentication Error is set to Mode 2 the account will be locked and access to the machine will be blocked Even a registered account cannot print a document if the account is not allowed to print In addition color printing is not available for a user
143. chine refer to the User s Guide Network Administrator Configuring the AppleTalk settings for the computer Configure the AppleTalk settings for the Macintosh computer connected to the printer In the Apple Menu select Control Panels AppleTalk From Connect via select Ethernet Click the close button at the top left corner of the window 3 When the Save changes to the current configuration message appears click Save Selecting a printer In the Apple Menu menu select Chooser Make sure that AppleTalk is set to Active and then click the LaserWriter icon From the Select a PostScript Printer list click the desired model name and then click Create The window for selecting a PostScript printer description PPD file appears gt f a different PPD file has already been selected click Setup in Step 3 and then click Select PPD from the window that is already displayed 4 Click the applicable PPD file and then click Select or Open When the selected printer is registered in the Chooser the setting procedure is completed gt If the window showing the installable options appears proceed to change the option settings as necessary Go to Step 5 3 If the Chooser window appears go to Step 7 Specify the options installed in the machine VL3622c VL2822c VL2222c 5 13 Mac OS 9 2 5 2 7 Click OK The Chooser window appears again Close the Chooser wi
144. chine gt ipp Example When the IP address for the machine is 192 168 1 20 http 192 168 1 20 ipp 3 When specifying to use IPPS printing enter https lt IP address for the machine gt ipp When the confirmation dialog box appears click OK Click Have Disk Click Browse Select a desired printer driver folder in the DVD ROM and then click Open gt Select a folder according to the printer driver operating system and language to be used Selecta ble printer drivers PCL driver PS driver and fax driver 4 20 VL3622c VL2822c VL2222c 4 3 Windows 2000 Click OK The Printer list appears Click OK Follow the instructions on the pages that follow Click Finish gt If the Digital Signature window appears click Yes J After finishing the installation make sure that the icon for the installed printer is displayed in the Print ers window Remove the DVD ROM from the DVD ROM drive This completes the printer driver installation Once the settings for the printer have been configured you can use the printer in the same way as a general local printer 4 3 4 For local connection When this machine is connected via a USB port the printer driver can be installed with plug and play Reference QO When a USB connection is used the printer driver is installed easily with the plug and play feature How ever it can also be installed using the Add Printer Wizard To use
145. ci leet et ate ule cea ER eno EE eta ea unter A Ar ea URRYn ERU NE RR VERE RE ERR NERA ca 12 43 12 4 3 Delete Secure Print DocUMENES ooooccccnnccocccccnncononccononnnanncccnnnnnnnecn cnn nan cnn nana nn cnn anna nn rra 12 44 12 4 4 Auto Delete Secure Document coooocccccccncoocccccnnconncnnnnnnnnnncnnnnnnnnnnnnnn nan nnn nan nnnn nn nn cnn nnnnn nn rra nannnnnn cnn canas 12 45 12 4 5 ID amp Print Delete Time 2 ee eU er ade aeta o PR Eee qa ARR AERE Le RERBA ds 12 46 12 4 6 ID Print Delete after Print Setting cceseeceeeseceeeseeeeseseeeseeeseseeeceeseeeeeeseeeeeseeseseeesseseeeeeessenees 12 47 VL3622c VL2822c VL2222c Contents 5 12 4 7 Skip Job Operation Settings in ca 12 48 12 4 8 ID amp Print Settings ER 12 49 12 4 9 ID amp Print Operation Settings etti tnr rnit pae ate nae RE e RH EXER RR ER RR Red Enn 12 50 12 4 10 Print without A uthentication 5 E ie aid iota 12 51 12 4 11 Single Color gt 2 Color Output Management ccoooccccnoncccnoncnnnoncncnnnnnonano conan nn rar enn 12 52 12 4 12 I F tirneout setting aio titi 12 53 12 4 13 Print XPS EIOS uoti teni e LIU e LUN LAM EN a 12 54 12 4 14 Web Connection Direct Print seisde a a A E a cnc cnn ana nn cnn anne nn cnn nana nc cnn anna 12 55 12 4 15 Configuring Authentication under OpenAPI Settings ce eeeeeeeseeeeeeneeeeeeeeeeeaeeeesaeeeenseeeeeeneeeeeanes 12 56 12 4 16 Configuring the cellular phone or PDA settings
146. cintosh 7 2 VL3622c VL2822c VL2222c 8 Print function of PCL PS XPS drivers for Windows 8 1 Print operations 8 DO Print function of PCL PS XPS drivers for Windows This chapter describes functions of the PCL PS XPS printer drivers for Windows 8 8 1 Print operations Print jobs are specified from the application software 1 N Ol Open the data in the application and click File Then click Print from the menu Print gt Ifthe menu is not available click Print Check that the printer name has been selected in Printer Name or Select Printer gt Ifthe printer is not selected click to select the printer 3 The Print dialog box differs depending on the application Print Ex General Options Select Printer de FAX mm PCL ERPS XPS Status Offline fie Preferences Location Comment Find Printer Page Range 9 AI Number of copies 1 Pages 1 23 28 Enter either a single page number or a single ya iar page range For example 5 12 Pi Cancel Specify the print range and the number of copies to print Click Properties or Preferences to change the printer driver settings as necessary 3 Clicking Properties or Preferences in the Print window displays the Printing Preferences page of the printer driver where you can configure various functions For details refer to page 8 9 3 Printing Preferences of the p
147. collate REE E Offset 81 2x11 T Output Method Print 4 x1 EH User Authentication E v Account Track ft a Printer Information Detail Settings Default Cancel Function Name Option Description Collate ON OFF Select this check box to collate pages sequentially when printing multiple sets of copies Offset ON OFF Select this check box to stagger each set when printing multiple sets of copies VL3622c VL2822c VL2222c 9 11 Parameter details 9 5 Function Name Option Description Output Method Print Select this option to print immediately Secure Print Select this option to save the document to be printed in Secure Document User Box of the machine When printing entering the ID and password is required from the control panel of the machine Select this option when printing highly confidential documents Save in User Box Select this option to save the document to be printed in a User Box of the machine Save in User Box and Print Select this option to save the document in a User Box and print at the same time Proof Print After one copy of the document is printed the machine stops printing temporarily Select this option to avoid misprinting a large volume of print jobs ID amp Print Select this option to save the document to be printed in ID amp Print User Box of the machine When printing user authentication must be performed via the contro
148. ct Secure Document User Box in System User Box and then press Use File T toplist S lect the desired User Box to use or file document E Use the keypad to input and specify the box number to use Check Job Bulletin Board Polling TX Secure Document fenbrsoRk User Box User Box User Box User Box Annotation Re Transmission EAcrupted PDF User Box User Box User Box Enter User Box No Use File 04 13 2009 14 38 Ki ime vl mil cll ki Ie m Language Selection y User Box Information 3 Enter the ID for the secure print document and then press OK The list of secure print documents matching the specified ID appears Enter the ID for the secure t ocument To clear your ent ress the C key 1 123456788 04 13 2009 14 38 Ki Memory 99 4 SER elect document s and then EODD hoose the desired function Check Job Secure Print User Box Selected Documents Tite User Name Document Name Print Settings document 1 Ela Mod 10 05 1 document 1 Etter rg 10 05 1 document 2 Password E EB cancel 10 06 2008 Memory 14 56 99 vl ml cll ll VL3622c VL2822c VL2222c 11 11 11 Secure Print 11 2 5 Enterthe password for the secure print document and then press OK The list of secure print documents matching the specified password appears 3 If Prohibited Functions
149. cument to be printed in ID amp Print User Box of the machine When printing user authentication must be performed via the control panel of the machine User Settings Specify the ID and password or the file name and User Box number when performing Secure Print or Save in User Box Authentica tion Account Track Click this button to specify the user name and pass word when User Authentication is enabled on this ma chine or the account name and password when Account Track is enabled on this machine Copies 1 to 9999 Specify the number of copies to be printed Collate ON OFF Select this check box to collate pages sequentially when printing multiple sets of copies Offset ON OFF Select this check box to stagger each set when printing multiple sets of copies Paper Settings for Each Tray Paper Type Settings Select a paper tray to be specified Selectable items vary depending on the option installa tion status Paper Type Select the type of paper to be loaded onto the paper tray Reference e Paper size 12 x 18 is equivalent to 304 8 x 457 2 mm that is slightly larger than A3 e In Original Size you can select AO A1 A2 B1 B2 or B3 however the printing paper size is reduced to the size specified in Paper Size Same as Original Size cannot be selected in Paper Size e To use paper of which the size is other than the stan
150. d 4 13 4 2 3 For network connection IPP IPPS ccceeeeesceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeesaaaeeeeeeseaaaeeseesseaaeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeaas 4 14 Settings for the Machines 235 eerte ne rri ten DIE ia 4 14 Installing the printer driver manually using the Add Printer Wizard seeeeeesesss 4 15 4 2 4 For local conriection iit i the teg ee petet ita 4 16 4 3 Windows 2000 e nisic E Rinde RENS E raa ida ads 4 17 4 3 1 For network connection LPR Port91 OO oooccccccnnccccccnconoccnccnconannnccnnnnnnanccnnnnnnn nc cnn nana nnen esr h nnn ne nsn nnn 4 17 Settings for the machine iet rcnt ri hb e br eee enne aapi Fa Din kcu ada ka eaae Rega ana 4 17 Installing the printer driver manually using the Add Printer Wizard sseeeesesess 4 17 4 3 2 For network connection SMB coooooccccccnconoccccnccnnonnccnnonannnccncnnnnnncnnnnnnnn nc cnn nn nnnnn nr nn anne nnnnnnrnnnnncnnnnnnnns 4 19 Settings for the machifi8 2 eerie tirada hdd aca lalalala 4 19 Installing the printer driver manually using the Add Printer Wizard 4 19 4 3 3 For network connection IPP IPPS oooccoonccccnnncnccccccncnonancncnononannncnnnnnnnnnccnncnnnnnn cnn nana nn nn nn nnnnnnnnnanennnns 4 20 Settings for the MACHING vais iceecessaccenavudscerescdadeccesscnegeatesenasticunauenshaseeneunganaentcen anacdanien Fea edge actadaaateaas 4 20 Installing the printer driver manually using the Add Printe
151. d Poster Mode Off 2x2 3x3 4x4 Select this option to print one sheet of an original divid ed into multiple pages In Overlap width line specify the presence of the border frame Printing documents containing pages of different sizes or orientations in one job may cause images to be par tially lost or overlapped Overlap width line ON OFF Specify the presence of overlap width line It can be specified when Poster Mode is set to an option other than Off Rotate 180 ON OFF Select this check box to rotate the document 180 to print Image Shift ON OFF Select this check box to print by shifting the entire print image In the window that appears when this option is selected detailed amount of shift can be specified Front Side Back Side Specify the shift direction and values For 2 sided print ing clearing the Same value for Front and Back sides check box allows you to specify different values for the front and back sides Chapters ON OFF Select this check box to specify the page to be printed on the front side In the window that appears when this option is selected the page can be specified It can be specified when Print Type is 2 Sided or Booklet Page Number Specify the pages to be printed on the front side when Chapters is selected Staple ON OFF Select this check box to specify stapling From the drop down list specify the
152. d 4 3 Installing the printer driver by searching for the printer using the Add Printer Wizard 4 4 Installing the printer driver by creating a printer port 4 5 4 1 2 For network connection IPP IPPS ccccesceeeeeeeseeeeeeaeeceaeeeaeeeaeeeaeeeaeeeaaeeseeeaeessaeeeaeesaeeseesenaeeeaes 4 6 Settings Tor The MACHING M m 4 6 Installing the printer driver manually using the Add Printer Wizard eene 4 6 VL3622c VL2822c VL2222c Contents 1 4 1 3 For network connection Web service print cccccnncnnnnonononononcnnononnnnnnnnnnnncncncnnannnanannnnnononnnnnnnnnnnnncnns Settings FOr the MACHING Em Installing the printer from the Network window Installing the printer driver by specifying the IP address using the Add Printer Wizard 4 9 4 1 4 For local Conrlection 5 ectetuer ton t Mah E RR ERRR M RETE EERRRA ET 4 10 4 2 Windows XP Server 2008 manina eee eee re 4 11 4 2 1 For network connection LPR Port9100 essessseeeeeeeeneeeenn meer nnne 4 11 SetTtINGS fOr TNE MACHING dme 4 11 Installing the printer driver manually using the Add Printer Wizard sseeeeeeesseese 4 11 4 2 2 For network connection SMB SA A Installing the printer driver by specifying the printer using the Add Printer Wizar
153. d for the entered text and used for communication with the machine Enhanced Server Reference Set this item to On when the external server authentication is used In Encryption Passphrase enter the encryption passphrase that matches the one that configured in Driver Password Encryption Setting of the machine QA Reference For details on allowing the user to specify Encryption Passphrase refer to page 11 33 9 5 4 Layout Finish The Layout window and the Finish window can be switched Layout Finish E e Paper View Layout Finish Detailed Information Print Type Helan 1 Sided El 81 2x11 Binding Position Left Bind H4 Poster Mode off kd x1 E M Rotate 180 r1 s ex f Image Shift cd 4 apte Printer Information Detail Settings Default gt Layout Finish be O Paper View Ctayout prama Detailed Information C Staple 81 2x11 v on 81 2x11 s Punch Off Fold amp Staple f oft El 1 Paper Arrangement Prioritize Arranging Papers 4 e Ha wi Printer Information Detail Settings Default Cancel Print 9 14 VL3622c VL2822c VL2222c 9 5 Parameter details Function Name Option Description Print Type 1 Sided 2 Sided Specify 2 Sided Print or Booklet printing Booklet Binding Posi Left Bind Right Bind Specify the binding position tion Top Bin
154. dard sizes specify the custom paper size You can register a custom size by selecting Custom Size from the paper size or original size option e To print data of the size corresponding to the full standard size selecting W of the standard size paper for original size enables the data to be printed at the center of paper larger than the original size For example if you want to center and print 8 1 2 x 11 size data on 11 x 17 sized paper create data with the 8 1 2 x 11W size and then using the printer driver set Original Size to 8 1 2 x 11W and specify the paper tray to be used as Paper Tray On the machine side set 11 x 17 size paper in the tray to be used select the tray in Paper of the Basic screen of the control panel and select Change Tray Settings Wide Paper to specify B 1 2 x 11W Then confirm that Auto Detect is selected for Custom Size and 11 x 17 is displayed When 12 1 4 x 18 paper is loaded you must select 12 1 4 x 18 for Custom Size To print on custom sized paper use the bypass tray select Change Tray Settings Wide Paper to specify B 1 2 x 11W and enter the desired paper size to be used for Change Size Specify Side2 when printing on the back side of paper User of Paper Type is the frequently used paper type registered on the machine side For details on registering the user paper refer to the User s Guide Copy Operations VL3622c VL2822c VL2222c 8 4 Parameter detai
155. der the image Center Click this button to return the watermark back to the center position Angle Specify the watermark print angle Font Name Select the font Size Select the size Style Select the style Frame Select the frame style Text Color Specify the watermark text color Transparent Select this check box to print the watermark in a transparent image 1st Page Only Select this check box to print the watermark only on the first page Repeat Select this check box to print the watermark on one page repeatedly Sharing Select this check box to register the watermark for sharing it with other us ers or clear this check box to register it for private use 8 18 VL3622c VL2822c VL2222c 8 4 Parameter details Editing overlay The window to be displayed by clicking Edit varies depending on the overlay selection Print Host Image or Print Device Image When Print Host Image is selected You can specify the overlay printing conditions When the overlay data does not appear in the list read it by specifying the file Function Name Edit Print In Overlay Ea Select Overlay File CE Browse Fies Delete Change 2nd Page and Later hihi Sess File Information All Pages Overlay Name File Name Fom1 KFO Folder CAUsers User T Documents Original Size 81 21 Original Orientation Portrait Color Color
156. dows Server 2003 R2 Enterprise x64 Edi tion Windows Vista Business Windows Vista Enterprise Windows Vista Home Basic E Windows Vista Home Premium Windows Vista Ultimate Windows Server 2008 Standard Windows Server 2008 Enterprise Supports 32 bit x86 64 bit x64 environ ment 15 4 VL3622c VL2822c VL2222c 15 1 Product specifications 1 5 Item Specifications XPS Driver XPS driver Windows Vista Business A Windows Vista Enterprise Windows Vista Home Basic Windows Vista Home Premium Windows Vista Ultimate 2 Windows Server 2008 Standard Windows Server 2008 Enterprise Supports 32 bit x86 64 bit x64 environ ment PostScript PPD driver Mac OS 9 2 or later PS PPD Mac OS X 10 2 8 10 3 10 4 10 5 Fax driver Windows NT Workstation Version 4 0 Service Pack 6 or later Windows NT Server Version 4 0 Service Pack 6 or later Windows 2000 Professional Service Pack 4 or later Windows 2000 Server Service Pack 3 or later Windows XP Home Edition Service Pack 1 or later Windows XP Professional Service Pack 1 or later Windows Server 2003 Standard Edition Serv ice Pack 1 or later Windows Server 2003 Enterprise Edition Service Pack 1 or later Windows Server 2003 R2 Standard Edition Windows Server 2003 R2 Enterprise Edition Windows XP Professional x64 Edition Windows Server 2003 Standard x64 Edition Windows Server 2003 Enterprise x64 Edition Windows Server 2003 R2 Standard x64 Ed
157. e window appears click Continue Anyway or Yes After finishing the installation make sure that the icon for the installed printer is displayed in the Printers and Faxes window Remove the DVD ROM from the DVD ROM drive This completes the printer driver installation VL3622c VL2822c VL2222c 4 3 Windows 2000 4 4 3 Windows 2000 4 3 1 For network connection LPR Port9100 To use LPR Port9100 printing specify the port while installing the printer driver Settings for the machine To use Port9100 or LPR printing you must configure the network settings for the machine in advance Items to be configured Description IP address In TCP IP Settings of the machine specify the IP address RAW port number To use Port9100 printing In TCP IP Settings for the machine enable the RAW port number initial setting 9100 LPD Setting To use LPR printing In LPD Setting for the machine enable LPD printing QQ Reference For details on the network settings for the machine refer to the User s Guide Network Administrator Installing the printer driver manually using the Add Printer Wizard v Installing the driver to Windows 2000 based computers requires the administrator authority Insert the printer driver DVD ROM for Windows into the DVD ROM drive of the computer Click Start and then select Settings Printers Double click Add Printer Add Printer Wizard starts Follow the inst
158. e instructions to avoid property damage Procedural instruction v This check mark indicates an option that is required in order to use conditions or functions that are pre requisite for a procedure 1 This format number 1 represents the first step 2 This format number represents the order of serial steps 3 This symbol indicates a supplementary explanation of a pro The operation proce ral instruction ceduralins dures are described using illustrations 79 This symbol indicates transition of the control panel to access a desired menu item Original Type This symbol indicates a desired page VL3622c VL2822c VL2222c 1 5 1 Conventions used in this manual 1 2 C Reference This symbol indicates a reference View the reference as required Key symbols Key names on the touch panel and computer screen or manual names are indicated by these brackets Bold text Key names part names product names and option names on the control panel are indicated in bold text 1 2 2 Document and paper indications Paper size The following explains the indication for documents and paper de scribed in this manual When indicating the document or paper size the Y side represents the width and the X side the length Paper indication ta indicates the paper size with the length X being longer than the width Y W indicates the paper size with the length X
159. e memory of this machine When the cop ying is completed the print job is automatically printed 2 4 VL3622c VL2822c VL2222c 2 1 Printer controller 2 1 3 Control panel The printer driver settings are mainly configured on the computer However printing the font list and config uring the printer controller settings and default print settings are available using the control panel of this ma chine The following describes the important keys used for the printer function Job List eady to copy Copies Check Job Paper Name statis 12 2 Auto Color Top Left i ES EA Ereren metre Rotate OFF 04 14 2009 11 p SS STS Uset Box Fax Scan Cilpy Brightness x 12 11 10 9 No Name 1 Touch Panel Accessibility l ccess Enlarge Display Guidance Proof Copy C 1 C2 C3 J GHI JKL MNO G Cs Start Description Various screens and messages are displayed Configure various settings by directly pressing the touch panel 2 Utility Counter Press this key to display the Utility screen and the Meter Count screen 3 Rese
160. e to Windows environments SLP The acronym for Service Location Protocol This is a protocol that provides ca pabilities such as finding services or automatic client configuration on the TCP IP network SMB The acronym for Server Message Block This is a protocol for sharing files and printers mainly over the Windows network SMTP The acronym for Simple Mail Transfer Protocol It is a protocol used to transmit or transfer E mail messages SNMP The acronym for Simple Network Management Protocol This is a management protocol in the TCP IP network environments TCP IP The acronym for Transmission Control Protocol Internet Protocol It is a de facto standard protocol widely used for the Internet An IP address is used to identify each network device TrueType A type of outline font developed by Apple and Microsoft and currently used as a standard font type for Macintosh and Windows This type of font can be used both for display and printing USB The acronym for Universal Serial Bus This is a general purpose interface defined for connecting a mouse printer and other devices with a computer WINS The acronym for Windows Internet Naming Service This is a service available in Windows environments to call the name server responsible for conversion be tween a computer name and an IP address XPS The abbreviation for XML Paper Specification This is one of the electronic doc ument f
161. ed account Reference n the machine the job is printed and counted e If account track is not enabled on the Configure tab account track cannot be performed If you are using account track be sure to enable it in the Device Option list For details refer to page 8 5 e Clicking Verify allows communication with the machine to confirm whether the entered account can be authenticated This function is available only when your computer is connected to and can commu nicate with this machine For Mac OS X 1 Display the Output Method window 2 Select the Account Track check box f Output Method Paper View O Detailed Information M collate RIO O Offset 81 2x11 Output Method Print x1 User Authentication a Ma Printer Information l Account Track Detail Settings Default Cancel Print 3 VL3622c VL2822c VL2222c 11 21 1 1 Printing a document on the machine for which Account Track function is enabled 11 5 3 Addan Department Name and Password that are registered with the machine 3 The account name and password can each contain up to 8 characters Account Track ey Department Name Password DD Save Settings Default C Cancel OK 3 Selecting the Save Settings check box saves the settings In addition if the Do not show this win dow when setting check box is selected the dialog box does not appear
162. ed by opening the Printers or Printers and Faxes window and right clicking the icon of the installed printer and then clicking Properties 2 Click the Configure tab 3 Select the Encrypt Passphrase check box and then enter the encryption passphrase 3 If you do not specify a user defined Encrypt Passphrase clear the Encrypt Passphrase check box 1 PCL Properties ES General Sharing Ports Advanced Color Management Securty Configure Settings gio Device Option Paper Source Unit PC 207 Pues Unt PKSTI 5 Ho Saddle Kt 509 Hard Disk Installed Secure Print Only Off User Authentication ON Device E Setting C360 Paper Tray Information Tray Size Direction Paper Type Tray1 8121 DEF Plain Paper E Tay2 81 211 DLE Plain Paper Tray3 81 211 D LEF Plain Paper _ Trey4 81 211 D LEF Plain Paper Paper Tray Settings us Encrypt Passphrase Software Tools Acquire Settings sar OK Cancel Help 3 Enter the Encrypt Passphrase with 20 alphanumeric letters Specify the same Encrypt Pass phrase for the machine and the printer driver 3 Anencryption passphrase using a series of the same letters is invalid 3 When OpenAPI is used and SSL is enabled it is possible for the machine to obtain the common encryption key provided that the device information of the printer driver can be obtained automati cally 4 Qlick OK VL3622c VL2822c VL2222c 11 35 1 1 Specifying the encryption passphrase by
163. ed printer is displayed in the Print ers window Remove the DVD ROM from the DVD ROM drive This completes the printer driver installation Once the settings for the printer have been configured you can use the printer in the same way as a general local printer VL3622c VL2822c VL2222c 4 7 Windows Vista Server 2008 4 1 4 1 3 For network connection Web service print In Windows Vista Server 2008 printers supporting the Web service print function on the network can be lo cated and installed C Reference To install a different printer driver in the computer where one has already been installed you must uninstall the currently installed one along with its package For details refer to page 7 3 Settings for the machine To use the Web service print you must configure the network settings for the machine in advance Items to be configured Description IP address In TCP IP Settings of the machine specify the IP address Web Service Settings In Web Service Settings for the machine enable the print function C Reference For details on the network settings for the machine refer to the User s Guide Network Administrator Installing the printer from the Network window v Installing the driver to Windows Vista Server 2008 based computers requires the administrator author ity Turn on the power of the machine while it is connected to the network Since the printer is searched for during the insta
164. edited The settings are listed Edit List Name Rename a list Up Down Click the button to move the selected condition row up or down Move the rows so that the page numbers are arranged in ascending order Add Click this button to add a condition Specify conditions in Add Edit Delete Click this button to delete the selected condition row Page Number Specify the page numbers using a numerical value To specify multiple pages separate each page number with a comma or specify the range using a hyphen Print Type Specify the print type from the Change Settings drop down list Paper Tray Specify the paper tray to be used from the Change Settings drop down list Staple From the Change Settings drop down list specify the number of staples and the stapling position Transparency In terleave ON OFF Blank Select this check box to insert interleaves when printing transparencies lt can be specified when Transparency is selected for Paper Type Interleave Tray Tray 1 to Tray 4 LCT Select the paper tray for the transparency interleaves Selectable items vary depending on the option installa tion status 8 4 6 Stamp Composition tab Printing Preferences E f My Tab Basic Layout Finish Cover Mode Stamp Compostion Quaity Other EU Favorite Setting 2
165. embed the selected date and time in a pattern Click Edit under Format to specify the display type and presence or absence of the time display Serial Number Select this check box to embed the serial number of the machine in a pat tern Distribution Control Number Select this check box to embed the copy number in a pattern when print ing multiple copies Click Edit under Start Number to specify the start number and number of digit to be displayed Job Number Select this check box to embed the print job number in a pattern for doc uments that are automatically paginated Acquire Device Informa tion Function Name Angle Select this option to communicate with the machine to read the copy se curity settings configured on the machine Edit Copy Security Ce fee Copy Security E Copy Protect Print kem Detail Settings Angle Pattem Overwrte EJ 0 degrees ES Front Overwrite Tex Size Background Pattem Standard vj lt Machine Setting1 gt Pattem Color Pattem Bn M A ees Tex Adjust Color Defaut CLok cea Hee Description Specify the pattern angle Text Size Specify the text size of a pattern Pattern Color Specify the color of the pattern Click Adjust Color to specify the density and color contrast Pattern Overwrite Specify the sequence for printing a pattern on top of the original
166. entative can configure your system to automatically e mail monthly meter counts to Oc 2 Use the Oc E Z Reading web site to enter your monthly readings We can even set you up to receive a monthly e mail reminder Go to www oceusa com and click on Meter Reads 3 Enter your readings by phone by calling 800 945 9708 Viewing the Counters Meter Count For more information see Chapter 8 of the User s Guide Copy Operations JobList Serial Number 1234567890123 Print Mode Memory Total Large Black 60 Utility Counter M Full Color 0 LE Y DSL jJ Single Color 0 2 Color 0 Total 60 Print List Coverage Rate 10 10 2008 14 18 Men 00 Press Utility Counter e Press Record the Total and Black on the control panel Meter Count Counter readings and enter them on the Oc E Z Reading web site See www oceusa com Oc Technologies B V Copyright 2009 Oc Technologies B V Venlo The Netherlands All rights reserved No part of this work may be reproduced copied adapted or transmitted in any form or by any means without written permission from Oc Oc Technologies B V makes no representation or warranties with respect to the contents hereof and specifically disclaims any implied warranties of merchantability or fitness for any particular purpose Further Oc Technologies B V reserves the right to revise this publication and
167. enue Causeway Bay Hong Kong http www oce com hk Addresses of local Oc organisations Oc Hungaria Kft 1241 Budapest Pf 237 Hungary http www oce hu Oc Ireland Ltd 3006 Lake Drive Citywest Business Campus Saggart Co Dublin Ireland http www oce ie Oc Italia S p A Strada Padana Superiore 2 B 20063 Cernusco sul Naviglio MI Italia http www oce it Oc Japan Corporation 3 25 1 Nishi Shinbashi Minato Ku Tokyo 105 0003 Japan http www ocejapan co jp Oc Belgium S A Rue Astrid 2 A 1143 Luxembourg Belair http www oce lu Oc Malaysia Sdn Bhd 3 01 Level 3 Wisma Academy Lot 4A Jalan 19 1 46300 Petalig Jaya Selangor Darul Ehsan Malaysia http www ocemal com my Oc Mexico S A de C V Prolongaci n Reforma 1236 4to Piso Col Santa F Del Cuajimalpa C P 05348 M xico D F M xico http www oceusa com Oc Norge A S Postboks 4434 Nydalen Gjerdrums vei 8 0403 Oslo Norway http www oce no Oc Poland Ltd Sp z o o ul Bitwy Warszawskiej 1920 r nr 7 02 366 Warszawa Poland http www oce com pl Oc Lima Mayer S A Av Jos Gomes Ferreira 11 Piso 2 Miraflores 1497 139 Alg s Portugal http www oce pt Oc Singapore Pte Ltd 190 MacPherson Road 03 00 Wisma Gulab Singapore 348548 Oc Printing Systems PTY Ltd P O Box 629 Rivonia 2128 South Africa Addresses of local
168. er for Windows XPS driver 11 11 3 Configuring the printer driver Specify the output paper size as a custom paper size Click the Basic tab 3 With the PCL Driver custom size setting can also be registered in advance on the Settings tab of the printer driver accessed from the Windows Printers Printers and Faxes for Windows XP Serv er 2003 window Select Custom Size from Original Size or Paper Size The Custom Size Settings dialog box appears Select the width and the length of the custom size according to the unit you use and then click OK The Confirm setting changes dialog box appears Click Yes If necessary configure Paper Settings for Each Tray Bypass Tray Paper Type and other settings Click OK 11 42 VL3622c VL2822c VL2222c 11 11 Banner printing function 1 1 11 11 4 Printing 1 Press the Utility Counter key on the control panel 2 Press Banner Printing 3 Press Allow and then the OK 3 Job List E To activate banner printing choose Allow Bookmark ility gt Banner Printing Utility Banner Printing mm 10 06 2008 15 04 Henory 100 4 Check that the screen shows the machine is waiting for the banner printing job before sending the doc ument data of the banner size to be printed from the computer Banner will be printed A banner print job Job List is in the queue Hane Status Touch Exit
169. er or IC card QA Reference To enable the ID amp Print function when printing a document from the commuter specify the function from the printer driver For details refer to page 11 23 For details on the operation of the job saved in the ID amp Print User Box refer to page 11 26 For details on using the authentication unit for printing or logging in refer to page 11 29 11 6 1 Setting the printer driver For Windows 1 Click to display the Basic tab 2 Click Authentication Account Track Printing Preferences ES f My Tab Basic Layout Finish Cover Mode Stamp Composition Quality Other p my Favorite Setting fR Default Setting A Ed 81 Es Original Orientation Output Method a gt Portrait T Er Print Gs Gee Original Size User Settings C 81 21 X Em a i Authentication Account Track B Y Paper Size a DR d Same as Original Size Copies o 1 1 9999 a a Zoom 25 400 Ato 1 BB V Collate En Manual ee Al A Paper Tray Offset A Non Auto viu red Paper Type Se a FAI a Paper Settings for Each Tray Pinter View __ Printer information C Defaut ok Cancel Help VL3622c VL2822c VL2222c 11 23 ID amp Print 11 6 11 3 Select Recipient User enter the User Name and Password that are registered with the machine and click OK User Authentica
170. er tray setting Default Auto 1 In the User Settings screen press Printer Settings gt For details on displaying the User Settings screen refer to page 12 3 Press Paper Setting Use the menu buttons or keypad to make a selection Utility gt User Settings gt Printer Settings 1 Basic Settings A Print Reports A 6 y Paper Setting 4 o TIFF Image Paper setting User Settings y PCL Settings J Printer Settings PS Setting 3 XPS Settings 3 10 06 2008 15 20 Memory 100 Press Paper Tray Job List E Select item and enter setting reset Paper Size gi 10 06 2008 15 27 Memory 100 Press the button for the desired paper tray 3 To select the paper tray automatically press Auto E Specify the paper tray to be used when it is not specified from the printer driver J Utility gt Paper Settings gt Paper Tray Utility Job List User Settings Printer Settings Paper Setting Paper Tray 04 13 2009 15 18 M Memory 100 Press OK 12 14 VL3622c VL2822c VL2222c User settings 12 2 User settings 12 12 2 11 Paper Size Specify the default paper size setting Default Varies depending on the area 1 In the User Settings screen press Printer Settings 3 For details on displaying the User Settings screen refer to page 12 3 2 Press Paper Setting 3 Select Paper Size Select item and enter setting
171. erence For details on specifying the IP address for the machine refer to the User s Guide Network Administrator For details on the IPP Settings for the machine refer to the User s Guide Network Administrator Configuring the TCP IP settings for the computer Configure the TCP IP settings for the Macintosh computer connected to the printer In the Apple Menu select System Preferences 2 Click the Network icon From Show select Built in Ethernet Click the TCP IP tab Select the Configure item and configure the settings including the IP address and subnet mask ac cording to the settings for the network to which the Macintosh computer is connected 6 Click the close button at the top left corner of the window 3 When the This service has unsaved changes or Apply configuration changes message appears click Apply Adding a printer Select Macintosh HD Applications Utilities where the driver has been installed and then double click Printer Setup Utility or Print Center to open it When the You have no printers available window appears click Add When the printer list appears click Ada gt If available printers have already been specified the You have no printers available window does not appear Select IP Printing for the connection method For OS X 10 3 select Internet Printing Protocol IPP for Printer Type In Printer Address enter the IP address fo
172. es provided by servers via the network Gray scale A form of presenting monochrome image by using the gradation information shift ing from black to white Gateway Hardware and software used as the point where a network is connected to a net work A gateway not only connects networks but also changes data formats ad dresses and protocols according to the connected networks Subnet mask A value used to divide a TCP IP network into small networks subnetworks This is used to identify how many higher order bits of an IP address are used for the network address Screen font A type of fonts used for displaying characters and symbols on a CRT or other monitor Spool The acronym for Simultaneous Peripheral Operation On Line Data to be output to a printer is not sent directly to the printer but is temporarily stored in another location The stored data is then sent collectively to the printer Touch amp Print A feature that allows documents sent from the printer driver to be printed simply by placing your finger or IC card on the authentication unit connected to the print er when the user authentication is enabled In order to use the Touch amp Print fea ture an authentication unit must be connected to this machine and the vein patterns or the ID of the IC card for each user must be registered Driver Software that works as a bridge between a computer and a peripheral device Hard disk A large cap
173. evice Next Reference As the setting procedure proceeds its progress flow is displayed on the left If setting is cancelled you will return to the Setting for each purpose screen after the items that were configured before cancellation have been applied VL3622c VL2822c VL2222c 13 29 1 3 Administrator mode overview 13 5 13 30 VL3622c VL2822c VL2222c 1 Troubleshooting 14 1 Cannot print 14 14 14 1 Troubleshooting Cannot print This section describes how to solve issues and problems that you may encounter while using the printer If you cannot print even when you have completed the printing procedure check the following items in order from beginning to end Problem Possible Cause Remedy Amessage saying Printer is not connected or Print Error ap pears on the computer screen The printer driver specified when printing may not be sup ported by the printer controller Check the specified printer name The network or USB cable may be disconnected Check that the cable is correctly connected An error may have occurred on this machine Check the control panel of this machine Memory may be insufficient Perform a test printing to check whether printing is possible A postscript error appears on the computer screen Memory of the computer may be insufficient Perform a test printing to check whether printing is possible
174. fer to the User s Guide Network Administrator Before you can use IPPS printing you must register a certificate with this machine You can use the self signed certificate that is preinstalled in this machine For details refer to User s Guide Network Administra tor 4 14 VL3622c VL2822c VL2222c 4 2 Windows XP Server 2003 4 Installing the printer driver manually using the Add Printer Wizard v Installing the driver to Windows XP Server 2003 based computers requires the administrator authority Insert the printer driver DVD ROM for Windows into the DVD ROM drive of the computer Click Start and then select Printers and Faxes 3 f Printers and Faxes is not displayed in the Start menu open Control Panel from the Start menu click Printers and Other Hardware then click Printers and Faxes In Windows XP select Add a printer from the Printer Tasks menu In Windows Server 2003 double click Add Printer Add Printer Wizard starts Click Next gt In the Local or Network Printer page select A network printer or a printer attached to another com puter and then click Next gt In the Specify a Printer page select Connect to a printer on the Internet or on a home or office net work In the URL field enter the URL for the machine in the following format and then click Next gt 3 http lt IP address for the machine gt ipp Example When the IP address for the machine is 192 168
175. ff E Screen Screen Screen Auto 24 Auto El Auto Ex Smoothing Smoothing Auto 44 Auto 124 RGB Color RGB Color RGB Color sRGB Ex sRGB El sRGB E Destination Profile Destination Profile Destination Profi Autc Auto e Auto Simulation Simulation Profile MYK Gray Treatment None m Composite Black E Match Paper Colo C Manage Profile Default Cancel C OK 3 11 40 VL3622c VL2822c VL2222c 11 10 Registering the ICC profiles in the printer driver 1 1 The Color Profile Management dialog box appears 3 Clicking Download Manager launches the Download Manager application This function is avail able only when Download Manager is installed 4 Check that a list of available profiles that are additionally registered on the machine is displayed Color Profile Management RGB Color EX Available Profile Driver Profile List File Name Profile Name File Name Profile Name profilel icc ICC Profilel profile2 icc ICC Profile2 Add Sel Add All gt ES 5 new Delet New Edit To apply the settings programmed Na on the printer to the driver list click am the Add Sel or Add All button To add a new driver list click the New button and then type in the File Name and Profile Name Profile Name Save Location Disk Cancel 14 OK 5 Select a color profile type from the drop down list 6 Select a desired profile from the Available Profile list and then click
176. g 10 06 2008 15 29 Close Memory 1007 i 4 Z y Font Size A 4 Z 4 VL3622c VL2822c VL2222c 12 23 12 User settings 12 2 Press the C key to clear the value and then use the keypad to enter the size Scalable font 4 00 Point 999 75 Point Bitmap Font 0 44 Pitch 99 00 Pitch 3 Ifa value outside of the allowable range is specified the message Input error appears Enter a number within the allowable range 7 Select the font to be set as the default and use the keypad Job List to specify the default size Utility gt PCL Settings gt Font Size Utility 4 00 999 75 0 44 99 00 Scalable Font Bitmap Font Printer Settings PCL Settings 10 06 2008 15 29 Memory 100 Press OK The font size is set 12 2 20 Line Page Specify the number of lines per page when printing text Default Varies depending on the area 1 In the User Settings screen press Printer Settings 3 For details on displaying the User Settings screen refer to page 12 3 Press PCL Settings Press Line Page Job List Use the menu buttons or keypad to make a selection Utility gt Printer Settings gt PCL Setting Utility 1 Font Settings A 2 Symbol Set A User Settings ME Printer Settings PCL Settings 5 CR LF Mapping J 10 06 2008 15 29 Close Memory 100 12 24 VL3622c VL2822c VL2222c 12 2 User settings 12 4 5 Pre
177. g Specify the default values in the PS mode TIFF Setting Specify the paper to print TIFF images XPS Settings Configure the XPS print settings Interface Setting Specify the timeout period of the interface Direct Print Set Configure the settings to enable direct printing using Web Connection tings 13 26 VL3622c VL2822c VL2222c 13 5 Administrator mode overview 13 13 5 8 Address Registration Item Le Administrator Logout 2l ge Ready to sean Kg Ready to Print e Display To Main Menu Address Book List The other party who wants to transmit data can be registered Pico New Registration gt Group Search by number 1 50 be Go Program Search from Index M 60 DRA o Funcion Name SE JE Delete Subject 1 E mail Tokyo Edit Delete gt Text 2 Fax Head Office 1F Edit Delete gt Prefix Suffix 3 Fax Head Office 2F Y esi IT Delete 4 Fax hoax Inc Es Delete 5 Fax m Co LTD Ese Delete B User Box 2 esit Delete Description Address Book Enables you to check the address book registered in this machine or to register and change an address Group Enables you to check the group address book registered in this machine or to reg ister and change an address Program Enables you to check the program address book registered in this machine or to register and change an address Temporary One Enables you to check the temporary
178. ge Shift Set tings Reference Unit Select a unit to be used for specifying the size Front Side Back Side Specify the shift direction and values For 2 sided print ing clearing the Same value for Front and Back sides check box allows you to specify different values for the front and back sides e The options 2 x 2 3 x 3 and 4 x 4 for Combination which are for printing a sheet of original onto multiple sheets of paper are available only for the PCL driver The Skip Blank Pages function is available for the PCL XPS drivers The positions of binding margins vary according to the Binding Position setting 8 4 4 Finish tab Printing Preferences Es f My Tab Basic Layout Finish Cover Mode Stamp Composition Quality Other Favorite Setting fA Default Setting v Edt Staple Output Tray Default Center Staple and Fold Punch A Paper Arrangement Fold Prioritize Arranging Papers El tar EH B f r S E SF E Printer View Printer Information aml ok Cancel Help Function Name Option Description Staple ON OFF Left Cor Select this check box to specify stapling ner Right Corner 2 Posi From the drop down list specify the number of staples tion Left 2 Position and the stapling position Right 2 Position Top Center Staple ON OFF Select this check box to specify center staple and fold and Fold Punch ON OF
179. gt Printer Settings gt Basic Settings PDL Setting Auto Utility y Number of Copies 1 User Settings Original Direction Portrait 4 pool Print Jobs ON ih HDD before RIP Printer Settings 44 A3 TR LGR OFF 4 Auto Suitch Basic Settings E 10 06 2008 15 20 Memory 1007 VL3622c VL2822c VL2222c 12 5 12 User settings 12 2 12 2 2 4 Press the desired button Job List elect job setting Utility gt Printer Settings gt Basic Settings Job Setting PDL Setting Dato Utility Number of Copies 4 1 User Settings Original Direction Portrait PCL SR Abo barore RTP ON Printer Settings PS AG A3Fe LTR LGR OFF Auto Switch Basic Settings ES 10 06 2008 15 20 Memory 100 Number of Copies Specify the default number of sets Default 1 1 In the User Settings screen press Printer Settings 3 For details on displaying the User Settings screen refer to page 12 3 2 Press Basic Settings 3 Press Number of Copies elect item and enter setting 10 06 2008 15 20 Memory 100 4 Press the C key to clear the value and then use the keypad to enter the number of sets 1 to 9999 3 Ifa value outside of the allowable range is specified the message Input error appears Enter a number within the allowable range pecify the number of prints when it is not specified from the printer driver A Utility gt B
180. hange the option settings as necessary For details refer to page 9 5 Reference For OS X 10 4 you can also add a printer by clicking Add in the Printer Setup Utility window VL3622c VL2822c VL2222c 5 5 Mac OS X 10 2 10 3 10 4 10 5 5 1 Configuring the LPR settings TCP IP Settings for the machine Specify the IP address for the machine LPD Setting for the printer Before using LPR printing enable LPD printing in LPD Setting for the machine C Reference For details on specifying the IP address for the machine refer to the User s Guide Network Administrator For details on the LPD Setting for the machine refer to the User s Guide Network Administrator Configuring the TCP IP settings for the computer Configure the TCP IP settings for the Macintosh computer connected to the printer In the Apple Menu select System Preferences 2 Click the Network icon The Ethernet setting window appears 3 For OS X 10 5 select Ethernet and then click Advanced 3 For OS X 10 4 select Built in Ethernet and then click Configure Click the TCP IP tab Configure the settings including the IP address and subnet mask according to the settings of the net work to which the Macintosh computer is connected Click the close button at the top left corner of the window 3 When the This service has unsaved changes message appears click Apply Adding a printer In the Apple Menu select S
181. he ICC profile registered on the machine can be specified in ICC Profile Set tings For details refer to page 12 27 e To utilize the ICC profiles added to the machine the ICC profiles on the machine must be registered in the printer driver in advance For details refer to page 11 39 11 9 1 Setting the printer driver The following two printer drivers support this feature e PostScript Printer Driver for Windows PS driver e PostScript PPD Printer Driver for Mac OS X For Windows 1 Click to display the Quality tab 2 Click Quality Adjustment The Quality dialog box appears Click to display the ICC Profile tab 4 Click Detail and select a document type Quality Adjustment Simple Manage Profile Detail AS Tet 0 0 0 0 Photo Figure Table Graph Color Matching ICC Profile Other RGB Color sRGB Destination Profile Auto Simulation Profile None X uy Defaut OK Cancel He 5 Configure the settings for RGB Color Destination Profile and Simulation Profile 3 The ICC profiles registered in the printer driver can be selected When printing color processing is performed according to the selected ICC profiles 6 Click OK VL3622c VL2822c VL2222c 11 37 11 Specifying the ICC profile 11 9 For Mac OS X 1 Display the Quality window 2 Click Qua
182. he entered user name is a name enabled on the machine the job is printed and counted as a job for the specified user Reference e If user authentication is not enabled in the Configure tab user authentication will not be performed If you are using the user authentication be sure to enable it in the Device Option list For details refer to page 8 5 e It is necessary to configure server settings when user authentication is performed with the server Click Server Setting and then select a server Clicking Verify allows communication with this machine to confirm whether the entered user can be authenticated This function is available only when your computer is connected to and can communi cate with this machine e When authentication is performed with the Authentication Manager in the Administrator Settings of this machine set System Connection OpenAPI Settings Authentication to OFF For details re fer to page 12 56 11 18 VL3622c VL2822c VL2222c 11 4 Printing a document on the machine for which user authentication is specified 1 1 For Mac OS X 1 Display the Output Method window 2 Select the User Authentication check box Output Method 84 Paper View O Detailed Information M collate 8 1 2x11 LEX D offset 81 2x11 Output Method Print 184 U x1 E User Authentication ex e C Account Track al PE Va Printer Information
183. he machine to the computer and installing the print er driver to the computer Perform the setup using the following procedures 2 3 1 For network connection Connect this machine to the computer 2 Check that the computer to be used is connected to the network 3 Specify the IP address of this machine and then connect it to the network Change the network settings for this machine according to the connection method or protocol 3 LPR In LPD Setting enable LPD printing Port9100 In TCP IP Settings enable the RAW port number initial setting 9100 SMB Configure settings of Print Settings in SMB Settings IPP IPPS In IPP Settings enable IPP printing To use IPPS printing install the certificate in ad vance Web Service Print In Web Service Settings enable the print function Bonjour In Bonjour Setting enable Bonjour AppleTalk In AppleTalk Settings enable AppleTalk yyy Vu A J1 Install the printer driver 3 Specify the network port for the printer driver according to the connection method or protocol Install the screen fonts 3 The DVD ROM contains the European TrueType fonts as screen fonts The Screen Font or Screen Fonts folder in the DVD ROM contains the screen fonts 3 Install the screen fonts using the standard function for the OS of adding fonts For details refer to Help of the Operating System 3 Macintosh fonts are compressed Decompress them before installing Reference
184. hine and then wait approximately 10 seconds before turning it on again If you turn the printer on immediately after turning it off it may not function correctly From the Name list select the desired model name The printer driver corresponding to the selected printer name is automatically selected 3 After the printer driver is selected go to Step 6 gt f an incorrect printer driver is selected go to Step 5 Select the desired printer driver manually 3 From Printer Model select GENERIC and then select the desired model from the list of model names Click Add When the selected printer is registered in the Printer List the setting procedure is completed VL3622c VL2822c VL2222c 5 1 Mac OS X 10 2 10 3 10 4 10 5 5 Configuring the LPR settings TCP IP Settings for the machine Specify the IP address for the machine LPD Setting for the printer Before using LPR printing enable LPD printing in LPD Setting for the machine C Reference For details on specifying the IP address for the machine refer to the User s Guide Network Administrator For details on the LPD Setting for the machine refer to the User s Guide Network Administrator Configuring the TCP IP settings for the computer Configure the TCP IP settings for the Macintosh computer connected to the printer In the Apple Menu select System Preferences 2 Click the Network icon From Show select Built in Ethernet Click
185. his machine and Cellular Phone PDA Setting is enabled in Ad ministrator Settings For details refer to page 12 57 1 In the User Settings screen press Cellular Phone PDA Setting gt For details on displaying the User Settings screen refer to page 12 3 3 Cellular Phone PDA Setting is displayed in the 2 2 screen Press Forward to switch the screen 1 Job List E Use the menu buttons or keypad to make a selection Utility gt User Settings 22 ETS CIN EUM ON ce1tular Phone PDA Setting y User Settings EDT 04 13 2009 15 20 M Memory 100 2 Press Link File Error Notification TE Job List Select item and enter setting ETE LS y Cellular Phones PDA Setting 04 13 2009 15 21 E Memory 100 VL3622c VL2822c VL2222c 12 35 12 User settings 12 2 3 Press the desired button Job List B Select item and enter setting Booknark Utility gt User Settings gt Mobile PDA Settings Job Setting Link File Error Notification eee IS Proxy Server Use No Cellular Phone PDA Setting 04 13 2009 15 21 E Memory 100 12 2 30 Use Proxy Server This function enables you to specify whether the machine uses a proxy server to access a link file when print ing an XHTML file from a cellular phone or PDA Default OFF e ON Uses a proxy server OFF Does not use a proxy server Reference Cel
186. hprofile2ice ICCprofile2 Dis Add All gt m Remove Edit 7j To apply the settings W programmed on the printer to the driver list click the Add Sel or Add All button To add a new driver list click the New button and then OK _ Cancel Help 5 Click the tab and select a color profile type 6 Select a desired profile from the Available Profile list and then click Add Sel Click Remove to delete an unnecessary ICC profile 3 To register the current driver settings as the profile click New and then enter the File Name and Profile Name 3 The profile name can be changed in Edit The selected profile is added to Driver Profile List and it can be selected in the ICC Profile entries in the Quality Adjustment dialog box Click OK For Mac OS X v The Color Profile Management function communicates with the machine to read the profiles available to the machine This function is available only when your computer is connected to and can communi cate with this machine 1 Display the Quality window 2 Click Quality Adjustment The Quality Adjustment dialog box appears 3 Click Manage Profile Quality Adjustment m Text Photo Figure Table Graph Color Matching Color Matching Color Matching Auto HH Auto 64 Auto FH Pure Black Pure Black Pure Black off 84 f off E o
187. i tion Windows Server 2003 R2 Enterprise x64 Edi tion Windows Vista Business Windows Vista Enterprise Windows Vista Home Basic I Windows Vista Home Premium Windows Vista Ultimate Windows Server 2008 Standard Windows Server 2008 Enterprise Supports 32 bit x86 64 bit x64 environ ment Utility Web Connection Compatible Web browsers lt For Windows NT4 0 2000 XP Server 2003 Vista gt e Microsoft Internet Explorer Ver 6 7 JavaScript and Cookies enabled e Netscape Navigator 7 02 or later JavaScript and Cookies enabled Mozilla Firefox 1 0 or later JavaScript and Cookies enabled lt For Macintosh MacOS 9 x MacOS X gt e Netscape Navigator 7 02 or later JavaScript and Cookies enabled e Mozilla Firefox 1 0 or later JavaScript and Cookies enabled lt For Linux gt e Netscape Navigator 7 02 or later JavaScript and Cookies enabled e Mozilla Firefox 1 0 or later JavaScript and Cookies enabled Adobe Flash Player e Plug in Ver 7 0 or later required to select Flash as the display format e Plug in Ver 9 0 or later required to use the Data Management Utility font macro data management VL3622c VL2822c VL2222c 15 5 15 Product specifications 15 1 Item Specifications MetaFrame operating en vironment The operation of this driver has been confirmed only in the following envi ronments Server OS Windows 2000 Advanced server Windows 2003 Enterprise Server MetaFrame
188. in E mail Address admin 123 com Item Description Device Informa tion Enables you to check the components options consumables and meter counts of this machine Online Assist ance Enables you to check the online assistance about this product Change User Password Changes the password of the login user Function Permis sion Information Enables you to check the function permission information about the user or account Network Setting Enables you to check the network settings of this machine Information Print Setting In Enables you to check the printer controller settings of this machine formation Print Information Prints font or configuration information VL3622c VL2822c VL2222c 13 15 1 3 Overview of the user mode 13 4 13 4 2 Job amp user Logout Change Password 2 Sp Readly to Scan amp g Receiving e E E To Main Menu HT cren sos Job History Refer to Job History for finished jobs Communication List Print Select the Job Type and click Go Print Page Display by 50 cases 1 Select Job No User Name File Name Status Time Stored al 169 Report Printing 04 02 2009 12 20 Increase Priority Delete Item Description Current Jobs Enables you to check the currently executed job or queued jobs Job Hi
189. ing C360 Paper Tray Information Tray Size Direction Paper Type Tray 81x11 LEF Plain Paper g Try2 812x11 DLE Plain Paper Try3 8121 DLE Plain Paper Tray4 81211 DLE Plain Paper E Paper Tray Settings Encrypt Passphrase Software Tools Acquire Device Information aC Acquire Settings Star OK Cancel Help Specify the model name used and presence or absence of the installed options user authentication and ac count track functions and then allow the printer driver to use the functions of the machine Item Name Device Option Functions Configure the model name of the machine and the status of the installed printer options and user authentication account track Specify the status of each item in the Setting box Paper Tray Information Displays the paper type assigned for each paper tray Click Paper Tray Settings to configure the settings for each paper tray Acquire Device Informa tion Click this button to communicate with this machine and load the status of the installed options Acquire Settings Click this button to configure conditions such as the destination when you perform Acquire Device Information VL3622c VL2822c VL2222c Default settings of the printer driver 8 2 Item Name Functions Encrypt Passphrase Any string used to encrypt communication with this machine If the encryption passphrase for the machine w
190. ings Job Setting Banner Sheet Setting OFF Utility Finishing Priority Binding Direction adjustment STO User Settings Line Width Adjustment Thin ras ackgr Id Pene Esprection ON Control Basic Settings A ee 10 06 2008 15 20 Memory 100 VL3622c VL2822c VL2222c 12 11 12 User settings 12 2 12 2 8 Line Width Adjustment Line width can be adjusted so that thin lines and small letters become easy to see Default Thin e Thin Select this option to draw letters and lines sharply Details of letters and figures are printed elab orately Normal Select this option to draw letters and lines with a normal thickness Thick Select this option to draw letters and lines thickly Letters and figures are printed clearly 1 In the User Settings screen press Printer Settings 3 For details on displaying the User Settings screen refer to page 12 3 2 Press Basic Settings 3 Switch the page by pressing 1 or and then press Line Width Adjustment ms Job List Select item and enter setting ETA Binding Direction Adjustment Finishing Priority x CIT ESTIS ON Basic Settings 10 06 2008 15 20 Memory 100 4 Press the desired button JobList E Select job setting Utility gt Printer Settings gt Basic Settings Line Width Adjustment ed ON 10 06 2008 15 21 Memory 100 12 12 VL3622c VL2822c VL2222c 12 2 User settings 12 12 2 9 Gray
191. ings 12 12 2 7 Binding Direction Adjustment Specify the method for paper arrangement adjusting the binding position for 2 sided printing Default Fin ishing Priority To increase the print efficiency specify Productivity Priority If the desired binding position and width cannot be achieved specify Finishing Priority 4 Finishing Priority All pages can be processed to an optimum condition because the machine adjusts the binding positions after receiving the print data Productivity Priority Printing is performed efficiently because the printer processes data while receiv ing or printing concurrently Control Adjustments The printer follows the settings configured in the printer driver without adjusting the binding position In the User Settings screen press Printer Settings gt For details on displaying the User Settings screen refer to page 12 3 Press Basic Settings Switch the page by pressing 1 or and then press Binding Direction Adjustment Job List E Select item and enter setting Utility gt Printer Settings gt Basic Settings Banner Sheet Setting OFF Utility y Binding Direction Adjustment Finishing Priority User Settings Line Width Adjustment Thin y Fent Barreceion ON y Basic Settings O gt 10 06 2008 15 20 Memory 100 Press the desired button JobList Select job setting Utility gt Printer Settings gt Basic Sett
192. ion diagram 2 8 Connection methods 3 6 Control panel 2 5 Copy security 8 77 8 20 9 20 Cover mode tab 8 75 Cover mode transparency interleave 9 77 CR LF mapping 72 25 Custom page sizes 70 6 Custom size 8 77 9 9 Customizing 73 79 D Date 8 77 9 20 Date time 8 22 9 22 Default settings 8 5 9 5 10 4 Deleting secure print documents 72 44 Device option 8 5 Direct printing 73 77 Driver password encryption setting 72 60 E Edge enhancement 8 24 9 24 Encryption passphrase 8 6 9 74 77 33 Error message 74 6 Ethernet 2 8 F Fax driver 3 5 Fax settings 73 28 Finish tab 8 74 Finishing options 70 8 Flow of printing 2 4 Folding 8 74 9 75 10 8 Font settings 72 27 Font size 72 23 Front cover 8 75 9 17 10 8 G GDI demo page 75 70 General settings 70 7 Glossary 75 73 Glossy mode 8 24 9 23 10 8 Gray background text correction 72 73 H Header footer 8 77 9 20 9 23 ICC profile 77 37 ICC profile settings 72 27 ID 4 print deletion time 72 46 ID amp print operation settings 72 50 ID amp print settings 72 49 ID amp print settings for deletion after printing 72 47 Image compression 8 24 Image shift 8 74 9 75 Installing 5 3 Interfaces 2 8 VL3622c VL2822c VL2222c 16 3 16 Index by item 16 1 Interleaving OHP transparencies 8 76 9 78 10 8 IPP 3 6 4 6 4 14 4 20 5 7 5 12 IPPS 3 6 4 6 4 14 4 20 L Layout 70 7 Layout tab 8 73 Layout finishing 9 74 Line
193. ired paper tray and then either 1 Sided or 2 Sided button f i Select x11 or 1147 paper i hiit Touch Start or press Start to begin printing Utility gt Print Reports gt Configuration Page Paper Tray Simplex Duplex im v ZEE gt ay y y Configurat i Pago 2 04 13 2009 15 20 E Memory 100 5 Press Start or the Start key to print the report 3 To stop operations press Cancel 12 2 28 TIFF Image Paper Setting Select this option to configure how to determine the paper size when directly printing TIFF or JPEG image data Default Auto Paper Select Direct print is used to print documents using the direct print function of Web Connection or from external memory or cellular phone PDA e Auto Paper Select Select this option to calculate the size of the image based on its resolution and the number of pixels to print the image on paper that fits the image size Select this option to print images on paper of the same size as the image e Priority Paper Size Select this option to print on paper of the paper size specified on the machine If the image size is larger than the paper size it is automatically reduced You can specify the paper size in User Settings Printer Settings Paper Setting Paper Size 1 In the User Settings screen press Printer Settings 3 For details on displaying the User Settings screen refer to page 12 3 VL3622c VL2822c VL2222c
194. istance Network Setting Information Print Setting Information we vob E J check the status of your job and job history Current Jobs Job History C EE Store data in the HDD print stored date from the HDD Create User Boxes according to purpose and save documents Open User Box Create User Box Create System User Box Direct Print Print following file types PDF TIFF PS JPEG Text Direct Print 7 Store Address The other party who wants to transmit data can be registered Address Book Group Temporary One Touch Subject Customize 91 Customize display settings by user Option Information RD Check device information and consumables information such as Toner To Login Screen il Function Permission Information Print Information Communication List Open System User Box Program To log in as an administrator log out once VL3622c VL2822c VL2222c 13 5 13 Login and Logout 13 2 Login as an administrator again Language Login View Mode User Assist Web Connection OS Language OS Language v Public User Administrator e Flash C HTML Flash Player is necessary to see in Flash form acrpraver F Display dialog box in case of warning Starting up Data Management Utility Flash Player is required to use the Data Management Utility s Manage Copy Protect Data BManage Stamp Data x aManage Font Macro 1 1 Can only run on Windows
195. istrator mode overview 1 3 13 5 4 User authentication Account track User Auth Account Track vj Display Authentication Method User Authentication Setting User Authentication ON MFP he Account Track Settings Public User Access ON Without Login External Server Settings Dietary Tire Setting ete U JMinute 1 60 Public User Box Setting Account Track ON v User Account Common Account Track Input Method Setting Synchronize User Authentication amp Synchronize 3 Scan to Home Settings Scan to Authorized Folder Settings Se Administrator Logout 2 3 Ready to Scan E Ready to Print e To Main Menu Authentication Method Account Track Number of Counters Assigned for Ewo Users 500 1 999 When Number of Jobs Reach Maximurn Skip Job Cancel Item Description Authentication Method Configure the User Authentication or Account Track setting in this machine To en able authentication configure the number of assigned counters or the When Number of Jobs Reach Maximum setting User Authentica tion Setting When enabling User Authentication register the target user or configure user set ting Account Track Settings When enabling Account Track register and edit the target account External Server Settings When enabling external server authentication register the external server Public User Box Setting Specify the upper limit of
196. ith User in Administrator Settings of the machine printing a document by specifying from ID amp Print User Box displays the screen to confirm the deletion of the job For details refer to page 12 47 11 28 VL3622c VL2822c VL2222c 11 66 ID amp Print 11 Logging in using the authentication unit 1 Press Auth Unit and then press Begin Printing 5 Documents stored in the ID amp Print User Box can be printed after authentication Place your finger on the authentication device Access Name Status Job Details Lvl 8 ol i ss 2 Touch the authentication unit with the finger or IC card Once the user is authenticated the print job is printed 3 Press Print 8 Access to enable printing of the job and a normal login 3 Logging in by pressing Access allows you to log in as usual without printing a job After logging in open the ID amp Print User Box to print the document gt f ID amp Print Operation Settings is set to Print All Jobs when there are multiple jobs all jobs are output in a single authentication If it is set to Print Each Job the jobs are printed one by one in the order they have been stored Reference e You can specify ID amp Print Operation Settings in User Authentication Account Track User Authen tication Setti
197. k box to print using a gloss finish Toner Save ON OFF Select this check box to adjust the printing density in order to save the amount of toner consumed VL3622c VL2822c VL2222c 9 23 Parameter details 9 5 Function Name Option Description Edge Enhance ment ON OFF Select this check box to enhance the edges of charac ters graphics and images so that thin lines and small letters become clearly visible Color Settings Document Photo DTP Web CAD Select any of the options to print with a quality suitable for the selected original Document Select this option to print with a quality suitable for documents with many characters Photo Select this option to print with a quality suitable for photos DTP Select this option to print with a quality suitable for documents produced by DTP Web Select this option to print with a quality suitable for Web page printing CAD Select this option to print with a quality suitable for CAD data printing Quality Adjust Click this button to adjust the image quality Adjust the ment text photos figures tables and graphs in each origi nal Profiles can also be managed here Auto Trapping ON OFF Select this option to superimpose neighboring colors to print so as to prevent white space being generated around a picture Black Over Print Off Text Text Figure Select this check box to superimpose b
198. key to enter Fax Scan mode While the machine is in Fax Scan mode the indicator on the Fax Scan key lights up in green For details refer to the User s Guide Network Scan Fax Network Fax Operations 12 Copy Press this key to enter Copy mode The machine is in Copy mode in default While the machine is in Copy mode the in dicator on the Copy key lights up in green For details refer to the User s Guide Copy Operations Reference e The default print settings can be changed in the Utility mode e You can use this machine as a printer in either of User Box Fax Scan and Copy modes C Reference For details on proof printing refer to page 11 3 VL3622c VL2822c VL2222c 2 2 Operating environment 2 2 Operating environment This section describes the system requirements for using this printing system and the interfaces used for connection 2 2 1 Connectable computers and operating system Make sure that the computer to be connected meets the following conditions Windows Windows Operating system The supported OS varies depending on the type of printer driver For details re fer to page 3 4 CPU Any processor of the same or higher specifications as recommended for your operating system Memory Memory capacity as recommended for your operating system Sufficient memory resource is required for your operating system and the appli cations to be used Drive DVD ROM drive Macintosh
199. l panel of the machine User Authentica tion Select this check box to specify the user name and password if User Authentication has been specified for the machine Selecting this check box displays the setting window Account Track Select this check box to specify the account name and password if Account Track has been specified for the machine Selecting this check box displays the setting window Detail Settings C Reference Click this button to display the window for configuring the detail settings For details on each print function in Output Method refer to page 11 3 VL3622c VL2822c VL2222c 9 5 Parameter details Checking the Output Method detail settings Clicking Detail Settings displays the Output Method functions for which detail settings can be specified Clicking Expand All displays the settings Selecting a function and clicking Settings displays the window for specifying the detail settings for the se lected function Function Name Detail Settings Settings Secure Print gt Save in User Box gt User Authentication gt Account Track gt Administrator Settings C ExpandAll Collapse All x OK Description Secure Print This is the same window as that appears when you specify Secure Print in Output Method Save in User Box This is the same window as that appears when you specify Save
200. lable Scalable Scalable Scalable Scalable Scalable Scalable Scalable Scalable Scalable Scalable Scalable Scalable Scalable Scalable Escape Sequence esc 01X lt esc gt s0p10h0s0b4099T esc 01X lt esc gt slpl2v0s0b4101T lt esc gt 01X lt esc gt s1p12v0s3b4101T esc 01X esc slpi12vis0b4101T esc 01X lt esc gt s1p12v153b4101T esc 01X lt esc gt slp12v0s0b4113T esc 01X esc s1p12v0s3b4113T esc 01X lt esc gt slp12v1s0b4113T esc 01X lt esc gt s1p12vl1s3b4113T esc 01X lt esc gt s1p12v1s0b4116T esc 01X lt esc gt s1p12v453b4140T lt esc gt 01X lt esc gt s1pl2v0s0b4148T esc 01X esc s1p12v0s3b4148T esc 01X esc slpl2vis0b4148T esc 01X lt esc gt s1p12v1s3b4148T esc 01X esc s1p12v4s0b4148T esc 01X lt esc gt slpl2v4s3b4148T esc 01X esc s1pl2v5s0b4148T esc 01X esc s1p12v5s3b4148T esc 01X esc s1p12v0s0b4168T esc 01X esc s1p12v0s3b4168T esc 01X esc s1p12v1s0b4168T esc 01X lt esc gt slpl2v0s0b4197T esc 01X lt esc gt s1p12v0s3b4197T esc 01X lt esc gt s1p12v150b4197T 15 8 VL3622c VL2822c VL2222c 15 2 Printing reports 15 15 23 PS font list PS Font List Resident Fonts A E Albertus MT Albertus MT Italic Albertus MT Light Antique Olive Roman Antique Olive Italic Antique Olive Bold Antique Olive Compact App
201. lack 2 Color Total Reset f Total 122 5 3 30 License Settings Large Size lo lo lo lo gt Edit Font Macro Scan Fax Counter Job Log Print Print s eo Full Color Black Lais Total 13 54 Large Size Fax TX lo Fax RX jo Total Copy Print Full Color Black 2 Color Total Je 60 3 Paper Size Type Counter Paper Size Paper Type Count nt x17 Not Specified 0 Bg 1 2 x 14 Not Specified 0 BB 12 x11 Not Specified D l5 12 x8 1 2 Not Specified lo A3 Not Specified B4 Not Specified uu B5 Not Specified 0 AA Not Specified jas Not Specified Others Not Specified D Item Description Meter Count Enables you to check the meter count of this machine ROM Version Enables you to check the ROM version Import Export Saves exports setting information of this machine as a file or writes imports it from a file to this machine Status Notifica Configure the function to be reported to a registered user when an error has oc tion Setting curred in this machine Specify the destination and items to notify a registered user of an error Total Counter Configure the setting to notify the target user of the total counter by E mail and reg Notification Set ister the E mail address of the destination ting Date Time Set Specify the date and time displayed in this machine ting Timer Setting Configure Power Save or Weekly Timer Setting in this machine Network Error Specify whether to display the net
202. lack color ona C Reference neighboring color to print so as to prevent white space being generated around black characters or figures You can specify to cause the overlapping on the char acters alone or on characters and figures For details on managing the profile refer to page 11 37 and page 11 39 9 24 VL3622c VL2822c VL2222c 1 0 Print Functions of Mac OS 9 2 10 1 Print operations 1 0 OOO O 10 Print Functions of Mac OS 9 2 This chapter describes the functions of the printer driver for OS 9 2 10 1 Print operations Print jobs are specified from the application software 1 Open the data in the application and click File Then click Print from the menu gt Ifthe menu is not available click Print The Print window appears 2 Check that the desired printer name is selected in Printer gt Ifthe target printer is not selected select it gt Ifthe printer does not appear select the printer from Chooser For details refer to page 5 13 3 The Print window varies depending on the application software 824 Printer z Destination General Copies C 4 Collated Pages All Paper Source 6 All pages from Auto Select J O First page from Tray DIED Remaining from Tray 3 Specify the print range and the number of copies to print 4 Switch the setting window as necessary to change the printer driver settings 3
203. le Chancery Arial Arial Italic Arial Bold Arial Bold Italic ITC Avant Garde Gothic Book ITC Avant Garde Gothic Book Oblique ITC Avant Garde Gothic Demi ITC Avant Garde Gothic Demi Oblique Bodoni Roman Bodoni Italic Bodoni Bold Bodoni Bold Italic Bodoni Poster Bodoni Poster Compressed ITC Bookman Light ITC Bookman Light Italic ITC Bookman Demi ITC Bookman Demi Italic Mu ACA Chicago Clarendon Roman Clarendon Bold AlbertusMT AlbertusMT Italic AlbertusMT Light AntiqueOlive Roman AntiqueOlive Italic AntiqueOlive Bold AntiqueOlive Compact Apple Chancery ArialMT Arial ItalicMT Arial BoldMT Arial BolditalicMT AvantGarde Book AvantGarde BookOblique AvantGarde Demi AvantGarde DemiOblique Bodoni Bodoni Italic Bodoni Bold Bodoni Boldltalic Bodoni Poster Bodoni PosterCompressed Bookman Light Bookman Lightltalic Bookman Demi Bookman Demiltalic Carta Chicago Clarendon Clarendon Bold VL3622c VL2822c VL2222c 15 9 15 2 Printing reports GDI demo page 15 2 4 Test Page x AA w i The quick brown fox jumps over the lazy dog The quick brown fox jumps over the lazy dog The quick brown fox jumps over the lazy dog The quick brown fox jumps over the lazy dog The quick brown fox jumps over the lazy dog The quick brown fox jumps over the lazy dog The quick brown fox jumps over the laz The quick brown fox jumps over th The quick brown fox jumps ove The quick b
204. leTalk settings Configuring the AppleTalk Settings for the machine Enable AppleTalk in AppleTalk Settings and then enter the printer name C Reference For details on the AppleTalk Settings for the machine refer to the User s Guide Network Administrator Configuring the AppleTalk settings for the computer Configure the AppleTalk settings for the Macintosh computer connected to the printer In the Apple Menu select System Preferences Click the Network icon From Show select Built in Ethernet Click the AppleTalk tab and then select the Make AppleTalk Active check box Click the close button at the top left corner of the window 3 When the This service has unsaved changes or Apply configuration changes message appears click Apply Adding a printer i Select Macintosh HD Applications Utilities where the driver has been installed and then double click Printer Setup Utility or Print Center to open it When the You have no printers available window appears click Add When the printer list appears click Add gt If available printers have already been specified the You have no printers available window does not appear Select AppleTalk for the connection method and then select the zone to which the machine is con nected Connected printers are detected 3 f no printer is detected turn this machine off then on again In this case turn off this mac
205. lity Adjustment The Quality Adjustment dialog box appears 3 Configure the settings for RGB Color Destination Profile and Simulation Profile according to the type of the document to be printed 3 The ICC profiles registered in the printer driver can be selected Text Photo Figure Table Graph Color Matching Color Matching Color Matching Auto HA Auto be Auto H4 Pure Black Pure Black Pure Black off Off Fort E Screen Screen Screen f Auto FH Auto HH Auto Smoothing Smoothing Auto Z Auto B RGB Color RGB Color RGB Color sRGB HH sRGB FH sRGB H4 Destination Profile Destination Profile Destination Profile Auto Auto Auto Simulation Simulation Profile CMYK Gray Treatment None B Composite Black Match Paper Color C Manage Profile Cane SD When printing color processing is performed according to the selected ICC profiles 4 Click OK 11 38 VL3622c VL2822c VL2222c 11 10 Registering the ICC profiles in the printer driver 1 1 11 10 Registering the ICC profiles in the printer driver Additional ICC profiles downloaded and added to the machine can be registered in the printer driver A registered ICC profile can be specified when printing Reference e The ICC profiles are registered to the machine using the Download Manager application For details refer to the Help for the application software 11 10 1 Setting the printer driver The following two printer drivers
206. llation be sure to connect the machine to the network To use the Web service print check that Network discovery is enabled in Network and Sharing Cent er on the computer Insert the printer driver DVD ROM for Windows into the DVD ROM drive of the computer Press the Start key and then select Network The Network window appears starting to search for the computers and devices on the network Select the device name of the machine and then click Install on the toolbar gt If the User Account Control window appears click Continue A printer compatible with the selected Web service print function is located and then the Found New Hardware dialog box appears Follow the instructions on the pages that follow 3 Ifthe User Account Control window appears click Continue 2 If the Windows Security window for verifying the publisher appears click Install this driver soft ware anyway C Reference The operating steps in the Found New Hardware dialog box are the same as those described in Installing the printer driver by specifying the IP address using the Add Printer Wizard For details refer to Steps 11 through 20 in the succeeding section VL3622c VL2822c VL2222c 4 1 Windows Vista Server 2008 4 Installing the printer driver by specifying the IP address using the Add Printer Wizard v v N Installing the driver to Windows Vista Server 2008 based computers requires the administrato
207. lly detecting the printer on the network USB A connection using a USB port Connection meth USB A connection using a USB port p 4 10 od in which plug and play based setup is possible 3 6 VL3622c VL2822c VL2222c 3 3 Connection methods selectable in each operating system 3 3 3 2 Reference To use Windows Vista Server 2008 log on to the computer using a user name with Administrator priv ileges and then install the printer driver QA Reference Before you can use this machine in the network environment you must configure network settings for this machine For details refer to User s Guide Network Administrator In Windows Vista Server 2008 you cannot set up IPPS connection Secure Print using the installer To use IPPS connection use the Add Printer Wizard For details refer to page 4 6 Windows 2000 XP Server 2003 Setup procedures Connection method Reference page Connection meth Port9100 A network connection using the e Select a connection od in which install PORT9100 print service It uses a method during instal er based setup is TCP IP protocol and the RAW lation procedures possible printing port Select Normal Print IPP IPPS A network connection using the ER IPP Internet Printing Protocol method Internet print service Printing via the In Printing for the IPP ternet is possible with the HTTP connection method HyperText Transfer Protocol of or Secure Printing the T
208. ls 8 4 3 AR Reference For details on the paper sizes loadable in the paper trays refer to the User s Guide Copy Operationsj For details on the output method refer to page 11 3 Layout tab Function Name Printing Preferences f My Tab Basic Layout Finish Cover Mode Stamp Composition Quaity Other Favorite Setting 2 Defaut Setting v 5 l gt Combination Print Type j ma 2 1 Sided LL Binding Position zt Auto X Rotate 180 Binding Margin Skip Blank Pages Es 3 Image Shift 1 El n a SHE Printer View Printer Infomation Imm ok Caneel Help Option Description Combination 2 in 1 4 in 1 6 in 1 9 in 1 16 in 1 2x 2 3x 3 4x4 Select any of the options to print multiple pages of the original on to one sheet or print information on one page of the original on to several sheets In Combina tion Details specify the page order and use of the border frame Combination De tails Combination Select the combination condition Layout Order Specify the layout order It can be specified when N in 1 is specified for Combination Border Specify the presence and type of border lines It can be specified when N in 1 is specified for Combination Overlap width line Specify the presence of overlap width line It can be specified when N x N is specified fo
209. lular Phone PDA Setting is displayed when the optional Local Interface Kit EK 605 is installed while Bluetooth Setting is enabled in this machine and Cellular Phone PDA Setting is enabled in Ad ministrator Settings For details refer to page 12 57 When using a proxy server for connection select Administrator Settings Network Settings Web DAV Settings WebDAV Client Settings Proxy Server Address to register the desired proxy server For details refer to the User s Guide Network Administrator 1 In the User Settings screen press Cellular Phone PDA Setting gt For details on displaying the User Settings screen refer to page 12 3 3 Cellular Phone PDA Setting is displayed in the 2 2 screen Press Forward to switch the screen JobList E Use the menu buttons or keypad to make a selection 22 ETS EEES 1 E User Settings 04 13 2009 15 21 M Memory 100 12 36 VL3622c VL2822c VL2222c 12 2 User settings 12 2 Press Proxy Server Use Select item and enter setting Utility gt User Settings gt Mobile PDA Settings Link File Error Notification Yes Proxy Server Use No en 04 13 2009 15 20 E Memory 100 3 Press the desired button Select item and enter setting Utility gt User Settings gt Mobile PDA Settings Job Setting Link File Error Notification Yes ON Proxy Server Use SS fores em Job List 04 13 2009 15 20 M Memory 100 VL3622
210. ly 3 When OS X 10 5 is used select the Select a driver to use from the Print Using and then select the printer driver of the desired model name from the list 3 When OS X 10 4 is used select GENERIC from the Print Using and then select the printer driver of the desired model name from the list Click Add When the selected printer is registered in the Print amp Fax the setting procedure is completed gt If the Installable Options window appears proceed to change the option settings as necessary For details refer to page 9 5 Reference e For OS X 10 4 you can also add a printer by clicking Add in the Printer Setup Utility window VL3622c VL2822c VL2222c 5 1 Mac OS X 10 2 10 3 10 4 10 5 5 Configuring the AppleTalk settings Configuring the AppleTalk Settings for the machine Enable AppleTalk in AppleTalk Settings and then enter the printer name C Reference For details on the AppleTalk Settings for the machine refer to the User s Guide Network Administrator Configuring the AppleTalk Settings for the computer Configure the AppleTalk settings for the Macintosh computer connected to the printer In the Apple Menu select System Preferences Click the Network icon The Ethernet setting window appears 3 For OS X 10 5 select Ethernet and then click Advanced 3 For OS X 10 4 select Built in Ethernet and then click Configure Double click the
211. m a cellular phone or PDA the optional Local Interface Kit EK 605 is required The settings for enabling a Bluetooth communication are also required Contact your service represent ative in advance If you cannot access the link file when attempting to print an XHTML file the document will either not be printed or will be printed in a black frame depending on the setting in User Settings Cellular Phone PDA Setting Link File Error Notification For details refer to page 12 35 To access the link file for printing an XHTML file WebDAV Settings of this machine is required To use a proxy for connection register a proxy server in Administrator Settings Network Settings Web DAV Settings WebDAV Client Settings Proxy Server Address and set User Settings Cellular Phone PDA Setting Proxy Server Use to ON For details refer to page 12 36 The communication speed may drop or communication may be interrupted due to obstacles signal quality magnetic field or static electricity Protected documents and image data may not be sent depending on the security setting of the cellular phone or PDA 11 7 2 Printing a document Reference To print from a cellular phone or PDA set Administrator Settings System Connection Cellular Phone PDA Setting to Allow in advance For details refer to page 12 57 To use a Bluetooth commu nication Bluetooth Setting must be enabled in this machine Fo
212. machine 6 Click OK The Chooser window appears again Close the Chooser window ER Reference The option settings are displayed automatically when the printer driver is selected for the first time For de tails refer to page 5 13 10 4 VL3622c VL2822c VL2222c 10 2 Default settings of the printer driver 10 10 2 2 Registering the default settings The settings for the machine functions configured when printing can only be applied while using the applica tion When you exit the application the settings return to their default settings To register the settings save the printer driver settings For OS 9 2 click Save Settings in the Print window to save the settings C Reference For details on the function and settings of the printer driver refer to page 10 6 Reference Finishing Options 1 gt 824 Printer Destination a Offset Output Tray Binding Position Print Type Combination Punch The settings in the Page Setup dialog box cannot be saved VL3622c VL2822c VL2222c 10 5 10 Parameter details 10 3 10 3 10 3 1 10 3 2 Parameter details The printer driver function settings can be configured in Page Attributes in the Page Setup dialog box or Layout or Finishing Options in the Print window Page Attributes From the File menu select in Page Setup or Page Setup LaserWriter 8 Page Setup Page Attributes Paper
213. me used to identify a device on a network Memory A storage device used for storing data temporarily Some types of memory retain data even after the power is turned off while others not Local printer A printer connected to a parallel or USB port of a computer 15 16 VL3622c VL2822c VL2222c 16 1 Index by item 16 16 16 1 Index Index by item Numerics 2 sided printing 72 76 A Accessing 73 3 Account track 77 20 13 6 Adding a printer 4 3 4 77 4 17 4 22 Address registration 73 78 13 27 Administrator mode 73 77 13 20 Administrator settings 9 73 12 40 AppleTalk 3 8 3 9 5 5 5 10 5 13 Authentication 72 56 Authentication and printing 77 23 Authentication unit 77 29 Auto size switching between A4 A3 and LTR LGR 12 9 Auto trapping 8 24 9 24 10 8 12 29 B Back cover 8 75 9 17 10 8 Banner printing 77 42 Banner sheet paper tray 72 20 Banner sheet setting 72 70 Basic tab 8 77 Binding direction adjustment 72 77 Binding margin 8 73 Binding position 8 73 9 15 70 8 12 17 Black over print 8 24 9 24 10 8 12 30 Bonjour 3 8 5 4 C Cannot configure the settings 74 5 Cannot print 74 3 Capturing print data 72 58 Cellular phone or PDA 77 30 Cellular phone or PDA settings 72 57 Center stapling and folding 8 74 9 75 Checking jobs 73 76 Collated 9 77 70 7 Collating 8 72 9 77 Color settings 8 24 9 24 10 8 Combination 8 73 70 8 Configure tab 8 5 Connect
214. ministrator registered user or account Click the user name to display the login user name 2 Status display Displays the status of the printer and scanner sections of this ma chine with icons and messages Clicking the desired icon when an error occurs displays the information Consumable Info Paper Tray or user registration page associated with the icon to enable you to check the status Message display Displays the operating status of this machine To Login Screen Log Click this button to log out the current mode and log in again When out logged in as a public user To Login Screen appears When logged in as a registered user or an administrator Logout appears 5 Change Password Click this button to jump to the user password change page This button appears only in the user mode page in which you logged in as a registered user VL3622c VL2822c VL2222c 13 13 13 Structure of pages 13 3 No Item Description 6 Help Click this icon to display the page specified in the Online Help Web site For the specified pages refer to Online Assistance in page 13 21 Refresh Click this icon to refresh the information displayed in the page 8 Icon Select the category of the item to be displayed The following icons are displayed in the user mode e Information e Job e User Box e Direct Print e Store Address e Customize 9 Menu Displays information and setting for the selected icon
215. n OpenAPI Settings OFF 10 06 2008 15 36 Close Memory 100 4 Set Authentication to OFF Select whether or not authentication is to be used with OpenAPI Booknark 222 Administrator Settings gt OpenAPI Settings gt Authentication Utility Administrator Settings Systel Connection OpenAP I Settings Authentication 10 06 2008 15 36 Memory 100 y y m 5 Press OK The authentication settings are configured 12 56 VL3622c VL2822c VL2222c 12 4 Administrator Settings 1 2 12 4 16 Configuring the cellular phone or PDA settings You can specify whether to allow printing from a cellular phone or PDA and saving in a User Box Default Restrict e Allow Allow printing from a cellular phone or PDA and saving in a User Box o Restrict Not allow printing from a cellular phone or PDA or saving in a User Box Reference Cellular Phone PDA Setting is displayed when the optional Local Interface Kit EK 605 is installed while Bluetooth Setting is enabled in this machine For details refer to the User s Guide Network Ad ministrator To enable a Bluetooth communication contact your service representative in advance 1 In the Administrator Settings screen press System Connection gt For details on displaying the Administrator Settings screen refer to page 12 40 2 inthe System Connection screen press Cellular Phone PDA Setting 3 Pre
216. n IPP IPPS For IPP printing configure the network settings before installing the printer driver Settings for the machine To use IPP printing you must configure the network settings for the machine in advance Items to be configured Description IP address In TCP IP Settings of the machine specify the IP address IPP Setting In IPP Settings for the machine enable IPP printing C Reference For details on the network settings for the machine refer to the User s Guide Network Administrator Before you can use IPPS printing you must register a certificate with this machine You can use the self signed certificate that is preinstalled in this machine For details refer to User s Guide Network Administra tor Installing the printer driver manually using the Add Printer Wizard v X Installing the driver to Windows 2000 based computers requires the administrator authority Insert the printer driver DVD ROM for Windows into the DVD ROM drive of the computer Click Start and then select Settings Printers Double click the Add Printer icon Add Printer Wizard starts Click Next In the Local or Network Printer page select Network printer and then click Next gt In the Locate Your Printer page select Connect to a printer on the Internet or your intranet In the URL field enter the URL for the machine in the following format and then click Next gt http lt IP address for the ma
217. n P Account Track Za Printer Information Detail Settings O Carr review Prt VL3622c VL2822c VL2222c 9 7 Common Setting 9 3 Item Name Functions Paper View Displays the sample page layout based on current settings for checking the print result image Detailed Information Displays the current settings in texts Printer Information Displays the installation option status Default Click this button to return to the default settings Cancel Click this button to disable cancel changed settings and close the proper ties window Print Click this button to enable changed settings for printing Reference Clicking Acquire Device Information in the Printer Information window communicates with the ma chine and load the status of the installed options This function is available only when your computer is connected to and can communicate with the machine VL3622c VL2822c VL2222c 9 4 Adding a custom size 9 9 4 Adding a custom size To use paper of other than a standard size register a custom paper size 1 From the File menu select Page Setup or Page Setup 2 Open the window for registering a custom size 3 For Mac OS X 10 4 10 5 select Manage Custom Sizes from the Paper Size list 3 For Mac OS X 10 2 10 3 select Custom Paper Size from Settings 3 Click OS X 10 4 10 5 or New OS X 10 2 10 3 4
218. n PPD file appears Click the applicable PPD file and then click Select The Untitled window appears again Click Change for LPR Printer Selection The window for entering the IP address appears In Printer Address enter the IP address of the machine and then click OK The Untitled window appears again Click Create The window for saving the settings appears Enter the Save desktop printer as and then click Save An icon for the LPR printer is created on the desktop VL3622c VL2822c VL2222c 6 Installation when Using NetWare 6 1 NetWare 6 6 Installation when Using NetWare This chapter describes the settings necessary when using NetWare and the procedure for installing printer drivers for the Windows client 6 1 NetWare 6 1 1 Network Settings In the NetWare Settings screen for the machine specify IPX Setting and NetWare Print Mode EQ Reference For details on the NetWare settings for the machine refer to the User s Guide Network Administrator 6 1 2 Configuring the Windows client For the Windows client that uses a printer install the printer driver using the Add Printer Wizard v X Administrator authority is required for installation 1 Insert the printer driver DVD for Windows into the DVD ROM drive of the computer 2 Open the Printers window or Printers and Faxes window 3 Perform Add a printer or Add Printer Add Printer Wizard st
219. n specify to cause the overlapping on the characters alone or on characters and figures Color Matching Text Select this option to adjust the color quality of the text in the original Pure Black Text Select whether to use ON OFF the Pure Black function for the texts in the original Screen Text Select whether to use screening for the texts in the original Color Matching Photo Select this option to adjust the color quality of the photos in the original Pure Black Photo Select whether to use ON OFF the Pure Black function for the photos in the original Screen Photo Select whether to use screening for the photos in the original Smoothing Photo Select whether to use smoothing for the photos in the original 10 8 VL3622c VL2822c VL2222c 10 3 Parameter details 10 Function Name Description Color Matching Graphic Select this option to adjust the color quality of the figures tables or graphs in the original Pure Black Graphic Select whether to use ON OFF the Pure Black function for the figures ta bles or graphs in the original Screen Graphic Select whether to use screening for the figures tables or graphs in the original Smoothing Graphic Select whether to use smoothing for the figures table or graphs in the original Toner Save Select this check box to adjust the p
220. nce For details on Installable Options refer to page 9 5 For details on Secure Print refer to page 11 6 VL3622c VL2822c VL2222c 9 2 Default settings of the printer driver 9 9 2 Default settings of the printer driver When you have installed the printer driver you need to change the initialization conditions such as options and enable functions of the machine from the printer driver NOTICE Any options that are installed in the machine but not configured ion the Printer Info tab cannot be used by the printer driver Be sure to configure the settings for the installed options 9 2 1 Option settings 1 Open the Print amp Fax or Printer Setup Utility Print Center window 3 The Print amp Fax window can be opened from the System Preferences in the Apple Menu OS X 10 4 10 5 3 The Printer Setup Utility Print Center window can be opened from Macintosh HD Applications Utilities Display the Printer Info window gt For the Print 8 Fax window click Options amp Supplies OS X 10 5 or Printer Setup OS X 10 4 gt For the Printer Setup Utility Print Center window select Show Info of the Printers menu Q Display the Installable Options window 3 For Mac OS X 10 5 click Driver gt In OS X 10 2 10 3 10 4 select Installable Options 4 Specify the installed options General Driver Supply Levels Print Using PS 5 To t
221. nding Direction Adjustment 72 77 Paper Tray 12 14 Binding Margin Settings 8 74 Paper Tray Information 8 5 Binding Position 72 77 Paper View 8 8 Black Overprint 72 30 PCL Font List 72 32 C PCL Settings 72 27 Cellular Phone PDA Settings 12 57 bE Leng 74 2 Combination Details 8 73 Preferences 8 3 Configuration Page 72 32 PANER P A CR LF Mapping 12 25 Print amp Login 77 26 Print Data Capture 72 58 D Print PS Errors 12 26 Delete Secure Print Documents 72 44 Print Reports 72 32 Demo Page 72 32 Print without Authentication 72 57 Detail Settings 9 72 Print XPS Errors 72 54 Driver Password Encryption Setting 77 33 12 60 Print Fax Output Setting 72 42 Printer Settings 72 5 72 53 T l Printer View 8 8 Edit My Tab 8 10 Properties 8 3 Editing watermark 8 18 PS Font List 72 32 F PS Setting 72 26 Font Settings 72 27 PSWC Direct Print 72 55 Font Size 12 23 Punch 72 79 Gray Background Text Correction 72 73 Quality Adjustment 8 25 9 24 l S ICC Profile Settings 72 27 Save Custom Size 8 7 ID amp Print Delete after Print Setting 72 47 Secure Print Only 72 59 ID amp Print Delete Time 72 46 Secure Print User Box 77 8 ID amp Print Operation Settings 72 50 Single Color gt 2 Color Output Management 72 52 ID amp Print Settings 72 49 Skip Job Operation Settings 72 48 ID amp Print User Box 77 27 Spool Print Jobs in HDD before RIP 72 8 Image Shift Settings 8 74 Staple 72 78 Symbol Set 72 22 16 6 VL3622c VL2822c VL2222c 16 2 Index by button 16 T
222. ndow Configuring the LPR settings TCP IP Settings for the machine Specify the IP address for the machine LPD Setting for the printer Before using LPR printing enable LPD printing in LPD Setting for the machine QA Reference For details on specifying the IP address for the machine refer to the User s Guide Network Administrator For details on the LPD Setting for the machine refer to the User s Guide Network Administrator Configuring the TCP IP settings for the computer Configure the TCP IP settings for the Macintosh computer connected to the printer In the Apple Menu select Control Panels TCP IP From Connect via select Ethernet Select the Configure item and configure the settings including the IP address and subnet mask ac cording to the settings for the network to which the Macintosh computer is connected Click the close button at the top left corner of the window 3 When the Save changes to the current configuration message appears click Save Adding a printer 4 Select Macintosh HD Applications Mac OS 9 Utilities and then double click Desktop Printer Utility to open it The New Desktop Printer window appears In Printing select LaserWriter In Create Desktop select Printer LPR The Untitled window appears In PostScriptTM Printer Description PPD File click Change The window for selecting a PostScript printer descriptio
223. ndows 2000 Server Service Pack 3 or later Windows XP Home Edition Service Pack 1 or later Windows XP Professional Service Pack 1 or later Windows Server 2003 Standard Edition Serv ice Pack 1 or later Windows Server 2003 Enterprise Edition Service Pack 1 or later Windows Server 2003 R2 Standard Edition Windows Server 2003 R2 Enterprise Edition Windows XP Professional x64 Edition Windows Server 2003 Standard x64 Edition Windows Server 2003 Enterprise x64 Edition Windows Server 2003 R2 Standard x64 Edi tion Windows Server 2003 R2 Enterprise x64 Edi tion Windows Vista Business Windows Vista Enterprise Windows Vista Home Basic P Windows Vista Home Premium Windows Vista Ultimate Windows Server 2008 Standard Windows Server 2008 Enterprise Supports 32 bit x86 64 bit x64 environ ment PostScript Driver PS driver Windows 2000 Professional Service Pack 4 or later Windows 2000 Server Service Pack 3 or later Windows XP Home Edition Service Pack 1 or later Windows XP Professional Service Pack 1 or later Windows Server 2003 Standard Edition Serv ice Pack 1 or later Windows Server 2003 Enterprise Edition Service Pack 1 or later Windows Server 2003 R2 Standard Edition Windows Server 2003 R2 Enterprise Edition Windows XP Professional x64 Edition Windows Server 2003 Standard x64 Edition Windows Server 2003 Enterprise x64 Edition Windows Server 2003 R2 Standard x64 Edi tion Win
224. ne in a pat tern Distribution Control Number Select this check box to embed the copy number in a pattern when print ing multiple copies The start number or number of digits can be specified Job Number Function Name Select this check box to embed the print job number in a pattern for doc uments that are automatically paginated Copy Security E Copy Security Copy Protect Print Item Detail Settings Text Size Standard Angle 0 degrees ke EJ Pattern Emboss Text 44 4 m Pattern Overwrite Front Overwrite E ES Background Pattern Pattern 1 IE Adjust Color C Do not show this window when setting Default C Cancel gt C OK Description Text Size Specify the text size of a pattern Angle Specify the pattern angle Pattern Specify the embedding method of a pattern Pattern Overwrite Specify the sequence for printing a pattern on top of the original Background Pattern Specify the background pattern Adjust Color Reference Specify the color of the pattern e Items that can be specified vary depending on the selected Copy Security function VL3622c VL2822c VL2222c 9 21 Parameter details 9 5 Editing Date Time Function Name Date Time Format 07 1 23 We izse 9 Pages F All Pages Text Color Red Hi
225. nel 7 In the login page select Administrator and click Login gt To log in to the user mode as a User Box administrator select User Box Administrator and enter the User Box administrator s password Web Connection Select Login Administrator Admin Mode C Administrator User Mode User Box Administrator Password Help Display Setting Help Display is a network only function On Mouse OFF v On Focus OFF v ok Cancel Reference e To log in to the user mode as an administrator select Administrator Administrator User Mode and enter the administrator password e If Prohibited Functions When Authentication Error in the Administrator Settings is set to Mode 2 and an incorrect password is entered the specified number of times it is no longer possible to log in to the administrator mode For details on the Prohibited Functions When Authentication Error parameter refer to the User s Guide Copy Operations The password entry page varies depending on the machine settings You can display the explanation of functions Help when necessary To display Help select ON in Dis play Setting On Mouse Point the cursor to display Help On Focus Select an item to display Help 13 12 VL3622c VL2822c VL2222c 13 3 Structure of pages 1 3 133 Structure of pages Clicking an item in the top menu after logging in to Web Connection shows the linked information in the fol lowing co
226. nfiguration The following shows an example of the page displayed when Device Information is se lected in the Information tab Reference e The contents of the Web Connection pages vary depending on the options installed in this machine or the settings of this machine 1 2 3 4 5 Q use Logout Change Password 2 16 L Ready to Scan Se Ready to Print 2 7 f a ES E s MOE E To Main Menu Device Information Device Information Configuration Summary Device Name Device pd Option Engine Serial Number AOPO010000011 E Canninablos Device Type Print Copy Scan F ax Meter Count Toner Status Yellow Online Assistance I Magenta 9 Change User Password Cyan Function Permission Black Information L gt Network Setting Information Print Setting Information Paper Tray Print Information Select Tray Paper Size Paper Type Paper Status e Bypass 8 1 2 x 11 LEF Plain Paper Empty Tray 1 8 1 2 x 11 SEF Plain Paper Ready Le Tray 2 8 1 2 x 11 LEF Plain Paper Ready c Tray 3 8 1 2 x 11 SEF Plain Paper Ready c Tray 4 8 1 2 x 11 LEF Plain Paper Ready 10 Detail Output Tray Tray 1 Administrator Information Administrator Name admin Extension No Admin E mail Address admin 123 com No Item Description 1 Login user name Displays the current login mode icon and user name public admin istrator User Box ad
227. ng 10 06 2008 15 31 Memory 100 VL3622c VL2822c VL2222c 12 31 12 User settings 12 2 12 2 27 Print Reports Print reports The following four types of reports can be output The following describes the report output method taking the PCL font list output process as an example e Configuration Page Select this option to output the list of settings of the machine e Demo Page Select this option to output a test page e PCL Font List Select this option to output the PCL font list e PS Font List Select this option to output the PS font list 1 In the User Settings screen press Printer Settings 3 For details on displaying the User Settings screen refer to page 12 3 2 Press Print Reports ob List Use the menu buttons or keypad to make a selection Utility gt User Settings gt Printer Settings 1 Basic Settings 6 Print Reports A n 2 Paper Setting 7 TIFF Image Paper Setting User Settings y 3 PCL Settings 4 PS Setting 5 XPS Settings 3 z 2 Z Z 10 06 2008 15 20 Close Memory 100 12 32 VL3622c VL2822c VL2222c 12 2 User settings 12 3 Press the desired button E Select the report to be outputted Utility gt Printer Settings gt Print Reports Utility User Settings Job List Printer Settings PCL Font List 2 PS Font List 4 Print Reports 10 06 2008 15 31 Close Memory 100 4 Press the button of the des
228. ng Enter ID PWD to execute secure print Save Custom Size ok J Cancel Help The Settings tab allows you to change the default settings for displaying the confirmation messages or the window for entering the authentication settings Item Name Functions EMF Spool Select this check box when meta file EMF spool is required for use in its own system environment Display Constraint Mes sage Select this check box to display the message when functions that cannot be configured simultaneously are enabled for the printer driver Display paper set in Print Server Properties Select this check box to use forms added in the Server Properties dialog box of the Printers window Verify Authentication settings before printing Select this check box to verify authentication settings for this machine before printing and display the message if they are not satisfied Popup Authentication Dialog when printing Select this check box to display the User Authentication Account Track di alog box when specifying printing prompting entering the user name and ac count name VL3622c VL2822c VL2222c 8 2 Default settings of the printer driver 8 Item Name Functions Enter ID PWD to exe Select this check box to display the Secure Print dialog box prompting entry cute secure print of ID and password when performing secure print Save Custom Size Click this button to
229. ng for the machine refer to the User s Guide Network Administrator Adding a printer Select Macintosh HD Applications Utilities where the driver has been installed and then double click Printer Setup Utility or Print Center to open it 2 Whenthe You have no printers available window appears click Add When the Printer List ap pears click Add 3 lf available printers have already been specified the You have no printers available window does not appear Select Rendezvous for the connection method Connected printers are detected 3 f no printer is detected turn this machine off then on again In this case turn off this machine and then wait approximately 10 seconds before turning it on again If you turn the printer on immediately after turning it off it may not function correctly From the Name list select the desired model name The printer driver corresponding to the selected printer name is automatically selected 3 After the printer driver is selected go to Step 6 gt f an incorrect printer driver is selected go to Step 5 Select the desired printer driver manually 3 From Printer Model select GENERIC and then select the desired model from the list of model names 6 Click Add When the selected printer is registered in the Printer List the setting procedure is completed VL3622c VL2822c VL2222c 5 9 Mac OS X 10 2 10 3 10 4 10 5 5 1 Configuring the App
230. ng TX Memory RX or Relay User Box to enable you to handle a document saved in the User Box or change the User Box setting Create System User Box 13 4 4 Direct print Item Q used GH nee Sean 1 Ready to Print cocina gt Direct Print Direct Print Basic Setting Number of Sets Sort Offset Paper Tray Printed Side Original Orientation Finish Punch Staple Binding Position Application Setting Select File File Logout Change Password 2 e En To Main Menu 1 109999 ON v 1 Sided v LEF v OFF w OFF y Auto M Display Printing of the following format files is supported XPS PDF Ver1 6 TIFF PS PCL JPEG Text Browse ok Cancel Description Displayed when the optional Fax Kit is installed This function enables you to create a new Bulletin Board or Relay User Box Direct Print Reference e Direct Print may not be displayed depending on settings in the administrator mode Specify a file saved in the computer to print it using this machine If necessary you can select Application to save a document in the specified User Box VL3622c VL2822c VL2222c 13 17 13 Overview of the user mode 13 4 13 4 5 Address Registration Store Address may not be displayed depending on settings in the administrator mode gt Store Address gt Icon Group Program Temporary One Touch Subject
231. ng the printer driver The procedure for installing the printer driver varies depending on how this machine is connected to the com puter operating system installed on the computer and type of the printer driver to be installed To determine the printer driver to be installed and connection method check the operating system of the computer and connection environment Select the installation method according to the printer driver and connection method VL3622c VL2822c VL2222c 3 3 3 Printer drivers compatible with respective operating systems 3 2 3 2 Printer drivers compatible with respective operating systems Before using this printing system you must install the printer driver The following lists the printer drivers included on the DVD and the supported operating systems Select the required printer driver Printer driver Page de Supported Operating Systems scription lan guage PCL Driver PCL PCL6 Windows NT Workstation Version 4 0 Service Pack 6 or later driver Windows NT Server Version 4 0 Service Pack 6 or later Windows 2000 Professional Service Pack 4 or later Windows 2000 Server Service Pack 3 or later Windows XP Home Edition Service Pack 1 or later Windows XP Professional Service Pack 1 or later Windows Server 2003 Standard Edition Service Pack 1 or later Windows Server 2003 Enterprise Edition Service Pack 1 or later Windows Server 2003 R2 Standard Edition Windows Server 2003 R2 En
232. ngs Click OK Add Printer Wizard appears Click Have Disk VL3622c VL2822c VL2222c 4 13 Windows XP Server 2003 4 2 Click Browse Select a desired printer driver folder in the DVD ROM and then click Open 3 Select a folder according to the printer driver operating system and language to be used Selecta ble printer drivers PCL driver PS driver and fax driver 12 Click OK The Printers list appears 13 Click Next gt Follow the instructions on the pages that follow 3 To use a network connection perform a test print after the network settings have been configured 15 Click Finish gt If the Windows logo testing or Digital Signature window appears click Continue Anyway or Yes 8 After finishing the installation make sure that the icon for the installed printer is displayed in the Printers and Faxes window Remove the DVD ROM from the DVD ROM drive This completes the printer driver installation 4 2 3 For network connection IPP IPPS To use IPP printing specify the port while installing the printer driver Settings for the machine To use IPP printing you must configure the network settings for the machine in advance Items to be configured Description IP address In TCP IP Settings of the machine specify the IP address IPP Setting In IPP Settings for the machine enable IPP printing EQ Reference For details on the network settings for the machine re
233. ngs Administrative Setting ID amp Print Operation Setting of the Administrator Settings of the machine For details refer to page 12 50 e To select the documents to print when there are multiple print jobs press Access and then print the desired documents from the ID amp Print User Box e Even when the authentication unit is installed you can enter the user information and print using ID amp PW For details refer to page 11 26 Reference e For details on the optional Authentication Unit refer to the User s Guide Copy Operations VL3622c VL2822c VL2222c 11 29 11 Printing from a cellular phone or PDA 11 7 11 7 Printing from a cellular phone or PDA Configure settings to wirelessly connect this machine to a cellular phone or PDA with the Bluetooth function installed and to print data stored in such a terminal or save it in a User Box of this machine 11 7 4 Operating environment The cellular phones and PDAs that can be connected to this machine and the printable file type must satisfy the following conditions Operating environment Communication protocol Bluetooth Ver 2 0 EDR Supporting profile OPP BPP SPP Supporting file type PEN STER Bn MIDI io For XHTML file types the machine supports the character code of UTF 8 Shift JIS ISO 8859 and the link file extensions of JPEG JPG PNG e This machine supports RepliGo version 2 1 0 9 Reference To print documents fro
234. ngs for this machine For details refer to User s Guide Network Administrator VL3622c VL2822c VL2222c Connection methods selectable in each operating system 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 4 Windows NT 4 0 Setup procedures Connection meth od in which install er based setup is possible Connection method Network con nection LPR Reference page Select a connection method during installa tion procedures Select Normal Printing for the LPR connection method Connection meth od in which setup is possible using Add Printer Wizard Reference LPR A network connection using the LPR print service p 4 22 e When using Windows NT4 0 log on to the computer using a user name with the Administrator privilege and then install the printer driver e In Windows NT4 0 to install the printer driver for this machine connected directly to the network using TCP IP protocol you must have the Microsoft TCP IP Printing service installed in your computer e To use the installer in Windows NT4 0 you must have Internet Explorer 5 0 or later installed in your com puter C Reference Before you can use this machine in the network environment you must configure network settings for this machine For details refer to User s Guide Network Administrator Mac OS X 10 2 10 3 10 4 10 5 Setup procedures Connection meth od in which setup is possible C Reference Connection method Reference
235. nistrator or User Box administrator depending on user authentication or User Box administrator setting Reference e You can log in as a User Box administrator when the User Box administrator is enabled using the con trol panel For details on the User Box administrator settings permissions and password settings refer to the User s Guide Box Operations e When logged in to the user mode as an administrator jobs that could not be deleted in the administrator mode can be deleted e In the login page select the desired Data Management Utility For details on Data Management Utility refer to the User s Guide Network Administrator Login options You can select items as required when logging in Item Description Language Select the display language View Mode Select Flash or HTML e fthe screen reader software is used we recommend selecting HTML as the view mode e nan IPv6 environment select HTML e Flash Player is required when selecting Flash User Assist Select the Display dialog box in case of warning check box to display the dialog box when a warning has occurred or during operation after login Reference e If Flash is selected in View Mode the following items are displayed using Flash x Status icons and messages Status of Paper Tray in the page displayed when Device Information is selected on the Information tab Page display of Job 13 8 VL3622c VL2822c VL2222c 13 2
236. nrcncnnranonnnrnnrnrrn nora rnr rn eene 5 10 Gonfiguring the LPR settings 5 rrt tnter eint niti kari Fa Enni MEE ke HER MEER Ret abaah 5 11 Gonfiguring the IPP settings 1 reete tei dd ai 5 12 5 2 E Le AAA A A EE 5 13 5 2 1 Installing the printer GrivVer via a da d 5 13 5 2 2 Selecting and connecting a printer nnne 5 13 Configuring the AppleTalk SettidQS oooonnccconicnnnnnnonnorcccnnncnrnnnrnn nn nrnnn narrar nemen nennen nenne 5 13 Configuring the LPR settings 3 reserare tree te rtis rni Fan Du a ainda croacia cda 5 14 ns m W h A 6 1 ACA Ee a e E E A E 6 3 6 1 1 Network Settings oido dd 6 3 6 1 2 Configuring the Windows ClieNt ooooncccconncccnonacannncncnnonnnnnanrnonnnrn cnn nro n nn rra ran rra errar nenes 6 3 Contents 2 VL3622c VL2822c VL2222c Unin 7 1 7 2 7 2 1 7 2 2 8 2 1 8 2 2 8 2 3 8 2 4 8 3 8 4 8 4 1 8 4 2 8 4 3 8 4 4 8 4 5 8 4 6 8 4 7 8 4 8 9 2 1 9 2 2 9 3 9 4 9 5 9 5 1 9 5 2 9 5 3 9 5 4 9 5 5 9 5 6 9 5 7 9 5 8 9 5 9 Printer LED EET 7 3 AKTni take a eM T 7 5 FOr Mae OS CM diia 7 5 ForMac OS Dei wan aceath ove Pun dores drea et aes tado 7 5 Print operations Default settings of the printer driver ccccs eecccsssseeceeeeeeeeeeeeeensneeeeeeesseneeeeessenaeeeeesseseeeeeeseeeeaaas 8 5 Displaying the Properties window sssseeeeeeeennnenn nennen mener enne nnne 8 5 efe niie DTE
237. nsparency Interleave O Detailed Information Front Cover 81 2x11 v 81 2x11 Back Cover x1 E a ETE Printer Information Default Cancel Print Cover Mode Transparency Int H Paper View Cover Mode Transparency interleave 3 4 Detailed Information f Transparency Interleave 81 2x11 v 81 2x11 fF x1 exc ug Printer Information Cancel Function Name Option Description Front Cover ON OFF Select this check box to attach a front cover page It can be specified when any other option than Auto is selected for Paper Tray Off Print Blank Select whether to print on the front cover sheet Off Tray 1 to Tray 4 LCT Bypass Tray Select the paper tray for the front cover sheet Selectable items vary depending on the option installa tion status Back Cover ON OFF Select this check box to attach a back cover page It can be specified when any other option than Auto is selected for Paper Tray Off Print Blank Select whether to print on the back cover sheet Off Tray 1 to Tray 4 LCT Bypass Tray Select the paper tray for the back cover sheet Selectable items vary depending on the option installa tion status VL3622c VL2822c VL2222c Parameter details 9 5 Function Name Option Description Transparency In
238. nt Utility Flash Player is required to use the Data Management Utility Mana e Copy Protect Data 2Manage Stamp Data Manage Font Macro 1 1 Can only run on Windows Internet Explorer and Flash Player Version 9 and above environments Login Logout Click Logout or To Login Screen at the upper right of the window A logout confirmation page appears Click OK to return to the login page Reference e The login page that appears differs depending on whether Authentication is enabled in this machine e When logged in as a public user To Login Screen appears When logged in as a registered user or an administrator Logout appears e If timeout occurred because no operation was performed for the specified period during login or if au thentication setting was changed using the control panel while logging in to the user mode you will au tomatically log out of the mode e For details on how to specify the timeout period of the user or administrator modes refer to page 13 22 amp Public To Login Screen 2l GH Ready to Scan Ef Ready to Print a Logout User Name Public Are you sure you want to logout of Public User and go to the login screen OK Cancel VL3622c VL2822c VL2222c 13 7 13 Login and Logout 13 2 13 2 3 Login Web Connection provides the user or administrator mode depending on how to log in If necessary you can log in to the user mode as an admi
239. ntation P O Box 101 5900 MA Venlo The Netherlands Send your comments by E mail to itc userdoc oce com For the addresses of local Oc organisations see http www oce com Addresses of local Oc organisations Addresses of local Oc organisations Oc Australia Ltd P O Box 363 Ferntree Gully MDC Vic 3165 Australia http www oce com au Oc Osterreich GmbH Postfach 95 1233 Vienna Austria http www oce at Oc Belgium N V S A J Bordetlaan 32 1140 Brussel Belgium http www oce be Oc Brasil Com rcio e Industria Ltda Av das Na es Unidas 11 857 Brooklin Novo S o Paulo SP 04578 000 Brasil http www oce brasil com br Oc Canada Inc 4711 Yonge Street Suite 1100 Toronto Ontario M2N 6K8 Canada http www oce ca Oc Office Equipment Beijing Co Ltd Xu Mu Cheng Chaoyang District Beijing 100028 China http www oce com cn Oc Czech Republic ltd Hanusova 18 140 21 Praha 4 Oc Danmark a s Vallensbekvej 45 2605 Br ndby http www oce fi Czech Republic Denmark http www oce cz http www oce dk Oc Finland OY Oc France S A Valkj rventie 7 D PL 3 32 Avenue du Pav Neuf 02130 Espoo 93161 Noisy le grand Cedex Finland France http www oce fr Oc Deutschland GmbH Solinger StraBe 5 7 45481 Miilheim Ruhr Germany http www oce de Oc Hong Kong and China head office 12 F 1202 The Lee Gardens 33 Hysan Av
240. nters Double click Add Printer Add Printer Wizard starts Follow the instructions on the pages that follow On the window for specifying how the printer is attached select Local printer and then click Next gt 3 Clear the Automatically detect and install my Plug and Play printer check box The page for Select the Printer Port appears Click Create a new port and then select Local Port as the port type Click Next gt Enter NetBIOS name print service name in the Port Name box 3 Enter the same NetBIOS name and print service name specified in Print Settings in SMB Settings Click OK Add Printer Wizard appears Click Have Disk Click Browse Select a desired printer driver folder in the DVD ROM and then click Open 3 Select a folder according to the printer driver operating system and language to be used Selecta ble printer drivers PCL driver PS driver and fax driver Click OK The Printer list appears Click Next gt Follow the instructions on the pages that follow VL3622c VL2822c VL2222c 4 19 Windows 2000 4 3 4 3 3 16 Click Finish gt Ifthe Digital Signature window appears click Yes After finishing the installation make sure that the icon for the installed printer is displayed in the Print ers window Remove the DVD ROM from the DVD ROM drive This completes the printer driver installation For network connectio
241. nto the DVD ROM drive of the computer gt Exit all running applications if any Open the folder in the DVD ROM that contains the desired printer driver gt Select a folder according to the printer driver operating system and language to be used Copy the driver file onto the desktop according to the Mac OS version gt OSX 10 2 36C 1_102 pkg OS X 10 3 36C 1_103104 pkg OS X 10 4 36C 1_103104 pkg OS X 10 5 36C 1_105 pkg For OS X 10 5 the driver folder varies depending on the paper size Select the appropriate driver folder for your environment To use metric based paper size A4 and the like Select a file in WW_A4 folder To use inch based paper size 8 1 2 x 11 in letter size Select WW_Letter folder yy yy Double click the file copied onto the desktop The installer starts 3 To cancel installation press Cancel Click Continue following the instructions on the pages that follow until the Installation page appears 3 When the name and password prompt appears during the procedure enter the administrator name and password In the Installation page click Install The printer driver is installed in the computer When the installation is completed a message appears 3 For OS X 10 2 10 3 10 4 when the printer driver is installed for the second and subsequent times Install may change to Upgrade Click Close This completes the printer driver installation Next select a printer
242. number of staples and the stapling position Punch ON OFF Select this check box to specify hole punching From the drop down list specify the number of punch es Fold amp Staple OFF Center Staple and Fold Half Fold Specify the fold and staple Paper Arrange ment Reference Prioritize Arranging Pa pers Prioritize Produc tivity Specify the method for paper arrangement adjusting the binding position for 2 sided printing When Priori tize Arranging Papers is selected the paper arrange ment process is performed after receiving all data When Prioritize Productivity is selected the paper ar rangement process is performed while receiving and printing data e The Staple function is available only if the optional Finisher FS 527 or Finisher FS 529 is installed e The Punch function is available only when the Punch Kit is installed on the optional Finisher FS 527 e The Fold amp Staple function is available only when the Saddle Stitcher is installed on the optional Fin isher FS 527 VL3622c VL2822c VL2222c 9 Parameter details 9 5 9 5 5 Paper Tray Output Tray Function Name Paper Tray Output Tray Ke Paper View O Detailed Information 81 2x11 E 81 2x11 Paper Tray x1 a ext car Printer Information Auto B Paper Type Plain Paper he Paper Settings for Each Tray Output
243. o exit the Utility screen by pressing Close until either the Copy Fax Scan or User Box screen appears 3 To return through the hierarchy of the Utility menu press Close until the desired screen appears Alternatively press an item in the upper hierarchy in the sub menu area to return to the item 12 4 VL3622c VL2822c VL2222c 12 2 User settings 12 12 2 User settings 12 2 1 PDL Setting Configure settings for the Page Description Language Default Auto e Auto Select this option to automatically switch between PCL and PS e PCL Select this option to use PCL only e PS Select this option to use PS only 1 In the User Settings screen press Printer Settings 3 For details on displaying the User Settings screen refer to page 12 3 Job List USe the menu buttons or keypad to make a selection See Utility gt User Settings E 1 System Settings i d os i E A User Settings 4 Scan Fax Settings Printer Settings EDT 04 13 2009 15 13 M Memory 100 2 Press Basic Settings se the menu buttons or keypad to make a selection Utility gt User Settings gt Printer Settings 1 Basic Settings y s Print Reports J 2 Paper Setting o TAE 3 PCL Settings 2 Printer Settings 4 PS Setting 3 5 XPS Settings 3 10 06 2008 15 20 Close Memory 100 3 Press PDL Setting Job List elect item and enter setting lt Utility
244. oad the printer driver for a newly installed printer NDPS print servers also integrate man agement related to the network printers NDS The acronym for Novell Directory Services This allows the centralized manage ment in a hierarchical structure of shared resources such as servers printers and users information on the network as well as the access privilege and other infor mation related to the users NetBlOS The abbreviation for Network Basic Input Output System This is a communica tion interface developed by IBM NetBEUI The abbreviation for NetBIOS Extended User Interface This is a network protocol developed by IBM NetBEUI enables you to construct a small scale network sim ply by configuring computer names NetWare Anetwork operating system developed by Novell This uses NetWare IPX SPX for the communication protocol Nprinter Rprinter A remote printer support module used when using a printer server in NetWare en vironments Rprinter is used for NetWare 3 x and Nprinter for NetWare 4 x OHP OHT A transparent sheet used for OHP Overhead projector This is used for presen tations OS The acronym for Operating System This is base software used to control the sys tem of a computer Windows MacOS or UNIX is an OS PDF The acronym for Portable Document Format This is an electronically formatted document with file extension of pdf PDF is a PostScript based format and
245. ocument after it is saved Default 1 day 1 In the Administrator Settings screen press System Settings gt For details on displaying the Administrator Settings screen refer to page 12 40 In the System Settings screen press User Box Settings In the User Box Settings screen press Auto Delete Secure Document P Use the menu buttons or keypad to make a selection Administrator Settings gt System Settings gt User Box Settings 1 Delete Unused User Box A 6 Document Hold Setting A Auto Delete Secure Document Allow Restrict User Box Encrypted PDF Delete Time y BEBE Per print settins y ID amp Print Delete Time Beceing Delene Time 03 26 2009 16 09 Close Memory 100 Press the desired button 3 To specify the time manually press Time and then enter the time from the keypad Specify the time you wish to delete Secure Print Documents ministrator Setting gt User Box Setting gt Auto Delete Secure Document ENIM User Box Settings 10 06 2008 15 32 Memory 100 Press OK VL3622c VL2822c VL2222c 12 45 12 Administrator Settings 12 4 12 4 5 ID amp Print Delete Time Specify the length of time for deleting an ID amp print document after it is saved Default 1 day Reference e ID amp Print Delete Time is displayed when the user authentication is enabled on the machine 1 In the Administrator Settings screen p
246. ol panel 11 1 1 Setting the printer driver The following five printer drivers support this feature PCL Printer Driver for Windows PCL driver PostScript Printer Driver for Windows PS driver XPS Printer Driver for Windows XPS driver PostScript PPD Printer Driver for Mac OS X PostScript PPD Printer Driver for Mac OS 9 2 Perform printing with the following settings specified e Output Method Proof Copy e Number of Copies Multiple sets For Windows 1 Click to display the Basic tab 2 Select Proof Copy in Output Method Printing Preferences ES f My Tab Basic Layout Finish Cover Mode Stamp Composition Quality Other Favorite Setting 2 Default Setting v Ed Original Orientation Output Method 9 Portrait Bg P El Landscape Es Pint _ _ _ pa Original Size Es Print 1211 FOR pue ES Secure Print Paper Size Same as Original Size Eug Save in User Box Zoom 25 400 EJ Save in User Box Print 9 Auto 100 y e Paper Tray ES ID amp Pirt E a fuo j a a EZ Paper Type Ea o1 E Pan Paper Paper Settings for Each Tray Printer View Printer information Defaut OK Cancel Hep 3 Specify the desired number of copies and print One copy is printed for checking VL3622c VL2822c VL2222c 11 3 1 1 Proof Print 11 1 For Mac OS X 1 Display the Output Method window 2 Select
247. om the control panel oococccccnncccccccccconancncnnnnnannncnnnnnnnnnc cnn cnnnnnn cnn nana n nn nn nn naar cnn nnannnns 11 8 When the Confidential Document Access Method is set to Mode 1U ooooocncnniccccnincccccccnccnnacacinnn 11 9 When the Confidential Document Access Method is set to Mode 2 sss 11 11 Save in User BOX qe Setting THE printer driver ierat chateedevacedvuvncedanoceusetuesaiuccevaatenvedendadannedeusdcensabence FOr WiIndOWS miii A ee For MacOS Act A od decet as dE at Recalling a job from the control panel Printing a document on the machine for which user authentication is specified 11 17 FOr WindOWS T E 11 17 For MacOS Xunta usate E M MD LU MI LICET I EE des 11 19 Printing a document on the machine for which Account Track function is enabled 11 20 Setting the printer driver ii alitas 11 20 Eor WindOWS 2 ro unto ueber tatiana 11 20 For MacOS X ont eset dotado dod de eee eee see 11 21 Ann nn E A 11 23 Setting the printer driVer 21er citan danita adenda da diana cea ici cias 11 23 geilen IEEE 11 23 For Mac OS Aita mita meli te ipee uci terque nau i Sates 11 25 Recalling a job from the control panel oooconoccccccnnnccccccnnnonnonncnnnonnnnnccnnnnnnnnn cnn cn nan nn cnn nnne nennt nnne 11 26 Entering the user information and printing nennen nennen 11 26 Printing a document by specifying it from the ID amp Print User Box
248. on e Web browser function Image panel PDF Processing Function Searchable PDF My panel and My address functions User s Guide This User s Guide is intended for users ranging from those using this machine for the first time to administra tors It describes basic operations functions that enable more convenient operations maintenance procedures simple troubleshooting operations and various setting methods of this machine Note that basic technical knowledge about the product is required to enable users to perform maintenance work or troubleshooting operations Limit your maintenance and troubleshooting operations to the areas ex plained in this manual Should you experience any problems please contact our service representative 1 4 VL3622c VL2822c VL2222c 1 2 Conventions used in this manual 1 1 2 Conventions used in this manual 1 2 1 Symbols used in this manual Symbols are used in this manual to express various types of information The following describes each symbol related to correct and safe usage of this machine To use this machine safely A WARNING e This symbol indicates that a failure to heed the instructions may lead to death or serious injury A CAUTION e This symbol indicates that negligence of the instructions may lead to mishandling that may cause injury or property damage NOTICE This symbol indicates a risk that may result in damage to this machine or documents Follow th
249. on when multiple docu ments are saved in the ID amp Print User Box Reference e The ID amp Print Operation Settings appears on the screen only when an optional Authentication Unit is installed 1 In the Administrator Settings screen press User Authentication Account Track gt For details on displaying the Administrator Settings screen refer to page 12 40 2 Inthe User Authentication Account Track screen press User Authentication Settings 3 Inthe User Authentication Settings screen press Administrative Setting E Use the menu buttons or keypad to make a selection Administrator Settings gt User Auth Account Track gt User Auth Settings m 1 z 1 2 User Registration A Administrator Settings x ser counter User Authentication Account Traci User Auth Settings 10 06 2008 15 34 Close Memory 100 4 I nthe Administrative Settings screen press ID amp Print Operation Settings 12 50 VL3622c VL2822c VL2222c 12 4 Administrator Settings 1 2 5 Press the desired button Touch the button for the desired setting Administrator Settings gt User Auth Settings gt Administrative Settings Job Setting User Name List OFF Utility Print All Jobs Default Function Permission POLIT ID amp Print Settings Print Each Job y Be ation settings Print All Jobs account Track y User Auth Settings Administrative Settings 10 06 2008 15 35 Memory 1
250. ooter Start Number a O Put zeros in front 1 Ju 9 Number only Pages All Pages Text Color B Bred Hi Green W blue CO Do not show this window when setting Default Cancel OK Description Recall Header Footer Select the header footer setting registered in the machine Distribution Control When printing multiple copies this function prints the number of copies in Number the header footer The start number or number of digits can be specified Pages Specify the pages to print the header footer Text Color Specify the text color used for printing 9 5 9 Quality Quality O Paper View 9 Detailed Information Select Color Auto Color H4 Glossy Mode Toner Save l Edge Enhancement Color Settings Document E Quality Adjustment Auto Trapping Black Over Print Printer Information Off ET Default _ Cancel Print Function Name Option Description Select Color Auto Color Full Color Specify the color to be printed Gray Scale Auto Color Select this option to identify the colors used in the print data to use them in printing Full Color Select this option to print in full color proc esses CMYK regardless of the print data color gray scale Gray Scale Select this option to print in gray scale Glossy Mode ON OFF Select this chec
251. ormats developed by Microsoft Corporation It is first supported in Win dows Vista Outline font A type of fonts represented using lines and curves to display an outline of a char acter Larger size characters can be displayed on a screen or printed with no jag ged edges Uninstallation To delete software installed on a computer Ethernet A standard for LAN transmission lines Print job A print request transmitted from a computer to a printing device Install To install hardware operating systems applications printer drivers or other soft ware on to a computer Web browser Software used to view Web pages Typical Web browsers include Internet Explorer and Netscape Navigator Resolution The resolution value indicates how much detail of an object can be reproduced precisely on an image or a print matter Color matching A technology for minimizing the difference in colors among different devices such as scanners displays and printers Brightness Brightness of a display or other screen Queue name e Aname assigned to each device for allowing printing to the device via net work e A logical printer name required for LPD LPR printing VL3622c VL2822c VL2222c 15 15 15 Glossary 15 4 Term Description Shared printer A printer connected to a server on the network and configured to be used by mul tiple computers Client A computer using servic
252. osition Left Bind Staple OFF 10 06 2008 15 27 Memory 100 elect job setting Utility gt Printer Settings gt Paper Setting Job Setting Paper Tray A Auto 1 position Paper Size A 8x11 2 Sided Print OFF 2 Position Binding Position Left Bind _OFF 04 13 2009 15 18 M Memory 100 e The staple function is available only when the optional Finisher FS 527 or Finisher FS 529 is installed 12 18 VL3622c VL2822c VL2222c 12 2 User settings 12 12 2 15 Punch Configure the punch setting when the data to be printed has no punch setting information Default OFF 1 In the User Settings screen press Printer Settings gt For details on displaying the User Settings screen refer to page 12 3 2 Press Paper Setting 3 Switch the page by pressing 1 or 1 and then press Punch Select item and enter setting Utility gt Printer Settings gt Paper Setting Punch OFF Utility y y y Paper Setting Banner Paper Tray Auto 4 10 06 2008 15 29 Memory 100 Utility gt Printer Settings gt Paper Setting Job Setting Punch a es A Banner Paper Tray A Auto y Printer Settings y Paper Setting 10 06 2008 15 29 Memory 100 Reference e The punch function is available only when the punch kit is installed on the optional Finisher FS 527 VL3622c VL2822c VL2222c 12 19 12 User settings 12 2 12 2 16 Banner Sheet Paper Tray
253. ot 3 9113 1 65535 Port 4 9114 1 65535 Port 5 9115 1 565535 M Port 6 9116 1 65535 DNS Host DNS Host Name Dynamic DNS Setting Disable LLMNR Setting Enable Item Description TCP IP Setting Configure the TCP IP setting when connecting this machine via network E mail Setting Configure the settings to send or receive E mails including Internet fax and specify the extension function such as E mail authentication LDAP Setting Configure the settings to register the LDAP server IPP Setting Configure the IPP print setting FTP Setting Configure the settings to use this machine as an FTP client or server SNMP Setting Configure SNMP settings SMB Setting Configure the SMB client WINS or SMB print setting Web Service Set Configure the settings to perform scanning or printing using Web services tings Bonjour Setting Configure Bonjour settings NetWare Setting Configure NetWare settings AppleTalk Set Configure AppleTalk settings ting Network Fax Set Configure the direct SMTP TX or direct SMTP RX settings ting WebDAV Set Configure the WebDAV settings tings OpenAPI Set Configure the OpenAPI settings tings TCP Socket Set Configure the TCP Socket settings to have a data communication between this ma ting chine and the application software in your computer 13 24 VL3622c VL2822c VL2222c 13 5 Administrator mode overview 13 Item Description IEEE802 1x Au thentication Set
254. ox Print Manual gt 5 Es Proof Print Paper Ti ES aper iray Es ID amp Print E va pito z z gos rn gt pacas Printer View Printer information deat Lok Cancel Help 11 6 VL3622c VL2822c VL2222c 11 2 Secure Print 1 1 3 Enter the Secure Print ID and Password User Settings es Secure Print Secure Print 1D Max 16 Password Max 8 Operate the followings on the printer s control 4 VJ panelin order to use the documents which is V printed by secure print E User Boxfbutton gt System gt Secure Save in User Box Typein Secure Print ID and Password that are w used with Secure Print OK Cms Defaut Help 3 When Password Rules is enabled on the machine the passwords that can be used for secure printing are limited If a password that does not comply with the password rules is entered the job is deleted For details on the Password Rules refer to the User s Guide Copy Operations 4 Print the document 3 The ID and password required for secure printing can be registered in advance on User Settings of the Basic tab To use the same ID and password whenever you print register them in advance so that the screen to prompt entering the ID and password does not appear when you select Se cure Print For Mac OS X 1 Display the Output Method window 2 Select Secure Print in Output Method Output Method 94
255. ox in case of warning Starting up Data Management Utility Flash Player is required to use the Data Management Utility Manage Copy Protect Data e amp Manage Stamp Data x aManage Font Macro 1 1 Can only run on Windows Internet Explorer and Flash Player Version 9 and above environments Reference e To log in to the user mode as an administrator select Administrator Administrator User Mode and enter the administrator password e Logging in to the administrator mode locks the control panel of this machine and you will not be able to use it Depending on the status of this machine you may not be able to log in to the administrator mode If Prohibited Functions When Authentication Error in the Administrator Settings is set to Mode 2 and an incorrect password is entered the specified number of times it is no longer possible to log in to the administrator mode For details on the Prohibited Functions When Authentication Error parameter refer to the User s Guide Copy Operations e The password entry page varies depending on the machine settings VL3622c VL2822c VL2222c 13 11 13 Login and Logout 13 2 Logging in as the User Box Administrator You can log in to the user mode as an administrator to delete a job when User Authentication is enabled in this machine If necessary you can log in to the user mode as a User Box administrator when the User Box administrator is enabled using the control pa
256. page p 5 3 e Install your desired driver using the in staller and specify the connection meth od when selecting Bonjour A network connection using Bon jour and Rendezvous AppleTalk A network connection using Ap pleTalk LPR A network connection using the LPR print service IPP A network connection using the IPP print service the printer Before you can use this machine in the network environment you must configure network settings for this machine For details refer to User s Guide Network Administrator VL3622c VL2822c VL2222c 3 3 Connection methods selectable in each operating system 3 3 5 Mac OS 9 2 Setup procedures Connection method Reference page Connection meth od in which setup is possible C Reference AppleTalk A network connection using Ap pleTalk LPR A network connection using the LPR print service p 5 13 e Specify the connec tion method when se lecting a printer Before you can use this machine in the network environment you must configure network settings for this machine For details refer to User s Guide Network Administrator 3 3 6 NetWare NetWare version Protocol used Connection method NetWare 4 x IPX Bindery Pserver Nprinter Rprint er NetWare 5 x IPX NDS Pserver Nprinter Rprinter TCP IP NDPS NetWare 6 x IPX NDS Pserver TCP IP NDPS C Reference For details on the NetWare functions refer to the
257. per User Box and other settings for sending or receiving data Function Setting Configure the fax settings for Memory RX or Network Fax PBX Connection Specify the outside line at PBX connection Setting Report Settings Configure the setting for a report for example Activity Report to be output when sending or receiving data Multi Line Set Specify the parameters and functions of the extended line tings e This item is displayed when a line is extended Network Fax Set Configure the setting to use network fax ting Header Informa Registers sender information and fax number when sending data tion 13 28 VL3622c VL2822c VL2222c 13 5 13 5 Administrator mode overview 13 13 5 10 Setting for each purpose Configure the settings according to the instructions shown in the window for items requiring multiple settings The available setting items are as follows e Configure the settings for sending a scanned document Configure the network print settings e Restrict users using this machine Le Administrator Logout 12 Se Ready to Scan EN In Menu Admin Mode 2 To Main Menu Wizard Wizard O The setup required for the selected workflow can be accomplished through the wizard Wizard The setup is performed according to the procedure outlined in the operation objective Setup is completed Please selecta setting TX Setting for scan documents C Network print settings C Restrict users from using this d
258. ppears click Install this driver soft ware anyway Y Remove the DVD ROM from the DVD ROM drive This completes the printer driver installation VL3622c VL2822c VL2222c 4 2 Windows XP Server 2003 4 4 2 Windows XP Server 2003 4 2 1 For network connection LPR Port9100 To use LPR Port9100 printing specify the port while installing the printer driver Settings for the machine To use Port9100 or LPR printing you must configure the network settings for the machine in advance Items to be configured Description IP address In TCP IP Settings of the machine specify the IP address RAW port number To use Port9100 printing In TCP IP Settings for the machine enable the RAW port number initial setting 9100 LPD Setting To use LPR printing In LPD Setting for the machine enable LPD printing QQ Reference For details on the network settings for the machine refer to the User s Guide Network Administrator Installing the printer driver manually using the Add Printer Wizard v Installing the driver to Windows XP Server 2003 based computers requires the administrator authority Insert the printer driver DVD ROM for Windows into the DVD ROM drive of the computer Click Start and then select Printers and Faxes 3 f Printers and Faxes is not displayed in the Start menu open Control Panel from the Start menu click Printers and Other Hardware then click Printers and Faxes In
259. py a Distribution Control Number Date Time Job Number Acquire Device information Defaut OK Cancel Hep Description Copy Security Select a function to prevent unauthorized copying Copy Protect Composes the specified text in the background before printing data Copy Protect text is not highly visible when printing but the text is highlighted when a document is copied illegally Repeatable Stamp Composes the specified text before printing data This stamp is distinguishable even during printing Copy Guard Composes Copy Guard patterns before printing data If a document is copied illegally on the machine that supports this function the composed pattern is scanned and the copying process is cancelled Password Copy Composes Password Copy patterns before printing da ta If a document is copied illegally on the machine that supports this func tion the composed pattern is scanned and you are prompted to enter the password To copy a document enter the specified password when print ing Password Enter the password for Password Copy 8 20 VL3622c VL2822c VL2222c 8 4 Parameter details Function Name Description Characters Select this check box to embed the selected character string in a pattern A preregistered character string common stamp or a character string registered in the machine registered stamp can be specified Date Time Select this check box to
260. r Authent ications Account Tract User Auth Settings 10 06 2008 15 34 Close Memory 100 4 I nthe Administrative Settings screen press ID amp Print Settings Select item and enter setting ministrator Settings gt User Auth Settings gt Administrative Settings User Name List OFF Default Function Permission Administrator mD a Print Settings Settings ID amp Print Settings A Utility yee authentications account Track User Auth Settings Administrative Settings 04 13 2009 15 26 Ki Memory 100 VL3622c VL2822c VL2222c 12 49 1 2 Administrator Settings 12 4 5 Specify ID amp Print and Public User Specify ID amp Print settings Administrator Settings gt Administrative Settings gt ID amp Print Settings ID amp Print Public User Utility y Administrator E Print Immediately Settings y User Auth Settings Administrative Settings ID amp Print Settings 10 06 2008 15 34 Memory 100 6 Press OK 12 4 9 ID Print Operation Settings Specify the printing method when using the ID amp Print function on an optional Authentication Unit Default Print All Jobs e Print All Jobs Select this option to print all the documents authenticated at one setting when multiple documents are saved in the ID amp Print User Box e Print Each Job Select this option to print a document for each authenticati
261. r Combination Rotate 180 ON OFF Select this check box to rotate the document 180 to print Skip Blank Pag ON OFF Select this check box to not print any blank pages es Chapters ON OFF Select this check box to specify the page to be printed on the front side It can be specified when Print Type is 2 Sided or Booklet Entry Specify the pages to be printed on the front side when Chapters is selected Print Type 1 Sided 2 Sided Specify 2 Sided Print or Booklet printing Booklet Binding Position Auto Left Bind Right Bind Top Bind Specify the binding position Binding Margin ON OFF Select this check box to specify the binding margin Click Binding Margin Settings to specify the margin values VL3622c VL2822c VL2222c Parameter details 8 4 Function Name Option Description Binding Margin Settings Shift Mode Select how to process the image to prepare the page margin Front Side Back Side Specify the binding margin values For 2 sided printing clearing the Same value for front and back sides check box allows you to specify different values for the front and back sides Unit Select a unit to be used for specifying the size Image Shift ON OFF Select this check box to print by shifting the entire print image Click Image Shift Settings to specify the im age shift values Ima
262. r HDD Printer Memory Printer Inf Installed Tray Tray 1 Tray 2 Tray 3 Tray 4 LCT Option Duplex Unit Finisher Punch Unit Fold Unit Fax Unit Mailbin Unit Ej Versi Management Version Printer Controller Network MAC Address MAC Address TCP IP TCP IP IP Address Subnet Mask Default Gateway RAW Port 0 RAW Port 1 RAW Port 2 RAW Port 3 RAW Port 4 RAW Port 5 Netware Netware Appletalk Appletalk SMB SMB Installed 3328 MByte A4 A4 A4 A4 A4 Installed Available Available Available Available Not Available 2 AOEDOYO 3000 00 20 6B Enable 150 16 154 37 255 255 255 0 150 16 154 1 9100 9112 9113 9114 9115 9116 Disable Disable Enable VL3622c VL2822c VL2222c 15 7 15 Printing reports 15 2 15 2 2 PCL font list PCL Font List Resident Fonts Font Courier CG Times CG Times Bold CG Times Italic CG Times Bold Italic CG Omega CG Omega Bold CG Omega Italic CG Omega Bold Italic Coronet Clarendon Condensed Univers Medium Univers Bold Univers Medium Italic Univers Bold Italic Univers Condensed Medium Univers Condensed Bold Univers Condensed Medium Italic Univers Condensed Bold Italic Antique Olive Antique Olive Bold Antique Olive Italic Garamond Antiqua Garamond Halbfett Garamond Kursiv Pitch Point Scalable Scalable Scalable Scalable Scalable Scalable Scalable Scalable Scalable Scalable Sca
263. r Size The paper sizes regis Specify the output paper size tered as the standard pa per sizes and custom sizes that can be used with the machine Manage Custom Sizes OS X 10 4 10 5 Orientation Portrait Landscape Select the orientation for the original Scale Select an enlarge or reduce ratio Varies depending on the version of OS X Reference Paper size 12 x 18 is equivalent to 304 8 x 457 2 mm that is slightly larger than A3 To use paper of which the size is other than the standard sizes specify the custom paper size For de tails on registering the custom size refer to page 9 9 To print data of the size corresponding to the full standard size selecting W of the standard size paper for original size enables the data to be printed at the center of paper larger than the original size For example if you want to center and print 8 1 2 x 11 size data on 11 x 17 sized paper create data with the 8 1 2 x 11W size and then using the printer driver set Paper Size to 8 1 2 x 11W and specify the paper tray to be used as Paper Tray On the machine side set 11 x 17 size paper in the tray to be used select the tray in Paper of the Basic screen of the control panel and select Change Tray Settings Wide Paper to specify 8 1 2 x 11W Then confirm that Auto Detect is selected for Custom Size and 11 x 17 is displayed When 12 1 4 x 18 paper is loaded you must select 12 1 4 x
264. r Wizard sseesesseess 4 20 4 3 4 Fordlocaliconnectlon it tt eae endet hi ta te ae 4 21 4 4 Windows NT 4 0 E M 4 22 4 4 1 For network connection LPR idee Ies eese reden ta corren rh area Ran a MEE RET Qe Don aaa 4 22 Settings for tlie machine ivarinin eee er rove cre sadi Pere get de ve dew ee adea ane nme 4 22 Installing the printer driver manually using the Add Printer Wizard eeeeeeeeee 4 22 llation on Macintosh Computers 5 1 Mac OS X 10 2 10 3 10 4 10 5 idas 5 3 5 1 1 Installing the printer driver cia Dare Docet De eee cL deal ada ane 5 3 5 1 2 Selecting and connecting a printer OS X 10 4 10 D ccoonoccccccnnnnocccccccnnannnconocnnnnnnncnnnnnannnccnnnnnnnnnccnnnnnns 5 4 Configuring the Bonjour settings c ccescscessceceeseeeeeeseneeescceeseseeseeseneneseeeeseeeeesesenssceeeseeeeseseneneses 5 4 Configuring the AppleTalk SettidQS ooomoccconocononoconnncncnnnrnncnnranorarnn nn nn nan enne nnne nnne nnn 5 5 Configuring the EPR settiligs icone rere e vr pe DE Dre pede rere v cee D Ro ea e o E eR Fk e 5 6 Gonfiguring the IPP settings iie trt ei n cea neuter I ea kn ho ceasdccadecavasatiaenves 5 7 5 1 3 Selecting and connecting a printer OS X 10 2 10 B cooooocccccccococccccocononnnccncnnnnnnncnnnnanannnccnnnnnnnnncnnnnnnns 5 9 Configuring the Rendezvous settings nennen nnne nennen 5 9 Configuring the AppleTalk SettidQS ooonncccnonicnnnnncnnn
265. r author ity Since the printer is searched for during the installation be sure to connect this machine to the network before turning it on Turn on the power of the machine while it is connected to the network Since the printer is searched for during the installation be sure to connect the machine to the network To use the Web service print check that Network discovery is enabled in Network and Sharing Cent er on the computer Insert the printer driver DVD ROM for Windows into the DVD ROM drive of the computer Click Start and then select Control Panel Click Printers under Hardware and Sound The Printers window appears 3 When Control Panel is displayed in Classic View double click Printers Click Add a printer on the toolbar The Add Printer window appears Click Add a local printer The page for Choose a printer port appears Click Create a new port and then select the port type 3 Select Standard TCP IP Port Click Next Select Web Services Device enter the IP address and click Next A printer of the entered IP address that is compatible with the Web service print function is located and then the Found New Hardware dialog box appears Click Locate and install driver software recommended If a dialog box to confirm whether to search online appears click Don t search online Click Browse my computer for driver software advanced Click Browse Selec
266. r details refer to the User s Guide Net work Administrator When User Authentication is specified on this machine even a registered user cannot print a docu ment unless printing from a cellular phone or PDA is allowed in the machine setting For user authenti cation contact the administrator of the machine For details on the User Box functions of the machine refer to the User s Guide Box Operations For the operation of a cellular phone or PDA refer to the operation manual of the cellular phone or PDA Set the cellular phone or PDA to enable Bluetooth communication Press the User Box key on the control panel 3 Press User Box when the application menu is displayed 11 30 VL3622c VL2822c VL2222c 11 7 Printing from a cellular phone or PDA 1 1 3 Select Mobile PDA in System User Box and press Use File Job List sSelect the desired User Box to use or file document Use the keypad to input and specify the box number to use Public Polling TX Secure Document fel Bk User Box User Box User Box E Annotation Re Transmission Pl PRSPYSESA por User Box User Box User Box Enter User Box No Use File E E 04 13 2009 14 59 I pn vl ll cll ll Memory EEZA Language Selection 4 Press Print List 3 To save data in a User Box press Save in User Box and select the desired User Box me ER ICE Mobile PDA B A file received from a mobile phone or PDA can be p
267. r the machine 3 Leave Queue Name blank From Printer Model select GENERIC select the desired model from the list of model names and then click Add When the selected printer is registered in the Printer List the setting procedure is completed VL3622c VL2822c VL2222c 5 2 Mac OS 9 2 5 5 2 5 2 1 5 2 2 Mac OS 9 2 Installing the printer driver After being connected this machine can be used as a printer by selecting a PostScript printer and specifying the printer description PPD file First copy the printer description PPD file to the computer Insert the printer driver DVD ROM for Macintosh into the DVD ROM drive of the computer Open the folder in the DVD ROM that contains the desired printer driver 3 Select a folder according to the printer driver operating system and language to be used Select the PPD file 36C 1UVxxx ppd and copy it to Macintosh HD System Folder Extension Printer Descriptions on the computer This completes the printer driver installation Selecting and connecting a printer In OS 9 the printer can be connected using AppleTalk or LPR LPD Configure the network settings for the machine and then select the printer Configuring the AppleTalk settings Configuring the AppleTalk Settings for the machine Enable AppleTalk in AppleTalk Settings and then enter the printer name C Reference For details on the AppleTalk Settings for the ma
268. r world Companies everywhere use Oc technical documentation systems in manufacturing architecture engineering and construction High speed Oc printing systems produce millions of transaction documents each week such as bank statements and utility bills And in offices around the world people use Oc professional document systems to keep the wheels of business and government turning Oc is also at work in publishing on demand newspaper production and wide format colour for spectacular display graphics For more information visit us at www oce com
269. ray Staple E Body Text 1 Print 1 Sided Auto Off B 1 3 Print Insert Trayl Left Corner E Body End Print 1 Sided Auto off Add YC Delete Add Edit Page Number 1 3 Entry Example 2 4 6 10 Print Type Print Insert E Paper Tray Staple Trayl Hd f Left Corner i C Cancel C OK Description List Name Enter the name of the list Add Add a condition to the list Delete Delete a condition from the list A V Sort the selected condition rows according to page number Page Number Enter the page number of the selected condition row Specify the page numbers using a numerical value To specify multiple pages separate each page number with a comma for example 2 4 6 or specify the range using a hyphen for example 6 10 Print Type Select Print or Blank and 2 Sided or 1 Sided printing for the selected con dition row Paper Tray Specify the paper tray used to print the selected condition row Staple Specify the number of staples and the stapling position for the selected condition row 9 5 8 Stamp Composition Stamp Composition W 9 Paper View O Detailed Information l Copy Security perce Settings 8 1 2x11 Date Time Settings Page Number Settings x1 lt DJ Header Footer ar s ms athonn es d Settings Printer Information Default V
270. register custom paper sizes Reference e EMF Spool and Save Custom Size are functions available only for the PCL driver e To use the EMF spool function with a PS XPS driver select Enable advanced printing features in the Advanced tab to enable the EMF spool 8 2 4 Registering the default settings The settings for the machine functions configured when printing can only be applied while using the applica tion When you exit the application the settings return to their default settings To register the settings change the printer driver basic settings default settings Open the Printers window or Printers and Faxes window 3 n Windows Vista Server 2008 click Start open Control Panel and then click Printers in Hard ware and Sound When Control Panel is displayed in Classic View double click Printers 3 In Windows XP Server 2003 click Start then Printers and Faxes 3 In Windows XP Server 2003 if Printers and Faxes is not displayed in the Start menu open Con trol Panel from the Start menu select Printers and Other Hardware then Printers and Faxes When Control Panel is displayed in Classic View double click Printers 3 n Windows 2000 NT 4 0 click Start and then select Settings then Printers Right click the icon of the installed printer and click Printing Preferences 3 In Windows NT 4 0 right click the icon of the installed printer and then click Document
271. ress System Settings 3 For details on displaying the Administrator Settings screen refer to page 12 40 2 Inthe System Settings screen press User Box Settings 3 Inthe User Box Settings screen press ID amp Print Delete Time Use the menu buttons or keypad to make a selection Administrator Settings gt System Settings gt User Box Settings MO AE Feat etete secure tocmert EITUTICION MIO Seas E 03 26 2009 16 09 close Memory 100 4 Press the desired button 3 To specify the time manually press Time and then enter the time from the keypad 10 06 2008 15 33 Memory 100 5 Press OK 12 46 VL3622c VL2822c VL2222c 12 4 Administrator Settings 1 2 12 4 6 ID amp Print Delete after Print Setting Specify whether to delete the ID amp Print document after it is printed Default Confirm with User e Confirm with User Select this option to display the screen where the user can select whether the doc ument printed from the ID amp Print User Box is deleted after it is printed Select this option if you want to leave the document e Always Delete Select this option to delete the document after printing Deletion is not confirmed with user 1 In the Administrator Settings screen press System Settings 3 For details on displaying the Administrator Settings screen refer to page 12 40 2 Inthe System Settings screen press User Box Settings 3 Inthe User Box Settings screen press ID amp P
272. rint Delete after Print Setting Use the menu buttons or keypad to make a selection ministrator Settings gt System Settings gt User Box Settings Utility 1 Delete Unused User Box 6 Document Hold Setting 4 4 Delete Secure External Memory Administrator Settings y 4 d Auto Delete Secure Document Allow Restrict User Box System Settings Encrypted PDF Delete Tine 03 26 2009 16 09 Memory 100 4 Press the desired button pegigy he operation settings for printing amp Print user BOX documents and Y Spool documents Si t letel if you do i4 onfirmation screen Splay every ame you delete documents Qgmangstrater Settings gt User Box Settings ID 4 Print Delete After Print Setting Utility Administrator Settings System Settings User Box Settings after Delete e Print Setting ROZACEI MET Memory 100 _ Confirm with User Always Delete 5 Press OK VL3622c VL2822c VL2222c 12 47 12 Administrator Settings 12 4 12 4 7 Skip Job Operation Settings Specify whether to start processing for the next job when the current job stops due to running out of paper in the paper tray Default Yes Yes Select this option to give precedence to processing of other job while maintaining the stopped job in the queued state The queued job is processed after the problem is solved This function is helpful because it prevents other jobs from queuing
273. rinted Y A file received fron a nobile phone or PDA can be saved in a User Box odd old PM dn 5 Checkthe displayed PIN code To start data reception enter the PIN code using a Mobile Phone or PDA Hame Status PIN Code 0001 Check Print Setting Job Details m 04 13 2009 14 59 M YU Mic B Henory 997 6 Selectthis machine in the cellular phone or PDA 3 Select the data you want to send if it is selectable T Enter the 4 digit PIN code into the cellular phone or PDA 3 You can check the print setting in Check Print Settings Once the PIN code is verified connection is established and data transmission and printing start VL3622c VL2822c VL2222c 11 31 1 1 Printing from a cellular phone or PDA 11 7 C Reference You can configure print settings from the cellular phone or PDA in User Setting Cellular Phone PDA Set ting Print For details refer to page 12 38 11 32 VL3622c VL2822c VL2222c 11 8 Specifying the encryption passphrase by the user 1 1 11 8 Specifying the encryption passphrase by the user The machine and the printer driver communicate with each other by encrypting a user password account password or secure document password using a common encryption key Although an encryption passphrase for generating the common encryption key is preset as a default setting it can also be generated with a user defined encryp
274. rinter driver changed in the Print window are not saved and the orig inal settings are restored when you exit the application Click Print Printing is executed and the data indicator of the machine flashes 3 When Secure Print Only is set to On on Device Option of the Configure tab Secure Print win dow appears Go to Step 6 VL3622c VL2822c VL2222c 8 3 Print operations 8 1 6 Enterthe ID and password of the document and then click OK Data is sent and saved in the Secure Document User Box of this machine C Reference PS User Settings i Secure Print ONT Secure Pint ID Max 16 Password Max 8 Click the OK button after entering in Secure Print ID and Password Operate the followings on the printer s E control panel in order to use the documents which is printed by secure print User Box button gt System gt Secure oK Cancel Defaut Help For details on the Configure tab refer to page 8 5 For details on secure printing refer to page 11 6 8 4 VL3622c VL2822c VL2222c 8 2 Default settings of the printer driver 8 8 2 Default settings of the printer driver When you have installed the printer driver you need to change the initialization conditions such as options user authentication and account track functions and enable functions of the machine from the Printing Pref erences window of the printer driver N
275. rinter drivers PCL driver PS driver and fax driver Click OK The Printer list appears Click Next gt Follow the instructions on the pages that follow Click Finish gt Ifthe Digital Signature window appears click Yes After finishing the installation make sure that the icon for the installed printer is displayed in the Print ers window Remove the DVD ROM from the DVD ROM drive This completes the printer driver installation VL3622c VL2822c VL2222c 4 3 Windows 2000 4 4 3 2 For network connection SMB To use SMB printing specify the port by specifying the printer while installing the printer driver Settings for the machine To use SMB printing you must configure the network settings for the machine in advance Items to be configured Description IP address In TCP IP Settings of the machine specify the IP address SMB Setting To use SMB printing At Print Settings in SMB Settings for the machine specify NetBI OS Name Print Service Name and Workgroup C Reference For details on the network settings for the machine refer to the User s Guide Network Administrator Installing the printer driver manually using the Add Printer Wizard v Installing the driver to Windows 2000 based computers requires the administrator authority Insert the printer driver DVD ROM for Windows into the DVD ROM drive of the computer Click Start and then select Settings Pri
276. rinting density in order to save the amount of toner consumed Edge Enhancement Reference Select this check box to enhance the edges of characters graphics and images so that thin lines and small letters become clearly visible e The Staple function is available only if the optional Finisher FS 527 or Finisher FS 529 is installed e The Punch function is available only when the Punch Kit is installed on the optional Finisher FS 527 e The Fold function is available only when the Saddle Stitcher is installed on the optional Finisher FS 527 VL3622c VL2822c VL2222c 10 9 1 0 Parameter details 10 3 10 10 VL3622c VL2822c VL2222c 1 1 Function Details 11 1 Proof Print 1 1 11 Function Details This chapter describes the functions that require special attention for example when combining the printer driver and panel operation of the machine 11 1 Proof Print The Proof Print function is a feature used when printing out multiple copies It allows the printer to output one copy and pause the printing operation before printing the remaining number of copies Because this function allows confirming the printed result before outputting the remaining copies it is helpful in preventing misprint ing when producing a large number of copies The Proof Print function can be specified using the printer driver when printing and printing of the remaining number of copies can be performed from the contr
277. rnatively press an item in the upper hierarchy in the sub menu area to return to the item VL3622c VL2822c VL2222c 12 41 1 2 Administrator Settings 12 4 124 Administrator Settings 12 4 1 Print Fax Output Setting Specify the timing for printing to print data when it is received after the reception is completed or simulta neously as it is being received This setting can be configured separately between for printer and for fax Default Print Page Print Fax Batch Print 1 In the Administrator Settings screen press System Settings gt For details on displaying the Administrator Settings screen refer to page 12 40 2 Inthe System Settings screen press Output Settings 3 Inthe Output Settings screen press Print Fax Output Setting E Use the menu buttons or keypad to make a selection ministrator Settings gt System Settings gt Output Settings Utility il Print Fax Output Settings 4 3 2 Output Tray Settings Administrator Settings y System Settings y Output Settings 4 Shift Output Each Job 10 06 2008 15 32 Memory 100 The Print Fax Output Setting screen appears 4 Press Print or Fax 5 Press the desired button Touch the button for the desired setting Booknark Administrator Settings gt Output Settings gt Print Fax Output Settings Job Setting orm CT Utility Batch Print Fax Batch Print CERE rave print Settings
278. round function is available for the PCL XPS drivers e The Thin Line Support function is available only for the PCL driver e The Excel Job Control and Remove White Background settings are not available in Windows XP Pro fessional x64 Windows Vista x64 Windows Server 2003 x64 or Windows Server 2008 x64 e You can change the Excel Job Control setting only when the printer driver setting dialog is displayed from the Printers Printers and Faxes in Windows XP Server 2003 window VL3622c VL2822c VL2222c 8 25 8 Parameter details 8 4 8 26 VL3622c VL2822c VL2222c 9 Print Functions of Mac OS X 9 1 Print operations 9 9 9 1 Print Functions of Mac OS X This chapter describes the functions of the PS printer driver for OS X Print operations Print jobs are specified from the application software 1 Open the data in the application and click File Then click Print from the menu gt Ifthe menu is not available click Print The Print window appears 2 Check that the desired printer name is selected in Printer gt Ifthe target printer is not selected select it Printer XXXXXX i 3 Presets Standard 84 0 PDF w Preview Cancel gt Ifthe printer does not appear select the printer from Print amp Fax Printer Setup Utility or Print Center For details refer to page 5 4 and page 5 9 3 The Print window varies depending on the application software
279. rown fox jump VL3622c VL2822c VL2222c 15 10 15 3 PPD driver For Linux and applications 1 5 15 3 PPD driver For Linux and applications 15 3 1 PPD driver types The PPD driver contains the PPD information for Mac OS 9 Linux and applications e Driver for Linux Install for use with Linux Contains PPD for Linux and PPD for OpenOffice e Driver for applications Install when using applications such as Adobe PageMaker that require the PPD driver 15 3 2 PPD driver for Linux Operating environment The PPD driver operates in the environment where systems are combined as follows OS Red Hat Enterprise Linux 4 CupsVersion 1 1 e OS SuSE Linux 10 1 CupsVersion 1 2 e OpenOffice v1 1 5 Registering the PPD driver for Linux Copy the PPD file to the CUPS model directory usr share cups model for major Linux In Add Printer of the CUPS printing system specify PPD to add this machine 3 For details on CUPS refer to Help in the CUPS Web management page Configuring the PPD driver for Linux In Configure Printer of the CUPS printing system configure the functions Registering the PPD driver for OpenOffice In Add Printer of the CUPS printing system specify PPD to add this machine x Open the OpenOfficePrinterAdministrator tool Click New Printer In the Choose a device type window select add a printer and then click Next In the Choose a driver window click import Select 36C 1
280. rrors Yes S PSWC Direct Print Ye Se Printer Settings 10 06 2008 15 35 Memory 100 The time until a communication timeout occurs is set VL3622c VL2822c VL2222c 12 53 1 2 Administrator Settings 12 4 12 4 13 Print XPS Errors Specify whether to print the error message when an error occurs during XPS printing Default No 1 In the Administrator Settings screen press Printer Settings gt For details on displaying the Administrator Settings screen refer to page 12 40 2 Press Print XPS Errors 2 Select item and enter setting Yes Yes Print XPS Errors PSWC ct Print 10 06 2008 15 35 Memory 100 3 Press the desired button Select job setting inistrator Settings gt Printer Settings Job Setting i Yes ic ED y Network Timeout 60 sec Setting Print XPS Errors No y Printer Settings PSWC Direct Print 10 06 2008 15 36 Memory 1007 12 54 VL3622c VL2822c VL2222c 12 4 Administrator Settings 12 12 4 14 Web Connection Direct Print Specify whether to allow the direct print from Web Connection Default Yes e Yes Select this option to allow direct print from Web Connection e No Select this option not to allow direct print from Web Connection 1 In the Administrator Settings screen press Printer Settings gt For details on displaying the Administrator Settings screen refer
281. rting Page Number Specify the start number for printing the page number Cover Mode Specify whether the page number is printed on the front cover page and the back cover page when attaching the cover pages Text Color Specify the text color used for printing Print Position Specify the print position 8 4 7 Quality tab The functions displayed vary depending on which of the PCL PS XPS drivers is used PCL driver Printing Preferences ex f My Tab Basic Layout Finish Cover Mode Stamp Composition Quality Other Favorite Setting 2 Default Setting v A Ela Select Color Auto Color E E Patt G em Black R Coarse d Image Compression Maximum Compression Quaity Adustment Glossy Mode Color Settings Toner Save Document S P Edge Enhancement En hoto DTP Web a El da va CAD al E g ET Font Settings Printer View Printer Information PT j Defaut jJ ok Cancel Heb 8 22 VL3622c VL2822c VL2222c 8 4 Parameter details PS driver XPS driver Function Name Printing Preferences Advanced f My Tab Basic Layout Finish Cover Mode Stamp Compostion Quality Other i En A eee Pinter View Eg _ Printer infomation _ Favorite Setting f Default Setting v Edit Select Color Auto Color z 7 Auto Trapping Gully ciment Black Over Print El Glossy Mode Color
282. ructions on the pages that follow On the window for specifying how the printer is attached select Local printer and then click Next gt 3 Clear the Automatically detect and install my Plug and Play printer check box The page for Select the Printer Port appears Click Create a new port and then select Standard TCP IP Port as the type of port Click Next Add Standard TCP IP Printer Port Wizard starts Click Next gt In the Printer Name or IP Address box enter the IP address for the machine and then click Next gt gt If the Additional Port Information Required dialog box appears go to Step 10 3 Ifthe Finish page appears go to Step 13 Select Custom and then click Settings Change the settings according to the port and then click OK 3 For LPR connection select LPR and then enter Print in the Queue Name box 3 You must discriminate between upper and lower case letters when entering it 3 For Port9100 select Raw and then enter a RAW port number initial setting 9100 in the Port Number box Click Next VL3622c VL2822c VL2222c 4 17 Windows 2000 4 3 14 15 16 Click Finish Add Printer Wizard appears Click Have Disk Click Browse Select a desired printer driver folder in the DVD ROM and then click Open 3 Select a folder according to the printer driver operating system and language to be used Selecta ble p
283. se T 100Base TX and 1000Base T are respectively 10Mbps 100Mpbs and 1000Mbps Adobe Flash Software or its file format developed by Adobe Systems Inc formerly by Macro media Inc used to create a content by compiling vector graphic animations and sounds The software allows handling interactive contents using keyboard or mouse The files can be kept relatively compact and accessed from a Web browser with ded icated plug in software AppleTalk The generic name for the protocol suite developed by Apple Computer for com puter networking bit The abbreviation for binary digit The smallest unit of information data quantity handled by a computer or printer A bit uses only a 0 or a 1 to indicate data BMP The abbreviation for bitmap This is a file format for saving image data The file extension is bmp Commonly used on Windows platforms BMP covers the color depth from mon ochrome 2 values to full color 16 777 216 colors BMP images are not suitable for compressed storage Bonjour A Macintosh network technology automatically detecting a device connected to the network for automatic configuration Previously called Rendezvous and has been changed to Bonjour since Mac OS X v10 4 BOOTP The abbreviation for Bootstrap Protocol The protocol is used for a client compu ter on the TCP IP network to load network configuration automatically from a server Instead of BOOTP DHCP an adv
284. sesssssesesee ene nn enn nennen ns en nannt EEEn nennen ennnen EEE 2 8 d nne P 2 8 UJSBIhnterface 2228 2 ak cara recen rieeiin ones e tes t COME ARCEM AO MAD OD MINI Ee LC LIE 2 8 GONMECTON CIA GhAM Dn 2 8 2 3 Set p procedu re ii E E 2 9 2 3 1 FOF network Connection centra dica cepe riae eyed lll ER ARE ERR veg aa ERR IR eter DR pesi Ecl 2 9 2 3 2 For local COMMOCTHONN mtr 2 10 3 Precautions for Installation 3 1 AA A A 3 3 3 2 Printer drivers compatible with respective operating systems eene 3 4 3 3 Connection methods selectable in each operating system eere 3 6 3 3 1 Windows Vista Seryet 2008 5 nrbe cetero beh exe EMEN Noa ee RS REL e 4 Repos rug a Ree e Eea HAE TNR ARA TEREA RASTRA EE 3 6 3 3 2 Windows 2000 XP Server 20098 itio tr rei eati ahy EX RR HP ta aiaa ERO EERE RE REPRE XR Eve docs 3 7 3 3 3 Wind ws NT 40 EMT 3 8 3 3 4 Mace OSX 10 2 10 3 1 O 4 1 O25 A oes pe Cei deser Masts elatentennies 3 8 3 3 5 AS AO 3 9 3 3 6 NetWare seriinin araea A ia eel ied ete dee ees 3 9 4 Manual Installation Using the Add Printer Wizard 4 1 Windows Vista Server 20068 cesis rr 4 3 4 1 1 For network connection LPR Port 9100 SMB essere nennen nennen nnne nrn nnns 4 3 Settings for THE MACHINE eco titor ta da E aX HERR X Ta Ce YR EXE xa STR E ERR aA Tu eda
285. smission C Reference To use the fax function the optional Fax Kit is required For details on the PC FAX transmission refer to the User s Gu de Fax Driver Operations VL3622c VL2822c VL2222c 2 3 Printer controller 2 1 2 1 2 Flow of printing The following outlines the flow of operations for using this printing system as a printer Print data sent from an application is received by the printer driver The data is sent to the machine via the USB interface for USB connection or via Ethernet TCP IP IPX SPX AppleTalk for network connection Then the data is passed from the machine to the printer controller The printer controller rasterizes images expands output target characters and images to bitmap data This data is printed from this machine Computer When using USB connection Application i Printer driver When using network connection Application y Printer driver m Bj Ethernet a PA TCP IP IPX SPX po pem Print Er This machine i Printer controller PCL processing Rasterization While this machine is operating as a printer originals can be scanned using the copy function or network scan function To use the copy function of this machine press the Copy key on the control panel When a print job is received during copying the data is stored in th
286. ss Proof Copy Release Held Job No Namc Status Document Name Ztorea Org Ses Check Job Set y Detail Job Details E cancer ok gt Ifthe job you want to release is not displayed press or until the desired job is displayed If an incorrect job was selected touch the button for the selected job again to deselect it 4 Press Change Setting The Change Setting screen appears 3 To check the results of setting changes select the job whose sample copy is to be printed from the job list and then press the Proof Copy key on the control panel One copy is printed for checking After performing the Proof Copy key the original settings are restored Configure the settings again as necessary 5 Change the printing conditions in the Change Setting screen and then press OK The Release Held Job screen appears again 3 To cancel releasing the held job press Cancel 6 Press OK or the Start key in the control panel The stored job is changed to an active job and then printed VL3622c VL2822c VL2222c 11 5 11 Secure Print 11 2 11 2 Secure Print The Secure Print function saves print jobs in the Secure Print User Box of the machine Because the job is output only by entering the ID and password from the control panel it is helpful for outputting highly confi dential documents The Secure Print function can be specified using the prin
287. ss the C key to clear the value and then use the keypad to enter the number of lines 5 lines to 128 lines 2 Ifa value outside of the allowable range is specified the message Input error appears Enter a number within the allowable range Job List B Specify the number of lines per page when printing a test page Utility gt PCL Settings gt Line Page Utility User Settings Printer Settings PCL Settings 10 06 2008 15 30 Memory 100 Press OK The number of lines is set 12 2 21 CR LF Mapping Specify the CR LF substitution method when printing text data Default No 0 0 0 N Mode 1 Select this option to substitute CR with CR LF Mode 2 Select this option to substitute LF with CR LF Mode 3 Select this option to substitute with CR LF No Select this option not to perform substitution In the User Settings screen press Printer Settings gt For details on displaying the User Settings screen refer to page 12 3 Press PCL Settings Press CR LF Mapping 1 Font Settings A 2 Symbol Set 7 User Settings y 3 Font Size 3 Printer Settings y PCL Settings 5 CR LF Mapping A 10 06 2008 15 29 Close Memory 100 VL3622c VL2822c VL2222c 12 25 12 User settings 12 2 4 Select Yes or No If Yes is selected be sure to also press the button for the desired setting Specify the CR LF mode for printing text data Utility gt PCL Set
288. ss the desired button The Cellular Phone PDA Use Permission setting is complete Bookmark Utility y Administrator Settings Administrator Setting gt System Connection gt Cellular Phone PDA Setting m Cos Systen Connection y Cellular Phone PDA Setting 04 13 2009 15 30 Ki Memory 100 4 Press OK The Mobile PDA Settings is specified VL3622c VL2822c VL2222c 12 57 12 Administrator Settings 12 4 12 4 17 Print Data Capture Specify whether to allow or prohibit data capturing of a print job Default Allow Reference e For details on capturing data of a print job contact the technical representative 1 In the Administrator Settings screen press Security Settings gt For details on displaying the Administrator Settings screen refer to page 12 40 2 Inthe Security Settings screen press Security Details 3 Inthe Security Details screen press Print Data Capture 4 Press the desired button __ Specify setting for selected item ministrator Settings Security Settings Security Details Job Setting Password Rules A Invalid NIC Mode 1 PIRE Senfigonbigi Document Mode 1 ec Utility Manual Destination Input Allow Print Data Capture ao Security Settings Security Details 10 06 2008 15 36 Memory 100 Whether to allow or prohibit data capturing of a print job is specified gt For details contact your technical representati
289. sseeeeeenneeenn emen 11 42 11 11 38 Configuring the printer driver ertet rne Ern ntn eaaet dash ee nan ea kae dena aa aka n annua 11 42 11 11 4 Printing CE 11 43 12 1 Basic operations of User Settings 2c 0 03ccecccecicseec cess aiii 12 3 12 1 1 Displaying the User Settings screen cceseceeessneeeeeeeeeeseeeeeseeeeeseneeneseeeesseeeeessesesesenseeeeenseseneses 12 3 12 2 US OF SCULINGS iii aE 12 5 12 2 1 PDS SOMO e EE E 12 5 12 2 2 Number of Copi s me ad 12 6 12 2 3 Original Dit viii TTE 12 7 12 2 4 Spool Print Jobs in HDD before RIP ararat aam ata a ea aan ed aa rr a aain aa aia ina Aai aTi 12 8 12 2 5 A4 A3 lt gt LTR LGR Auto Swit p 12 9 12 2 6 Banner Sheet Setting cise ices cbedeissceeiesensesdehsaeaseddsscdenaedlacacshsensuadeeashecqndssecesuegsna Pan eeusdecuactesaahegeassacese 12 10 12 2 7 Binding Direction Adjustment iii be Ee PEU tid d chat eee a eee 12 11 12 2 8 Line Width Adjustment iccicticescsscdiesasuecesersoecataccacaieacnsaaedeasseataziecaeasdicenviseebaacernasenndhcniesanasessasceneduadeie 12 12 12 2 9 Gray Background Text Correction cccscecccseccecsecceesseneeseecenescnesesscesassnesesaeeeseceeeaseaseneceesssonens 12 13 12 2 10 Raper Tray su Iii ds dal dere do da c e es do e ed do 12 14 12 2 11 Sl 12 15 12 2 12 2 Sided PriNt oec 12 16 12 2 13 Binding Position od i ede een ee ee ee 12 17 12
290. ssword 2 GH Ready to Scan Ef Ready to Print e XC Jus A option The following settings will be saved in Cookie If Cookie is deleted the default screen will become the Main Menu Initial Screen after login Main Menu Information C Job C Box ETT Registered Box Number 1 999999999 Direct Print Store Address C Customize To Main Menu eae Item Description Option this machine Enables you to configure the settings displayed in the initial page after logging in to VL3622c VL2822c VL2222c 13 19 13 Administrator mode overview 13 5 13 5 Administrator mode overview Logging in to the administrator mode enables you to use the following functions C Reference For details on the administrator mode refer to the User s Guide Network Administrator 13 5 4 Maintenance Le Administrator Logout Ira Sp Readly to Scan EA In Menu Admin Mode 2 Display To Main Menu ROM Version Total 137 Total Duplex 112 pe pad of Originals 1143 Status Notification Setting of Used Paper 106 Total Counter Notification Copy Counter Full Color Black SP 9l z Color Tota Date Time Setting Color A Total 39 55 0 0 194 Sumer seting Large Size la fj D lo la Network Error Code Display T Print Counter Full Color B
291. story Enables you to check the executed jobs Communication Enables you to check the completed transmission and reception jobs List 13 4 3 User Box EQ Reference For details on the operating procedures for User Boxes refer to the User s Guide Box Operations 2 userd1 Logout Change Password ia Sp Ready to Scan E Ready to Print a To Main Menu ea Open User Box Open User Box Public Group Personal Box is the function to save documents in the machine gt CroataiUsor Box Documents in the Box can be used for printing sending etc Open System User Box User Box Number u 299999999 Create System User Box User Box Password EA User Box List Search from Index lau Go Page Display by 50 cases 1 60 User Box Nobo User Box Name Type Time Stored al 001 Public 09 30 2008 16 22 2 002 Public 09 30 2008 16 22 Item Description Open User Box Opens the currently created User Box Public Personal or Group User Box to en able you to print send or download a document saved in the User Box or to change the User Box setting Create User Box Enables to create a new User Box 13 16 VL3622c VL2822c VL2222c 13 4 Overview of the user mode 13 Item Description Open System User Box Displayed when the optional Fax Kit is installed This function opens the System User Box Bulletin Board Polli
292. support information such as contact name corporate URL or online man port Information ual URL of this machine To display this information select Information Online Assistance Network TWAIN Specify the time to release the operation lock when scanning excluding push scan ning If necessary configure settings to enable saving or reading a document in or from the external memory User Box Setting Define the User Box functions such as deleting an unnecessary User Box or speci fying the document deletion time If necessary configure settings to enable saving or reading a document in or from the external memory Stamp Settings Register a header or footer Blank Page Print Settings Specify whether to print contents configured in Stamp Composition on blank pag es Skip Job Opera tion Settings Specify whether to skip a job Flash Display Setting Specify whether to allow or restrict the flash display System Connec tion Setting Configure the automatic setting of Prefix Suffix or the setting for printing data in a cellular phone Outline PDF Set ting Specify whether to outline text VL3622c VL2822c VL2222c 13 21 1 3 Administrator mode overview 13 5 13 5 3 Security Qe Administrator Logout 2 GH Ready to Scan BAN menu cacimin Mode a Dog To Main Menu Device Certificate Setting New Registration SSL Settin S Defaul
293. t Press this key to reset all settings except programmed set tings entered using the control panel or touch panel 4 Proof Copy Press this key to perform proof printing when a proof print job is stored 5 Start Press this key to start the operation of the selected function When this machine is ready to begin the operation the indi cator on the Start key lights up in blue If the indicator on the Start key lights up in orange the operation cannot begin 6 Data Indicator Flashes in blue while a print job or fax is being received Lights up in blue when a print job or fax is queued to be print ed or while it is being printed 7 C clear Press this key to erase a value entered using the keypad or characters entered from the keyboard on the screen 8 Keypad Press to enter numbers Use the keypad to enter the admin istrator password or other setting values VL3622c VL2822c VL2222c Printer controller 2 1 No Name Description 9 Access If user authentication and account track is enabled press this key after entering the user name and password for user au thentication or the account name and password for account track in order to use this machine 10 User Box Press this key to enter User Box mode While the machine is in User Box mode the indicator on the User Box key lights up in green For details refer to the User s Guide Box Oper ations 11 Fax Scan Press this
294. t 9100 3 6 4 3 4 77 4 17 Poster mode 9 75 PostScript 3 4 PPD driver 3 4 75 77 Print 8 3 Print type 8 73 9 75 10 8 Print fax output setting 72 42 Printer controller 2 3 Printer driver 74 5 Printer drivers 3 4 Printer setting 73 26 Printer specific options 70 8 Printing 2 7 9 3 10 3 11 43 Printing PS errors 72 26 Printing reports 72 32 15 7 Printing without authentication 72 57 Printing XPS errors 72 54 Product specifications 75 3 Proof print 77 3 Properties 8 5 PS driver 3 4 8 3 PS font list 75 9 Public user 73 9 Punching 8 74 9 75 70 8 12 19 A Quality 9 23 Quality tab 8 22 16 4 VL3622c VL2822c VL2222c Index by item 16 R Recalling jobs 77 4 77 8 11 15 11 26 Registered user 73 70 Rendezvous 5 9 Rotating 180 degrees 8 73 9 15 Saving in user boxes 77 73 Scale 9 10 10 6 Secure documents auto deletion time setting 72 45 Secure print only 72 59 Secure printing 77 6 Security 73 22 Selecting a printer 5 4 5 73 Selecting colors 8 23 9 23 10 8 Separating chapters 8 73 9 15 Setting for each purpose 73 29 Settings 72 3 Setup 2 9 Single color and 2 color output management 72 52 Skip job operation settings 72 48 Skipping blank pages 8 73 SMB 3 6 4 3 4 13 4 19 Spool settings 72 8 Stamp composition 9 79 Stamp composition tab 8 76 Stapling 8 74 9 75 10 8 12 18 Structure of pages 73 73 Symbol set 72 22 System settings 73 27 TIFF image paper setting 72 33
295. t a desired printer driver folder in the DVD ROM and then click Open 3 Selecta folder according to the printer driver operating system and language to be used Selecta ble printer drivers PCL driver PS driver XPS driver and fax driver Click Next Follow the instructions on the pages that follow 3 Ifthe User Account Control window appears click Continue gt Ifthe Windows Security window for verifying the publisher appears click Install this driver soft ware anyway Click Close J After finishing the installation make sure that the icon for the installed printer is displayed in the Print ers window VL3622c VL2822c VL2222c 4 9 Windows Vista Server 2008 4 1 4 1 4 a 20 Remove the DVD ROM from the DVD ROM drive This completes the printer driver installation For local connection When this machine is connected via a USB port the printer driver can be installed with plug and play Reference e When a USB connection is used the printer driver is installed easily with the plug and play feature How ever it can also be installed using the Add Printer Wizard To use the Add Printer Wizard select the USB port to be connected in the Choose a printer port page Connect this machine to the computer using a USB cable and then start the computer NOTICE When starting up the computer do not plug n or unplug the cable 2 Turn on the main power of this machine The Found New H
296. t are required Install the required options and enable them on the printer driver VL3622c VL2822c VL2222c 14 5 Cannot configure the settings Cannot print according to the settings Problem Possible Cause Remedy Cannot punch Printed pages may be fed out without being punched if the pa per is loaded into the paper source with an incorrect orienta tion Check the orientation setting The punch position is not as ex pected The orientation setting is not correct Check the punching position in the printer driver settings Combination fails pages are not combined but are printed sepa rately Originals having different orien tations are combined Align the orientations of the origi nal The overlay is not printed prop erly Memory of the computer may be insufficient Simplify the overlay to reduce the data size Overlay data was created in color For color overlay data the overlay is printed in color even if Gray Scale is selected with the PCL driver Images are not printed properly Memory of the computer may be insufficient Simplify the images to reduce the data size Paper is not fed from the speci fied paper source Paper will not be fed from the specified paper source if that paper source is loaded with pa per of a different size or orienta tion Load the paper of the appropriate size and orientation into the de sired paper
297. t ser Subject vaid Detail Setting Protocol Setting i r I TESTI23456test TEST123456 test 07 09 2009 Detail Setting gt External Certificate pesi Setting Setting Certificate Verification Settings OK Cancel Address Reference Setting gt Restrict User Access Copy Security Auto Logout Administrator Password Setting Item Description PKI Settings Register device certificates and configure the SSL protocol or external certificate settings Certificate Verifi Specify the items to validate a certificate cation Settings Address Refer When giving destination access permission specify a reference allowed group ence Setting name or access allowed level Restrict User Ac Specify the function to restrict user operations cess Copy Security Specify whether to use the copy guard or password copy function Auto Logout Specify the time to automatically log out the administrator or user mode Administrator Specify the password to log in to the administrator mode Password Set ting Administrator Password Setting is not displayed when e The SSL certificate is not installed e Enhanced Security Mode is enabled e Mode using SSL TLS is set to None in Security PKI Settings SSL Setting even though a device certificate is already registered 13 22 VL3622c VL2822c VL2222c 13 5 Admin
298. ter driver when printing and printing can be per formed from the control panel In order to prevent information leakage you can restrict the printings done on this machine only to the secure printing ER Reference For details on the function to limit to the secure printing only on the machine refer to page 12 59 For details on the printer driver settings for Windows refer to page 8 5 and for Mac OS X refer to page 9 5 Reference e When the secure printing is frequently used it will be helpful to configure Custom Display Settings User Box Settings of the machine so that Secure Document User Box always appears on the screen For details refer to the User s Guide Box Operations 11 2 4 Setting the printer driver The following four printer drivers support this feature PCL Printer Driver for Windows PCL driver o PostScript Printer Driver for Windows PS driver XPS Printer Driver for Windows XPS driver e PostScript PPD Printer Driver for Mac OS X Perform printing with the following settings specified e Output Method Secure Print For Windows 1 Click to display the Basic tab 2 Select Secure Print in Output Method Printing Preferences Ex f My Tab Basic Layout Finish Cover Mode Stamp Composition Quality Other Favorite Setting 2 Defaut Setting Ext Original Orientation Output Method inet Bot Original Size Ex Pre 81 21 X Same as Original Size Ee Save in User Box a 400 En Save in User B
299. terprise Edition Windows XP Professional x64 Edition Windows Server 2003 Standard x64 Edition Windows Server 2003 Enterprise x64 Edition Windows Server 2003 R2 Standard x64 Edition Windows Server 2003 R2 Enterprise x64 Edition Windows Vista Business Windows Vista Enterprise Windows Vista Home Basic A Windows Vista Home Premium Windows Vista Ultimate Windows Server 2008 Standard Windows Server 2008 Enterprise Supports 32 bit x86 64 bit x64 environment PostScript driver PostScript 3 Windows 2000 Professional Service Pack 4 or later PS driver Emulation Windows 2000 Server Service Pack 3 or later Windows XP Home Edition Service Pack 1 or later Windows XP Professional Service Pack 1 or later Windows Server 2003 Standard Edition Service Pack 1 or later Windows Server 2008 Enterprise Edition Service Pack 1 or later Windows Server 2003 R2 Standard Edition Windows Server 2003 R2 Enterprise Edition Windows XP Professional x64 Edition Windows Server 2003 Standard x64 Edition Windows Server 2003 Enterprise x64 Edition Windows Server 2003 R2 Standard x64 Edition Windows Server 2003 R2 Enterprise x64 Edition Windows Vista Business Windows Vista Enterprise Windows Vista Home Basic Windows Vista Home Premium Windows Vista Ultimate Windows Server 2008 Standard Windows Server 2008 Enterprise Supports 32 bit x86 64 bit x64 environment PostScript PPD Mac OS 9 2 or later driver PS PPD Mac OS X 10 2 8 10 3
300. text in the background before printing data Copy Protect text is not highly visible when printing but the text is highlighted when a document is copied illegally Repeatable Stamp Composes the specified text before printing data This stamp is distinguishable even during printing Copy Guard Composes Copy Guard patterns before printing data If a document is copied illegally on the machine that supports this function the composed pattern is scanned and the copying process is cancelled Password Copy Composes Password Copy patterns before printing da ta If a document is copied illegally on the machine that supports this func tion the composed pattern is scanned and you are prompted to enter the password To copy a document enter the specified password when print ing Password Enter the password for Password Copy Characters Select this check box to embed the selected character string in a pattern A preregistered character string common stamp or a character string registered in the machine registered stamp can be specified 9 20 VL3622c VL2822c VL2222c 9 5 Parameter details Function Name Description Date Time Select this check box to embed the selected date and time in a pattern Selecting from the drop down list allows you to specify the display type and presence or absence of the time display Serial Number Select this check box to embed the serial number of the machi
301. the TCP IP tab Select the Configure item and configure the settings including the IP address and subnet mask ac cording to the settings for the network to which the Macintosh computer is connected 6 Click the close button at the top left corner of the window 3 When the This service has unsaved changes or Apply configuration changes message appears click Apply Adding a printer Select Macintosh HD Applications Utilities where the driver has been installed and then double click Printer Setup Utility or Print Center to open it When the You have no printers available window appears click Add When the printer list appears click Add gt f available printers have already been specified the You have no printers available window does not appear Select IP Printing for the connection method For OS X 10 3 select LPD LPR for Printer Type In Printer Address enter the IP address for the machine From Printer Model select GENERIC select the desired model from the list of model names and then click Add When the selected printer is registered in the Printer List the setting procedure is completed VL3622c VL2822c VL2222c 5 11 Mac OS X 10 2 10 3 10 4 10 5 5 1 Configuring the IPP settings TCP IP Settings for the machine Specify the IP address for the machine IPP Settings for the machine In IPP Settings for the machine enable IPP printing C Ref
302. ther the fonts to be downloaded are bitmap fonts or outline fonts 8 24 VL3622c VL2822c VL2222c 8 4 8 4 Parameter details 8 4 8 Other tab Printing Preferences x3 f My Tab Basic Layout Finish Cover Mode Stamp Composition Quality Other Favorite Setting fR Defaut Setting v Edit V Remove White Background o V Thin Line Support EH 4 e a El P o1 ES _ Check Driver Version Printer View Printer Information Moe Lok Cancel Help Function Name Option Description Excel Job Con ON OFF When multiple Microsoft Excel sheets with different trol page settings are printed at one time the sheets may be separated into single sheet jobs depending on the data contained Select this check box to minimize such job separation Remove White ON OFF When an overlay file is printed on top of Microsoft Pow Background erPoint data white areas are removed so that the white background of the PowerPoint data does not hide the overlay file Clear this check box to print the original data as is without removing the background Thin Line Sup ON OFF When printing with reduced size thin lines may become port blurred Select this check box to prevent the thin lines from becoming blurred Check Driver Version Reference Click this button to display the printer driver version in formation e The Remove White Backg
303. tings gt CR LF Mapping n Job List y User Settings PR Mode2 EES wor cern y Printer Settings Mode3 lt CR gt CR LF LF gt CR LF FF gt CR FF gt PCL Settings CR LF Mapping 10 06 2008 15 30 Memory 100 5 Press OK 12 2 22 Print PS Errors Specify whether to print the error message when an error occurs during PS rasterization Default OFF 1 In the User Settings screen press Printer Settings 3 For details on displaying the User Settings screen refer to page 12 3 2 Press PS Setting JobList Use the menu buttons or keypad to make a selection Utility gt User Settings gt Printer Settings MECTITCNNS rin ears Ber Stn gt TF te rer ets gt MT i E A Printer Settings 4 PS Setting 5 XPS Settings ES 10 06 2008 15 20 Memory 100 3 Press Print PS Errors E Select item and enter setting Utility gt Printer Settings gt PS Setting Print PS Errors ICC Profile Settings User Settings Auto Trapping Black Overprint Printer Settings PS Setting 04 13 2009 15 19 M Memory 100 12 26 VL3622c VL2822c VL2222c 12 2 User settings 12 12 2 23 4 Press the desired button Job List 7 Select job setting Utility gt Printer Settings gt PS Setting Job Setting Print PS Errors a ICC Profile Settings i 4 User Settings Auto Trapping OFF OFF Black Overprint Printer Settings
304. tings in the printer driver when printing Configure settings in the applica tion correctly The watermark cannot be print ed The watermark settings may not be configured correctly Check the watermark settings The density of the watermark may be too light Check the density setting Some graphic applications do not print watermarks When using such a program the watermark cannot be printed The staple function cannot be specified The staple function cannot be used if the Paper Type is set to Thick or Transparency Check the setting of each item of the printer driver The staple function requires the optional Finisher FS 527 or Finisher FS 529 Install the required options and enable them on the printer driver Cannot staple When printing a large number of pages stapling cannot be per formed Change the number of pages to be printed If the document contains pages of different sizes stapling can not be performed Check the document The stapling position is not as expected The orientation setting is not correct Check the stapling position in the printer driver settings Cannot specify the punch func tion The hole punching cannot be specified when Booklet Trans parency Thick 2 Thick 3 or En velope is selected as the paper type Check the setting of each item of the printer driver The optional Finisher FS 527 and Punch Ki
305. tion Account Track User Authentication Account Track 5 Public User Department Name Recipient User ier aces Password Password gt For details on the user authentication refer to page 11 17 gt If User Authentication Account Track User Authentication Settings Administrative Setting ID amp Print Settings Public User is set to Save in the Administrator Settings of the machine and the public user job is permitted public user jobs are also saved in the ID amp Print User Box For de tails refer to page 12 49 4 Select ID amp Print in Output Method Printing Preferences 2 My Tab Basic Layout Finish Cover Mode Stamp Compostion Quality Other Favorite Setting 2 Defaut Setting Add 2152x279 Original Orientation Output Method Portrait i al P Landscape Barn k Original Size By Print aan ad amp Secure Print Y Paper Size i Same as Original Size X Ba Sein Lier Bak Zoom 25 400 BA Save in User Box Pint Ato 100 El lt Manual i EK Proof Print ES a Paper Tray ES p A E f Auto AAA va SRE Ex El Plain Paper S Paper for Each Tray Printer View Printer Information gt If User Authentication Account Track User Authentication Settings Administrative Setting ID amp Print Settings ID amp Print is set to ON in the Administrator Se
306. tion Name Printing Preferences x My Tab Basic Layout Finish Cover Mode Stamp Compostion Quaity Other Favorite Setting fR Default Setting v Edt i Per Page Setting d EL Woe Y Tersa Na EP ah Ex 4 EN E SF E Printer View _ Printer Information a ok Cancel Help Option Description Front Cover ON OFF Blank Print Select this check box to attach a front cover page It can be specified when any other option than Auto is selected for Paper Tray Front Cover Tray Tray 1 to Tray 4 LCT By Select the paper tray for the front cover sheet pass Tray Selectable items vary depending on the option installa tion status Back Cover ON OFF Blank Print Select this check box to attach a back cover page It can be specified when any other option than Auto is selected for Paper Tray Back Cover Tray Tray 1 to Tray 4 LCT By Select the paper tray for the back cover sheet pass Tray Selectable items vary depending on the option installa tion status Per Page Setting ON OFF Select this check box to insert paper between pages and switch the paper and tray for each page Edit List allows you to create a list specifying conditions on a page basis VL3622c VL2822c VL2222c Parameter details 8 4 Function Name Option Description Edit List List Name Select the name of the list to be
307. tion passphrase To specify a user defined encryption passphrase specify the same encryption passphrase both for the ma chine and the printer driver Reference e If different values are used for the encryption passphrase for the machine and the printer driver the ma chine cannot decrypt the encrypted user password account password or secure document password and printing cannot be performed The common encryption key is automatically generated by the Encryption Passphrase The common encryption key cannot be specified directly 11 8 1 Settings for the machine Go to Administrator Settings to configure the settings for the machine 1 In the Administrator Settings screen press Security Settings 2 Inthe Security Settings screen press Driver Password Encryption Setting 3 Press User Defined 3 If you do not specify a user defined Encryption Passphrase press Use Factory Default To change the encryption passphrase of the printer driver select User Specified and then set the encryption passphrase Bookmark Administrator Settings gt Security Settings User Defined Use Factory Default Settings V incrpt ion Settings d 04 13 2009 15 00 M Cancel Memory 100 4 Press Encryption Passphrase VL3622c VL2822c VL2222c 11 33 11 Specifying the encryption passphrase by the user 11 8 5 6 7 Press Encryption Passphrase and then enter the encryption passphrase B
308. to make changes from time to time in the content hereof without obligation to notify any person of such revision or changes edition 2009 09 OO Table of contents 1 Introduction 1 1 LIN 1 3 1 1 1 Us OPS QUES EEEE a EE 1 3 1 1 2 Users G de erinacea aeaa aa E E aa aaa aA aAa E EE aaae EEEa aa aAa aa aaaea Aaaa AEn 1 4 1 2 Conventions used in this manual 2ecccceeseeeeeeeeennneeeeeeennneeeeeeeesneneeeeeesesnaeeeeeseneneeeesessennaneneeees 1 5 1 2 1 Symbols used in this Manual essessseesseeeeeeeneee nennen nennen nennen nnne nnne 1 5 TO USE this Machine safely 2 t arent a E DE RR ER Res ce ku EXER o 1 5 Procedural Instruction iaa e ce ne qe eine tae 1 5 Key SymDOlS mM EE 1 6 1 2 2 Document and paper indications esssseeeeeeeeneneeneeen nene nennen nennen nnne nnne 1 6 A M n 1 6 PaperiNGi Cation NH cedeiieascoee 1 6 2 Overview 2 1 xig ge dista 2 8 2 1 1 Roles of th printer Controler a iia 2 3 2 1 2 PLOW OF PriMTIING cu ara 2 4 2 1 3 COMODO di ie 2 5 2 2 Operating SNViIrOnMe nite iii 21 1 clinic A 2 7 2 2 1 Connectable computers and operating SYSteM ooocconcccnnncccnononcnnnrnncnnnnncnnnnnn nano conan eene 2 7 MVNA OW T RE T CCCII 2 7 IMAG INTOSI Guia LE 2 7 2 2 2 Interfaces used for connection sssessssssssssses
309. to page 12 40 2 Press Web Connection Direct Print Select item and enter setting c Administrator Settings gt Printer Settings i Yes i Yes A tor Settings Printer Settings Print XPS Errors PSWC Direct Print 10 06 2008 15 35 Memory 100 3 Press the desired button Select job setting E Administrator Settings gt Printer Settings Job Setting USB Timeout 60 sec Network Timeout 60 sec A tor 1 Settings Print XPS Errors Yes No M PSWC Direct Print ves Printer Settings 10 06 2008 15 36 Memory 100 VL3622c VL2822c VL2222c 12 55 1 2 Administrator Settings 12 4 12 4 15 Configuring Authentication under OpenAPI Settings When user authentication is performed or when acquiring the device information with the Authentication Manager set the Authentication setting of the OpenAPI Setting screen of the machine to OFF Default OFF 1 In the Administrator Settings screen press System Connection gt For details on displaying the Administrator Settings screen refer to page 12 40 2 Inthe System Connection screen press OpenAPI Settings 3 Inthe OpenAPI Settings screen press Authentication E Specify setting for selected item ministrator Settings gt System Connection gt OpenAPI Settings Access Setting Allow i SSL Port Settings A Authentication A Administrator Settings y System Connectio
310. to quit banner printing 10 06 2008 15 04 vll ll cli ll Menory 100 gt f data of non banner size is sent the job will be discarded 5 Open the Bypass Tray Install the Mount Kit to the Bypass Tray VL3622c VL2822c VL2222c 11 43 1 1 Banner printing function 11 11 Set the Guidance of the Mount Kit 8 With the side to be printed on facing down insert the paper as far as possible into the feed slot Place as many sheets as the specified number of copies to be printed into the tray 9 Slide the Lateral Guide of the Bypass Tray to make it fit to the size of paper being loaded Correctly position paper in the bypass tray KATA YING Thick 2 Banner Hame Status W ince 04 13 2009 15 12 Memory 99 vll ml cll ki Printing of the data starts Print while holding by hand the paper to be printed and output To print another document successively send its data from the computer 11 44 VL3622c VL2822c VL2222c 11 11 Banner printing function 41 11 To finish printing press Exit Banner Will be printed A banner print job is in the queue Ra e Status Touch Exit to quit banner printing vll dd cll kil MAR 12 Press Yes A fre you sure you want to quit banner printing Hane Status yl ml cl d 7 se 8 VL3622c VL2822c VL2222c 11 45
311. ttings 4 Press Resident Font Symbol Set d A Z CR LF Mapping TES 10 06 2008 Memory 15 29 100 3 If downloaded fonts are available Download Font can also be selected Job List y Font Setting Specify the font to use Utility gt PCL Setting gt Font Setting Current Font Font Nane Font Font Size Unit 10 06 2008 Memory 15 29 100 VL3622c VL2822c VL2222c 12 21 12 User settings 12 2 6 Press the desired font name gt Switch the page by pressing 1 or and then press the desired font name 3 You can check the font number and the font size unit of the selected font Job Lis elect the default font Utility gt Font Setting gt Resident Font Utility Printer Settings PCL Settings Font Setting Resident Font Press OK 12 2 18 Symbol Set Configure the default font symbol set setting Default Varies depending on the area 1 E Courier 0001 CG Times 0002 CG Times Bold 0003 CG Times Italic 0004 CG Times Bold Italic 0005 CG Onega 0006 CG Omega Bold 0007 CG Onega Italic Font Size Unit 10 06 2008 15 29 Memory 100 In the User Settings screen press Printer Settings 3 For details on displaying the User Settings screen refer to page 12 3 Press PCL Settings Press Symbol Set y y _ PEL Settings Job List
312. ttings of the machine general print jobs are also saved in the ID amp Print User Box For details refer to page 12 49 5 Print the document 11 24 VL3622c VL2822c VL2222c 11 6 ID amp Print 1 1 For Mac OS X 1 Display the Output Method window 2 Select the User Authentication check box Output Method E Paper View O Detailed Information Collate 8 1 2x11 O Offset 81 2x11 Output Method Print H Eh C User Authentication s C Account Track Za 3 Select Recipient User enter the User Name and Password that are registered with the machine and click OK E User Authentication O Public User 10 Recipient User User Name User01 Password C User Authentication Server Setting DO Save Settings Defaut Cancel 3 4 OK 3 3 For details on the user authentication refer to page 11 17 gt If User Authentication Account Track User Authentication Settings Administrative Setting ID amp Print Settings Public User is set to Save in the Administrator Settings of the machine and the public user job is permitted public user jobs are also saved in the ID amp Print User Box For de tails refer to page 12 49 VL3622c VL2822c VL2222c 11 25 ior wl ID amp Print 11 6 4 Select ID amp Print in Output Method Output Method Paper View O Detailed Information M collate 8 AR
313. ubleshooting User s Guide Enlarge Display Operations This manual describes details on operating proce dures of the enlarge display mode e Copy function e Scanning function e G3 fax function e Network fax function User s Guide Print Operations This manual describes details on printer functions e Printer function e Setting the printer driver User s Guide Box Operations This manual describes details on the boxed functions using the hard disk e Saving data in user boxes e Retrieving data from user boxes e Transferring and printing data from user boxes User s Guide Network Scan Fax Network Fax Operations This manual describes details on transmitting scanned data e E mail TX FTP TX SMB TX Save in User Box WebDAV TX Web Services e G3 fax IP Address Fax Internet Fax User s Guide Fax Driver Operations This manual describes details on the fax driver func tion that transmits faxes directly from a computer e PC FAX User s Guide Network Administrator This manual describes details on setting methods for each function using the network connection e Network settings e Settings using Web Connection VL3622c VL2822c VL2222c Welcome 1 1 1 1 2 User s guide DVD manuals Overview User s Guide Advanced Function Operations This manual describes details on functions that be come available by registering the optional license kit and by connecting to an applicati
314. unctions of the keys on the control panel refer to the User s Guide Copy Operations For details on the User Box functions of the machine refer to the User s Guide Box Operations 1 Press the User Box key on the control panel 3 Press User Box when the application menu is displayed 2 Select the desired User Box number and then press Use File Boxes are classified as Public User Boxes Personal User Boxes or Group User Boxes Specify the desired User Box from the classification of the saved User Boxes The User Box number can be directly specified gt f a password is specified for the User Box go to Step 3 gt f a password is not specified for the User Box go to Step 4 JobList List eSelect the desired User Box to use or file document Use the keypad to input and specify the box number to use Check Job s Public Personal drei Save Document 000000002 002 WOW 000000002 001 002 User Box Information User Box No 000000002 User Box Name 002 Type Public User Box Enter User Box No Use File 4 04 13 2009 14 47 W TEE vl mil cll ki PA 99 Language Selection VL3622c VL2822c VL2222c 11 15 11 Save in User Box 11 3 3 Enter the User Box password and then press OK A list of documents in the specified User Box appears gt Enter the password of the selected User Box To clear your entry press the C key 002 04 13 2009 1
315. user is authenticated the print job is printed 3 Press Print amp Login to enable printing of the job and normal login 3 Press Login for the normal login without printing the job After logging in open the ID amp Print User Box to print the document gt fthere are multiple print jobs all the jobs are printed To select the documents to print press Login and then print the desired documents from the ID amp Print User Box 3 When the optional Authentication Unit is installed ID amp PW and Auth Unit appear By selecting a button the ID amp PW or authentication unit can be selected and used as the authentication method Printing a document by specifying it from the ID amp Print User Box Reference When the ID amp Print User Box is frequently used it will be helpful to configure Custom Display Set tings User Box Settings of the machine so that ID amp Print User Box always appears on the screen For details refer to the User s Guide Box Operations Enter the User Name and Password from the control panel of the printer vid cdd PER Press Login Log in to the machine Press the User Box key on the control panel 3 Press User Box when the application menu is displayed Select ID amp Print User Box in System User Box and then press Use File select the desired User Box to use or file document Use the keypad to input and specify the box number to use personal
316. ve 12 58 VL3622c VL2822c VL2222c 12 4 Administrator Settings 1 2 12 4 18 Secure Print Only Specify whether the printing from the computer should be limited only to the security document Default No Whenever printing is done from the printer driver the data must be transmitted using the secure printing Be cause this setting requires ID password for every print job your job is protected from intercepting by a third party o Yes Select this option to limit the printing only to the secure documents o No Select this option not to limit the printing to the secure documents Reference e When you print a document on the machine with Secure Print Only set to Yes specify Secure Print Only on the printer driver so that only the Secure Print jobs are transmitted e If a normal print job is sent to the machine where Secure Print Only is set to Yes the print job is de leted C Reference For details on secure printing refer to page 11 6 1 In the Administrator Settings screen press Security Settings gt For details on displaying the Administrator Settings screen refer to page 12 40 2 Inthe Security Settings screen press Security Details 3 Switch the page by pressing 1 or and then press Secure Print Only 4 Press the desired button Specify setting for selected item ministrator Settings Security Settings Security Details Job Setting TR sb ai
317. w User Box Open System User Box Enables you to open the System User Box Bulletin Board Relay or Annotation User Box to enable you to handle a document saved in the User Box or change the User Box setting e The Bulletin Board and Relay User Boxes are available when the optional Fax Kit FK 502 is installed Create System User Box Enables you to create a new Bulletin Board Relay or Annotation User Box VL3622c VL2822c VL2222c 13 25 1 3 Administrator mode overview 13 5 13 5 7 Printer Setting Se Administrator Logout 2 A Ready to Scan EN In Menu Admin Mode e Display To Main Menu Basic Setting PCL Setting PDL Setting Auto v gt PS Setting Paper Tray Auto gt TIFF Setting 2 Sided Print OFF XPS Settings Bind Direction Left Bind Interface Setting Steple CER x gt Direct Print Settings Number of Sete 1 1 9999 Default Paper Size 81 2 x 11 v Original Direction Portrait M Spool Print Jobs in HDD before RIP ON Banner Sheet Setting OFF Banner Sheet Paper Tray Auto No Matching Paper in Tray Setting Stop Printing Tray Fixed AAJA3 lt gt LTRILGR Auto Switch OFF Binding Direction Adjustment Finishing Priority v Line Width Adjustment Thin w Gray Background Text Correction ON OK Cancel Item Description Basic Setting Specify the default values of the printer PCL Setting Specify the default values in the PCL mode PS Settin
318. when the function is spec ified 4 Click OK to determine the settings and start printing If the entered access code is an access code enabled on the machine the job is printed and counted as a job for the specified account 11 22 VL3622c VL2822c VL2222c 11 6 ID amp Print 1 1 11 6 ID amp Print When the ID amp Print function is used printing is started only after the user name and password entered from the control panel of the machine are accepted and the authentication process has been completed success fully This is helpful in maintaining security of the document To use the ID amp Print function the user authentication must be completed on the machine When processing a print job from a computer specify ID amp Print after entering the user name and password from the printer driver Data to be printed in the ID amp Print mode is saved in the ID amp Print User Box and after printing they are automatically deleted from the ID amp Print User Box You can also print the data saved in the ID amp Print User Box by entering the user name and password from the control panel of the machine to log in to the printer When the optional Authentication Unit biometric type AU 101 Authentication Unit biometric type AU 102 or Authentication Unit IC card type AU 201 is used for User Authentication you can start printing or log in to this machine simply by touching the authentication unit with your fing
319. which are to be handled in the con trol panel of this machine through your computer and also smoothly enter characters 13 1 1 Operating environment Operating environment Network Ethernet TCP IP Applications on compu Web browser ter lt For Windows NT4 0 2000 XP Server 2003 Vista gt e Microsoft Internet Explorer Ver 6 7 JavaScript and Cookies enabled e Netscape Navigator 7 02 or later JavaScript and Cookies enabled Mozilla Firefox 1 0 or later JavaScript and Cookies enabled For Macintosh MacOS 9 x MacOS X e Netscape Navigator 7 02 or later JavaScript and Cookies enabled Mozilla Firefox 1 0 or later JavaScript and Cookies enabled For Linux e Netscape Navigator 7 02 or later JavaScript and Cookies enabled Mozilla Firefox 1 0 or later JavaScript and Cookies enabled Adobe Flash Player e Plug in Ver 7 0 or later required to select Flash as the display format e Plug in Ver 9 0 or later required to use the Data Management Utility font macro data management 13 1 2 Accessing Web Connection v Start the Web browser to access Web Connection v If User Authentication is enabled enter the user name and password For details refer to page 13 10 v For details on setting the IP address of this machine refer to User s Guide Network Administrator v Web Connection has two view modes Flash and HTML For details refer to page 13 8 4 Start the Web browser Enter the IP address of the
320. who is not authorized for color printing e For account track contact the administrator of the machine 11 5 1 Setting the printer driver For Windows 1 Click to display the Basic tab 2 Click Authentication Account Track Printing Preferences f My Tab Basic Layout Finish Cover Mode Stamp Compostion Quaity Other Favorte Setting amp Default Setting v Em a 5 Ax Original Orientation Output Method E BL Be Original Size User Settings avant dl EE E oe lt A Zoom 25 400 1 1 9999 9 Panal Cth Y Collate EX Paper Trey Offset A E A Auto a SE ES aver Stings torah Tey Printer View Printer information Dia Eo Lees elo 11 20 VL3622c VL2822c VL2222c 11 5 Printing a document on the machine for which Account Track function is enabled 11 3 Enter an Department Name and Password that are registered with the machine 3 The account name and password can each contain up to 8 characters 3 The password can also be specified in the printer driver in advance as the default value and indi vidual jobs do not require password entry User Authentication Account Track User Authentication Account Track Public User Recipient User Password Department Name Cancel Help 4 Click OK to determine the settings and start printing If the entered access code is an access code enabled o as a job for the specifi
321. width adjustment 72 72 Line page 72 24 Linux 75 77 Local connection 2 70 4 70 4 16 4 21 Logging in 73 5 73 8 Logging out 73 5 73 7 LPD 5 6 5 11 5 14 LPR 3 6 4 3 4 11 4 17 4 22 5 6 5 11 5 14 M Mac 3 8 Mac OS 9 2 3 9 Macintosh 2 7 5 3 7 5 Maintenance 73 20 Mode 1 77 9 Mode 2 77 77 My tab 8 9 N NetWare 3 9 6 3 Network 73 24 Network connection 2 9 Network window 4 8 Number of copies 8 72 9 11 10 7 12 6 Number of copies and pages 9 77 A Offsetting 8 72 9 11 10 8 OpenAPI settings 72 56 Operating environment 2 7 13 3 Operating system 2 7 Option 9 5 10 4 Orientation 9 70 10 6 Original direction 72 7 Original orientation 8 77 Original size 8 77 OS 2 7 OS 10 2 3 8 5 3 OS 10 3 3 8 5 3 OS 10 4 3 8 5 3 OS 10 5 3 8 5 3 OS 9 2 7 OS 9 2 5 73 7 5 10 3 OS X 2 7 5 3 7 5 9 3 Other tab 8 25 Output method 8 72 9 77 9 12 10 8 Output tray 8 75 9 76 10 8 Output tray settings 72 43 Overlap width line 9 75 Overlay 8 77 8 79 D p Page attributes 9 70 10 6 Page number 8 17 8 22 9 20 9 22 Pages 9 77 10 7 Paper 70 6 Paper arrangement 8 75 9 75 Paper size 8 77 9 10 12 15 Paper source 70 7 Paper tray 8 77 9 16 12 14 Paper tray output tray 9 76 Paper type 8 77 9 76 Paper view 9 8 Parameter details 8 9 9 70 10 6 Pattern 8 24 PCL driver 3 4 8 3 PCL font list 75 8 PDL setting 72 5 Per page setting 8 75 9 78 Plug and play 4 70 4 76 4 27 Por
322. work error code Code Display Setting 13 20 VL3622c VL2822c VL2222c 13 5 Administrator mode overview 13 Item Description Reset Clears all settings for the network controller and destinations License Settings Allows you to issue a license and enable functions Also a request code can be is sued Edit Font Macro Adds font or macro Job Log Allows you to create and download log data of the jobs that were executed in this machine 13 5 2 System Settings Reference e To use this machine as a scanner with the application software under TWAIN install the dedicated driv er software TWAIN For details refer to the TWAIN driver manual in the DVD supplied together with this machine System Settings vB Display Machine Setting Machine Setting Register Support Information Device Location gt Network TWAIN Administrator Registration User Box Setting Administrator Name admin S E mail Address admin 123 com Stamp Settings Extension No Blank Page Print Settings Input Machine Address Skip Job Operation Settings Device Name MEP Flash Display Setting E mail Address System Connection Setting Outline PDF Setting y o cancer Le Administrator Logout 2 X Ready to Scan a In Menu Admin Mode e To Main Menu Item Description Machine Setting Changes the registration information of this machine Register Sup Specify
323. your machine from the list and then click Next 3 To use the LPR Port9100 protocol select the printer with its IP address 3 Touse the SMB connection select the printer with its NetBIOS name print service name 3 Forthe SMB connection click Next and then click OK in the Connect to Printer page that ap pears gt It may take some time to finish searching the entire list of printers Click Have Disk Click Browse Select a desired printer driver folder in the DVD ROM and then click Open 3 Select a folder according to the printer driver operating system and language to be used Selecta ble printer drivers PCL driver PS driver XPS driver and fax driver Click OK The Printers list appears Click Next 3 Touse the SMB connection click OK Follow the instructions on the pages that follow 3 Ifthe User Account Control window appears click Continue gt If the Windows Security window for verifying the publisher appears click Install this driver soft ware anyway Click Finish After finishing the installation make sure that the icon for the installed printer is displayed in the Print ers window Remove the DVD ROM from the DVD ROM drive This completes the printer driver installation VL3622c VL2822c VL2222c 4 1 Windows Vista Server 2008 4 Installing the printer driver by creating a printer port v v Installing the driver to Windows Vista Server 2
324. ystem Preferences 2 Click the Print amp Fax icon Click on the Print amp Fax window 4 Click IP or IP Printer In Protocol select Line Printer Daemon LPD In Address enter the IP address for the machine The printer driver corresponding to this machine being identified with its IP address is automatically se lected 3 After the printer driver is selected go to Step 8 gt If an incorrect printer driver is selected go to Step 7 Select the desired printer driver manually 3 When OS X 10 5 is used select the Select a driver to use from the Print Using and then select the printer driver of the desired model name from the list 3 When OS X 10 4 is used select GENERIC from the Print Using and then select the printer driver of the desired model name from the list 8 Click Add When the selected printer is registered in the Print amp Fax the setting procedure is completed gt If the Installable Options window appears proceed to change the option settings as necessary For details refer to page 9 5 VL3622c VL2822c VL2222c 5 1 Mac OS X 10 2 10 3 10 4 10 5 5 Reference e For OS X 10 4 you can also add a printer by clicking Add in the Printer Setup Utility window Configuring the IPP settings TCP IP Settings for the machine Specify the IP address for the machine IPP Settings for the machine In IPP Settings for the machine enable IPP printing
325. ystem32 spool drivers w32x86 folder C WIN DOWS system32 spool drivers x64 folder in the x64 system and C WINNT system32 spool driv ers w32x86 folder in Windows 2000 and if there is a folder file described in oem inf shown below in Windows 2000 of the corresponding model remove it However if multiple drivers are installed in cluding the PCL driver PostScript driver and fax driver the model information of all drivers is deleted To leave drivers other than the fax driver do not remove the folder VL3622c VL2822c VL2222c 7 3 Windows 7 1 From the C WINDOWS inf folder C WINNT inf folder in Windows 2000 remove oem inf and oem PNF included in the file name indicates a number which differs depending on the computer environment Before removing these files open the inf file and then check the model name described on the last few lines to confirm it is the file for the corresponding model The number of the PNF file is the same as that of the inf file In Windows Vista Server 2008 this operation is not necessary if you have selected Remove driver and driver package VL3622c VL2822c VL2222c 7 2 Macintosh 7 7 2 Macintosh When you have to remove the printer driver for example when reinstallation of the printer driver is necessary remove the driver using the following procedure 7 2 1 For Mac OS X Open the Print amp Fax or Printer Setup Utility Print Center window 3 The Print

12 - Océ

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents

12 - Oc&eacute;

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents

12 - Océ